Chapter 43
Extractive industries

List of examples

Chapter 43
Extractive industries

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 Defining extractive industries

‘Extractive industries’ were defined in the IASC's Issues Paper – Extractive Industries (IASC issues paper) published in November 2000 as ‘those industries involved in finding and removing wasting natural resources located in or near the earth's crust’.1 However, this chapter adopts a slightly narrower focus and concentrates on the accounting issues that affect mining companies and oil and gas companies. The IASC issues paper was prepared by the IASC as part of its original project on ‘extractive industries’ which was led by an IASC Steering Committee on Extractive Industries. This paper considered a broad range of issues including reserves and resources estimation, historical and valuation based concepts of measurement of resources related assets, treatment of removal and restoration costs, impairment, revenue, inventories and arrangements to share risks and costs. While it was non-authoritative this paper is referred to throughout this chapter where relevant as it provided a broad range of information on the common practices observed in the extractive industries and the common terms used.

IFRSs currently use the term ‘minerals’ and ‘mineral assets’ when referring to the extractive industries as a whole. This is used as a collective term to include both mining and oil and gas reserves and resources. In contrast, a distinction between the two industries was introduced in the Extractive Activities DP (discussed below at 1.3), where the term ‘minerals’ has been used to refer to the mining sector and the term ‘oil and gas’ has been used to refer to the oil and gas sector.

For the purposes of this chapter, consistency with the current wording in IFRSs will be maintained and therefore, unless stated otherwise, ‘minerals’ and ‘mineral assets’ will encompass both mining and oil and gas.

Historically the IASB and its predecessor, the IASC, have avoided dealing with specific accounting issues in the extractive industries by excluding minerals and mineral products/reserves from the scope of their accounting standards. Currently, minerals and mineral products/reserves are excluded at least in part from the scope of the following standards:

  • IAS 2 – Inventories; [IAS 2.3(a), 4]
  • IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment; [IAS 16.3(d)]
  • IFRS 16 – Leases; [IFRS 16.3(a)]
  • IAS 38 – Intangible Assets; [IAS 38.2(c)] and
  • IAS 40 – Investment Property. [IAS 40.4(b)].

While these standards exclude ‘minerals’ from their scope, the exact wording of the scope exclusions differ between standards – see 3.1.1 below for more information. In addition, although minerals and mineral products/reserves themselves are excluded from the scope of many standards, assets used for the exploration, development and extraction of minerals are covered by existing IFRSs.

Many of the financial reporting issues that affect entities that operate in the extractive industries are a result of the environment in which they operate. Specific accounting issues arise because of the uncertainties involved in mineral exploration and extraction, the wide range of risk sharing arrangements, and government involvement in the form of mandatory participations and special tax regimes. At the same time, however, some of the business arrangements that are aimed at mitigating certain risks give rise to financial reporting complications. The financial reports of these entities need to reflect the risks and rewards to which they are exposed. In many cases, there are legitimate differences of opinion about how an entity should account for these matters.

The IASC's Issues Paper identified the following characteristics of activities in the extractive industries, which are closely related to the financial reporting issues that are discussed in this chapter:

  • High risks – In the extractive industries there is a high risk that the amounts spent in finding new mineral resources will not result in additional commercially recoverable reserves. In financial reporting terms this means that it can remain uncertain for a long period whether or not certain expenditures give rise to an asset. Further risks exist in relation to production (i.e. quantities actually produced may differ considerably from those previously estimated) and price (i.e. commodity prices are often volatile).
  • Little relationship between risks and rewards – In the extractive industries a small expenditure may result in finding mineral deposits with a value of many times the amount of the expenditure. Conversely, large expenditures can frequently result in little or no future production. This has given rise to different approaches in financial reporting that can be broadly categorised as follows: (1) expense all expenditures as the future benefits are too uncertain; (2) capitalise some or all expenditures as the cumulative expenditures may be matched to the cumulative benefits, or (3) recognise the mineral assets found at fair value.
  • Long lag between expenditure and production – Exploration and/or development may take years to complete. During this period it is often far from certain that economic benefits will be derived from the costs incurred.
  • High costs of individual projects – The costs of individual projects can be very high (e.g. offshore oil and gas projects and deep mining projects). Exploration expenditures that are carried forward pending the outcome of mineral acquisition and development projects may be highly significant in relation to the equity and the total assets of an entity.
  • Unique cost-sharing arrangements – High costs and high risks, as discussed above, often lead entities in the extractive industries to enter into risk-sharing arrangements (e.g. joint arrangements, farm-out arrangements, carried interest arrangements, oilfield services arrangements and contract mining). These types of arrangements, which are much more common in the extractive industries than elsewhere, often give rise to their own financial reporting issues.
  • Intense government oversight and regulation – The regulation of the extractive industries ranges from ‘outright governmental ownership of some (especially petroleum) or all minerals to unusual tax benefits or penalties, price controls, restrictions on imports and exports, restrictions on production and distribution, environmental and health and safety regulations, and others’. Governments may also seek to charge an economic rent for resources extracted. These types of government involvement give rise to financial reporting issues, particularly when the precise nature of the government involvement is not obvious.
  • Scarce non-replaceable assets – Mineral reserves are unique and scarce resources that an entity may not be able to replace in any location or in any form.
  • Economic, technological and political factors – While these factors are not unique to the extractive industries, the IASC's Issues Paper argues that they tend to have a greater impact on the extractive industries because:
    1. ‘(a) fluctuating market prices for minerals (together with floating exchange rates) have a direct impact on the economic viability of reserves and mineral properties. A relatively small percentage change in long-term prices can change decisions on whether or when to explore for, develop, or produce minerals;
    2. (b) there is a sharp impact from cost changes and technological developments. Changes in costs and, probably more significantly, changes in technology can significantly change the economic viability of particular mineral projects; and
    3. (c) in almost every country, mineral rights are owned by the state. In those countries where some mineral rights are privately owned, public reliance on adequate sources of minerals for economic and defence purposes often leads to governmental regulations and control. At other times, governmental policies may be changed to levy special taxes or impose governmental controls on the extractive industries.’

While it may be the case that the above factors affect the extractive industries more than others, to the extent that they also arise in the pharmaceutical, bio-technology, agricultural and software industries some of these risks give rise to further financial reporting issues. However, those industries are not affected by the combination of these circumstances to the same extent as is the case with the extractive industries. It is a combination of these factors, a lack of specific guidance in IFRSs and a long history of industry practice and guidance from previous GAAPs that have given rise to a range of accounting practices in the extractive industries.

There is as yet no IFRS that addresses all of the specific issues of the extractive industries although attempts to devise such a standard commenced quite some time ago. Furthermore, these draft proposals to date would not have addressed many of these specific issues that affect the extractive industries.

1.1.1 Definition of key terms

The most important terms and abbreviations used are defined in this chapter when discussed or in the glossary at 23 below. However, alternative or more detailed definitions of financial reporting terms, and of mining and oil and gas technical terms and abbreviations, can be found in the following publications:

  • Issues Paper Extractive Industries, IASC, November 2000;
  • Petroleum Resources Management System, Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2007;
  • The Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (the JORC Code), Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee (the JORC Committee); and
  • The former UK Oil Industry Accounting Committee Statement of Recommended Practice (OIAC SORP) (see 1.4 below).

1.2 The development of IFRS 6 – Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources

In December 2004, the IASB issued IFRS 6 – Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources – which addresses the accounting for one particular aspect of the extractive industries – being exploration and evaluation (‘E&E’) activities. IFRS 6 was issued as a form of interim guidance to clarify the application of IFRSs and the IASB's Conceptual Framework to E&E activities and to provide temporary relief from existing IFRSs in some areas. The IASB decided to develop IFRS 6 because mineral rights and mineral resources are outside the scope of IAS 16 and IAS 38, E&E expenditures are significant to entities engaged in extractive activities, and there were different views on how these expenditures should be accounted for under IFRSs. Other standard-setting bodies have had diverse accounting practices for E&E assets which often differed from practices in other sectors with analogous expenditures. [IFRS 6 (2010).IN1].

One of the IASB's goals in developing IFRS 6 was to avoid unnecessary disruption for both users and preparers. The Board therefore proposed to limit the need for entities to change their existing accounting policies for E&E assets. As a result, IFRS 6 defines what E&E expenditures are, makes limited improvements to existing accounting practices for E&E expenditures, such as specifying when entities need to assess E&E assets for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets, and requires certain disclosures.

E&E expenditures are ‘expenditures incurred by an entity in connection with the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources before the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable’. E&E assets are ‘exploration and evaluation expenditures recognised as assets in accordance with the entity's accounting policy’. [IFRS 6 Appendix A].

The IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘the Interpretations Committee’) has noted that the effect of the limited scope of IFRS 6 is to grant relief only to policies in respect of E&E activities, and that this relief did not extend to activities before or after the E&E phase. The Interpretations Committee confirmed that the scope of IFRS 6 limited the relief from the hierarchy to policies applied to E&E activities only and that there is no basis for interpreting IFRS 6 as granting any additional relief in areas outside its scope.

The detailed requirements of IFRS 6 are discussed at 3 below.

1.3 April 2010 Discussion Paper: Extractive Activities

In April 2010, as part of the long running project of trying to progress the issue of extractive industries accounting, the IASB published the staff Discussion Paper – Extractive Activities (the DP). The DP was developed by a research team comprising members of the Australian, Canadian, Norwegian and South African accounting standard-setters.2 Although the IASB has discussed the project team's findings, the DP only reflects the views of the project team. The Board did not express any preliminary views or make any tentative decisions on the DP and, due to other standard-setting priorities, subsequently put the project on hold. In the past twelve months there has been some activity on the project. See 1.3.6 below for a status update.

The DP addressed some of the financial reporting issues associated with exploring for and finding minerals, oil and natural gas deposits, developing those deposits and extracting the minerals, oil and natural gas. These were collectively referred to as ‘extractive activities’ or, alternatively, as ‘upstream activities’.3 The aim of the project was to create a single accounting and disclosure model that would only apply to upstream extractive activities in both the minerals and oil and gas industries. This represented a change from IFRS 6, which currently includes exploration and evaluation activities relating to minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources within its scope. The project team decided against a broader scope in the DP as this would result in the need to develop additional definitions, accounting models and disclosures.4

The DP concluded that there were similarities in the main business activities, and the geological and other risks and uncertainties of both the minerals and oil and gas industries.5 There were also similarities in the definitions of reserves and resources used by the Committee for Mineral Reserves International Reporting Standards (CRIRSCO) and the Society of Petroleum Engineers Oil and Gas Reserves Committee (SPE OGRC).6 The DP therefore proposed that there should be a single accounting and disclosure model that applies to all extractive activities (as defined, see 1.1 above).

While it has been generally acknowledged that the issues addressed in the DP are important, a significant number of respondents to the DP commented that the scope of the DP did not address many of the more complex accounting issues where practice is diverse and greater consistency is required.

These issues included:

  • the lack of guidance on complex areas such as farm-out and farm-in transactions (see 6.2 below); and
  • accounting for production sharing and royalty agreements (see 5.3 and 5.7 below).

The main proposals in the DP have been summarised briefly below.

1.3.1 Definitions of reserves and resources

The DP explored a number of alternatives for defining reserves and resources. The definition used is ‘reserves and resources are either the most significant assets or amongst the most significant assets for most entities engaged in extractive activities. Assessing the financial position and performance of an entity engaged in extractive activities in order to make economic decisions therefore requires an understanding of the entity's minerals or oil and gas reserves and resources, which are the source of future cash flows’.7

This chapter considers the definitions of reserves and resources that should be used in financial reporting. See 2 below for further discussion.

1.3.2 Asset recognition

The DP proposed that legal rights (i.e. exploration rights and extraction rights) should form the basis of a mineral asset or oil and gas asset. An asset should be recognised when the legal rights are acquired. Associated with these legal rights is information about the (possible) existence of minerals or oil and gas, the extent and characteristics of the deposit, and the economics of their extraction. The project team believed that rights and information associated with minerals or oil and gas properties satisfy the asset recognition criteria. While such information does not represent a separate asset, the project team proposed that information obtained from subsequent exploration and evaluation activities and development works would be treated as enhancements of the asset represented by the legal rights.

When considering the appropriate unit of account (see 4 below), the DP proposed that the geographical boundary of the unit of account would be defined initially on the basis of the exploration rights held. As exploration, evaluation and development activities took place, the unit of account would contract progressively until it became no greater than a single area, or group of contiguous areas, for which the legal rights were held and which are managed separately and would be expected to generate largely independent cash flows.

1.3.3 Asset measurement

The DP considered both current value (e.g. fair value) and historical cost as potential measurement bases for minerals and oil and gas assets. Based on their findings, and taking the views of users and preparers into account, the project team concluded that minerals and oil and gas assets should be measured at historical cost and that detailed disclosures should be provided to enhance the relevance of the financial statements. The project team acknowledged that its choice of historical cost as the measurement basis was based to a large extent on doing the ‘least harm’.

In relation to impairment, it was considered that the IAS 36 impairment testing model was not feasible for exploration properties given the early stage of such properties. Therefore, the DP concluded that exploration properties should only be tested for impairment whenever, in management's judgement, there is evidence that suggests that there is a high likelihood that the carrying amount of an exploration asset will not be recovered in full. This would require management to apply a separate set of indicators to such properties in order to assess whether their continued recognition as assets would be justified. In addition, further disclosures would be required in respect of the impairment of exploration properties due to the fact that management may take different views on the exploration properties. These would include separate presentation of exploration properties, the factors that led to an impairment being recognised, and management's view as to why the remaining value of the asset or the other exploration assets is not impaired. This impairment assessment would need to be conducted separately for each exploration property.

1.3.4 Disclosure

The DP proposed extensive disclosures aimed at ensuring users of financial reports could evaluate:

  • the value attributable to an entity's minerals or oil and gas assets;
  • the contribution of those assets to current period financial performance; and
  • the nature and extent of risks and uncertainties associated with those assets.

The DP proposed detailed disclosures about the quantities of reserves and resources, and production revenues and costs. If the assets are measured at historical cost then detailed information should be disclosed about their current value and how it was determined. If, instead, the assets are measured at fair value then detailed information should be disclosed about that fair value and how it was determined.

It is noted that a number of the proposed disclosures differ from US GAAP. These include disclosures of:

  • key reserve estimate assumptions and sensitivity analysis (not required by US GAAP); and
  • proved and probable reserves (US GAAP only requires proved reserves, with an option to disclose probable reserves).

1.3.5 Publish What You Pay proposals

A coalition of non-governmental organisations has promoted, and continues to promote, a campaign called Publish What You Pay (PWYP), proposing that entities undertaking extractive activities should be required to disclose, in their financial reports, the payments they make to each host government. Furthermore, PWYP recommended that its disclosure proposals should be incorporated into an eventual IFRS for extractive activities. Given this, a section in the DP was dedicated to the PWYP proposals. The DP acknowledged that the disclosure of payments made to governments provides information that would be of use to capital providers in making their investment and lending decisions, but noted that providing this information might be difficult and costly for some entities.

These proposals were partially in response to a perception that in certain countries some mining companies and oil and gas companies are not paying their ‘fair share’ in exchange for extracting scarce natural resources. In addition, there has been and continues to be increasing political pressure to expand the disclosure of payments to governments by entities within extractive industries as a means of reducing corruption by shining a light on these payments. As well as the proposals made in the DP, there are also increasing calls for transparency in the reporting of taxes and other payments to governments. This has led to a variety of transparency or publish what you pay types of initiatives being introduced in different jurisdictions around the world (e.g. US, Europe, UK, Canada, Australia, to name just a few), however these are outside the scope of IFRS and are governed by specific legislation.

1.3.6 Status of Extractive Activities project

After the 2011 Agenda Consultation, the Board adopted a more evidence-based approach to setting IFRS Standards, in that the Board would not start a standard-setting project before carrying out research to gather sufficient evidence that an accounting problem exists, that the problem is sufficiently important that standard-setting is required and that a feasible solution can be found.

Before the IASB's 2015 agenda consultation process, the IASB's research programme included a project on intangible assets, research and development and extractive activities. It was acknowledged that extractive activities are important globally and are particularly significant in some jurisdictions. IFRS 6 was originally intended to be a temporary Standard and provides a number of exemptions from other IFRS Standards that would otherwise apply. It was noted that a permanent solution would be required for reporting these activities.

After considering the feedback from the 2015 agenda consultation process, the Board created a pipeline of future research projects which included Extractive Activities. With respect to the latter, the IASB decided to narrow the scope to remove any reference to intangibles and research and development. The reason for this was primarily based on the amount of resources a combined project would require and a view that the Board could work more effectively and more efficiently on extractive activities if it did not try to address intangible assets and research and development at the same time.

The Board decided in February 2018 to start work on Extractive Activities by asking those national standard-setters whose staff contributed to the 2010 Discussion Paper Extractive Activities to make the Board aware of any developments since then.

At the March 2019 IASB meeting, the Board discussed feedback from National Standard-setters on changes in the extractives industry since the publication of the 2010 Extractive Activities Discussion Paper. The Board was not asked to make any decisions.

Overall, most National Standard-setters consulted identified that:

  1. the markets for minerals and oil and gas have become more volatile than they were in 2010;
  2. the risk profile of entities operating in the extractives industry has changed;
  3. entities operating in the extractives industry are engaging in new and more complex transactions whereby the current accounting requirements may not be clear;
  4. increasingly, entities operating in the extractives industry are engaging in unconventional extractives activities;
  5. the reporting of other information, such as payments to governments and sustainability reporting, is being mandated at a jurisdictional level; and
  6. there have been minor amendments to the relevant reserves and resource definitions within each jurisdiction.

Overall, the staff believe that the Discussion Paper and the feedback received on the Discussion Paper remain a valid starting point for the Board as it starts its new research project on Extractive Activities. However, the changes highlighted by the National Standard-setters summarised in this paper, in combination with the Discussion Paper, should also be considered by the Board.

Based on the analysis, staff propose further research into the effects of the following topics on the Discussion Paper and project proposals:

  1. 2018 Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting;
  2. new standards and amendments, including other Board publications;
  3. changes to reserves and resources classifications and definitions; and
  4. changes to transparency and sustainability reporting, for example, payments to governments.

Staff analysis on each topic will be brought back at a future meeting to help the Board determine the scope of the Extractive Activities project.

Given this, it is unlikely that there will be any significant developments on this project in the near term.

1.4 Status of the Statement of Recommended Practice, UK Oil Industry Accounting Committee, June 2001 (OIAC SORP)

The Oil Industry Accounting Committee (OIAC), based in the United Kingdom, had previously developed a Statement of Recommended Practice (SORP) titled Accounting for Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production and Decommissioning Activities, which was updated and adopted by the UK Accounting Standards Board (ASB) in 2001.

The main function of the OIAC SORP had been to set out best practice in relation to activities in the oil and gas industry that were not covered directly by the main body of UK accounting standards. However, as much of the OIAC SORP has now been superseded by subsequent changes to accounting standards, the OIAC has concluded that the SORP is no longer applicable in directing best practice guidance. From 1 January 2015, non-listed UK GAAP reporting entities moved to new accounting standards – FRS 100 – Application of Financial Reporting Requirements, FRS 101 – Reduced Disclosure Framework – and FRS 102 – The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland – and were required by FRS 101 and FRS 102 to apply IFRS 6. As such, there is no intention to further update the SORP for future industry developments or changes in accounting standards. The ASB has indicated it will continue to provide the OIAC SORP as a reference document, but it will primarily be for educational purposes, it will not carry the authoritative accounting weight it did previously, and will not be reviewed or endorsed by the UK Financial Reporting Council (UK FRC). In the future, the OIAC may, when considered necessary, issue guidance notes addressing industry specific accounting matters under IFRS and UK GAAP but these will not be endorsed by the UK FRC.

Given the long history of companies in certain jurisdictions looking to the OIAC SORP for guidance for oil and gas accounting and reporting, and the lack of definitive guidance elsewhere, the SORP is likely to continue to be a valuable source of industry guidance e.g. reserves reporting (see 2.4.1 below). However, we highlight the importance of having to overlay IFRS pronouncements and guidance as and when they are available.

Throughout this chapter the OIAC SORP will be referred to as the ‘former OIAC SORP’ because it has been decommissioned.

1.5 Guidance under national accounting standards

Entities complying with IFRSs do not have a free hand in selecting accounting policies – indeed the very purpose of a body of accounting literature is to restrict such choices. IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors – makes it clear that when a standard or an interpretation specifically applies to a transaction, other event or condition, the accounting policy or policies applied to that item should be determined by applying the standard or interpretation and considering any relevant implementation guidance issued by the IASB. [IAS 8.7].

However, in the extractive industries there are many circumstances where a particular event, transaction or other condition is not specifically addressed by IFRS. When this is the case, IAS 8 sets out a hierarchy of guidance to be considered in the selection of an accounting policy (see Chapter 3 at 4.3).

The primary requirement of the standard is that management should use its judgement in developing and applying an accounting policy that results in information that is both relevant and reliable. [IAS 8.10].

In making the judgement, management should refer to, and consider the applicability of, the following sources in descending order:

  1. the requirements in standards and interpretations dealing with similar and related issues; and
  2. the definitions, recognition criteria and measurement concepts for assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the Conceptual Framework. [IAS 8.11].

Management may also take into account the most recent pronouncements of other standard-setting bodies that use a similar conceptual framework to develop accounting standards, other accounting literature and accepted industry practices, to the extent that these do not conflict with the sources in (a) and (b) above. [IAS 8.12].

The stock exchanges in Australia, Canada, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States have historically been home to the majority of the listed mining companies and oil and gas companies. Consequently, it is organisations from those countries that have been the most active in developing both reserves and resources measurement standards and accounting standards specifically for companies engaged in extractive activities. In developing an accounting policy for an issue that is not specifically dealt with in IFRSs, an entity operating in an extractive industry may find it useful to consider accounting standards developed in these countries. It should be noted, however, that the requirements in such guidance were developed under national accounting standards and may contradict specific requirements and guidance in IFRSs that deals with similar and related issues.

1.6 Upstream versus downstream activities

Upstream activities in the extractive industries are defined as ‘exploring for, finding, acquiring, and developing mineral resources up to the point that the reserves are first capable of being sold or used, even if the enterprise intends to process them further’.8 Downstream activities are ‘the refining, processing, marketing, and distributing of petroleum, natural gas, or mined mineral (other than refining or processing that is necessary to make the minerals that have been mined or extracted capable of being sold)’.9

Thus, activities that are required to make the product saleable or usable are generally considered to be upstream activities. For example, the removal of water to produce dry gas would be an upstream activity, because otherwise the gas cannot be sold at all. However, refining crude oil is considered to be a downstream activity, because crude oil can be sold.

This chapter focuses on upstream activities in the extractive industries as they are primarily affected by the issues discussed above. However, downstream activities are discussed to the extent that they give rise to issues that are unique to the extractive industries (e.g. provisional pricing clauses) or are subject to the same issues as upstream activities (e.g. production sharing contracts).

1.6.1 Phases in upstream activities

Although there is not a universally accepted classification of upstream activities in the extractive industries, the IASC Issues Paper identified the following eight phases which other authors also commonly identify:10

  1. Prospecting – Prospecting involves activities undertaken to search for an area of interest, a geologic anomaly or structure that may warrant detailed exploration.11 Prospecting is undertaken typically before mineral rights in the area have been acquired, and if the prospecting results are negative the area of prospecting generally will be abandoned and no mineral rights acquired.12 However, sometimes it will be necessary to acquire a prospecting permit as the prospecting activities require access to the land to carry out geological and geophysical tests.13
  2. Acquisition of mineral rights – The acquisition phase involves the activities related to obtaining legal rights to explore for, develop, and/or produce wasting resources on a mineral property.14 Legal rights may be acquired in a number of ways as discussed at 5 below.
  3. Exploration – Exploration is the detailed examination of a geographical area of interest that has shown sufficient mineral-producing potential to merit further exploration, often using techniques that are similar to those used in the prospecting phase.15 In the mining sector, exploration usually involves taking cores for analysis, sinking exploratory shafts, geological mapping, geochemical analysis, cutting drifts and crosscuts, opening shallow pits, and removing overburden in some areas.16 In the oil and gas sector, exploration involves techniques such as shooting seismic, core drilling, and ultimately the drilling of an exploratory well to determine whether oil and gas reserves do exist.17
  4. Appraisal or evaluation – This involves determining the technical feasibility and commercial viability of mineral deposits that have been found through exploration.18 This phase typically includes:19
    1. detailed engineering studies and drilling of additional wells by oil and gas companies to determine how the reservoir can best be developed to obtain maximum recovery;
    2. determination by mining companies of the volume and grade of deposits through drilling of core samples, trenching, and sampling activities in an area known to contain mineral resources;
    3. examination and testing by mining companies of extraction methods and metallurgical or treatment processes;
    4. surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements;
    5. conducting market and finance studies; and
    6. making detailed economic evaluations to determine whether development of the reserves is commercially justified.
  5. Development – Development is the establishment of access to the mineral reserve and other preparations for commercial production. In the mining sector, development includes sinking shafts and underground drifts, making permanent excavations, developing passageways and rooms or galleries, building roads and tunnels, and advance removal of overburden and waste rock.20 In the oil and gas sector the development phase involves gaining access to, and preparing, well locations for drilling, constructing platforms or preparing drill sites, drilling wells, and installing equipment and facilities.21
  6. Construction – Construction involves installing facilities, such as buildings, machinery and equipment to extract, treat, and transport minerals.22
  7. Production – The production phase involves the extraction of the natural resources from the earth and the related processes necessary to make the produced resource marketable or transportable.23
  8. Closure and decommissioning – Closure means ceasing production, removing equipment and facilities, restoring the production site to appropriate conditions after operations have ceased and abandoning the site.24

The above phases are not necessarily discrete sequential steps. Instead, the phases often overlap or take place simultaneously. Nevertheless, they provide a useful framework for developing accounting policies in the extractive industries. Accounting for expenditures depends very much on the phase during which they are incurred; for example, as discussed further below, costs incurred in the prospecting phase cannot be recognised as assets, whereas most costs incurred in the construction phase should be capitalised.

2 MINERAL RESERVES AND RESOURCES

As noted in 1.1 above, IFRSs currently use the term ‘minerals’ and ‘mineral assets’ when referring to the extractive industries as a whole. This is used as a collective term to include both mining and oil and gas reserves and resources. For the purposes of this chapter, consistency with the current wording in IFRSs will be maintained and therefore, unless stated otherwise, ‘minerals’ and ‘mineral assets’ will encompass both mining and oil and gas.

This section discusses in some detail the underlying principles used by entities to estimate the quantity of recoverable mineral reserves and resources for both mining and oil and gas, that the entity owns or has a right to extract. At the commercial level, these estimates are considered of paramount importance by stakeholders in making investment decisions and are also fundamental in accounting for mining activities and oil and gas activities.

The importance of estimating reserves and resources is matched by the difficulty in doing so, both technically and methodologically. For example, there is no firm consensus amongst regulators and the industries on which commodity prices should be used in reserves and resources estimation (i.e. historical, spot or forward-looking). We therefore aim to provide an introduction to this subject, and to explain the main methods used to arrive at reserves and resources estimates, including the valuation methods used once quantities have been estimated. In our view, without a sound grasp of this aspect, it is difficult to make an informed judgement as to how to account for mineral extraction activities.

Mineral reserves and resources are often the most valuable assets of mining companies and oil and gas companies and mineral reserve estimates are a very important part of the way these companies report to their stakeholders. However, in an entity's financial statements, assets relating to extraction of mineral reserves and resources are generally measured under IFRSs at their historical cost which, other than by coincidence, will not be their market value. Currently, IFRSs do not require disclosure of reserves and resources, though certain national standards (e.g. US GAAP) and stock exchange regulators (e.g. US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE), Securities Commission Malaysia (SC) to name just a few) do. Having said this, there are variances in what is required and what categories are disclosed, including differences between mining and oil and gas.

Notwithstanding there are no specific disclosure requirements in IFRSs, reserves and resources estimates are required in order to apply historical cost accounting under IFRS in:

  • deciding whether to capitalise E&E costs, based on an expectation of future commercial production from resource estimates (see 3.2 below);
  • calculating the annual depreciation, depletion and amortisation charge under the units of production method (see 16.1.3 below);
  • calculating deferred stripping cost adjustments (applicable to mining companies only – see 15.5 below);
  • determining impairment charges and reversals under IAS 36 (see 11 below);
  • determining whether a gain or loss should be recognised on transactions such as asset swaps, carried interest arrangements and farm-in or farm-out arrangements (see 6 below);
  • determining the fair value of acquired mineral reserves and resources when applying the purchase method of accounting under IFRS 3 – Business Combinations (see 8 below); and
  • estimating the timing of decommissioning or restoration activities (see 10 below).

Reserves and resources reporting in the mining sector and oil and gas sector have been under development since the beginning of the twentieth century. However, reserves and resources estimation techniques in the mining sector and oil and gas sector have developed largely independently as a result of the different nature of the reserves and resources involved. Therefore, the definitions and terminology used in the oil and gas sector and mining sector are discussed separately at 2.2 and 2.3 below respectively. Disclosure is discussed at 2.4 below.

The international efforts to harmonise reserve estimation and reporting are also discussed below.

2.1 International harmonisation of reserve reporting

The project team concluded in the Extractive Activities DP (see 1.3 above) that the nature and extent of the similarities between the CRIRSCO Template (mining) and the PRMS reserve and resource definitions (oil and gas) indicate that these definitions are capable of providing a platform for setting comparable accounting and disclosure requirements for both mining and oil and gas activities. Therefore, they recommended that the CRIRSCO template and the PRMS definitions of reserves and resources are suitable to use in a future IFRS for Extractive Activities. Nonetheless, there is some tension between the definition of an asset in the IASB's Conceptual Framework and the assumptions underlying the reserves and resources definitions.25 The points of tension highlighted in the DP include:

  • the CRIRSCO Template and the PRMS both make use of entity-specific assumptions that are applied to derive a reserve or resource estimate, whereas IFRS typically requires that estimates should make use of economic assumptions that reflect market-based evidence, where available; and
  • the CRIRSCO Template and the PRMS require that certain conditions must exist before a resource can be converted into a reserve. In contrast, management's intentions are not a feature of the Conceptual Framework's definition of an asset.

While the DP recommended the use of the CRIRSCO Template and PRMS, it also recommended that the alternative option of using the United Nations Framework Classification for Fossil Energy and Mineral Resources (UNFC) should be reconsidered if an Extractive Activities project is added to the IASB's active agenda.26

In 2009, the SEC revised its oil and gas reserves and resources estimation and disclosure requirements. The primary objectives of the final rule – Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting (Release No. 33‑8995) – were to increase the transparency and information value of reserve disclosures and improve comparability among oil and gas companies, including comparability between domestic registrants and foreign private issuers. Although the SEC has revised its oil and gas requirements, a similar revision process has not been undertaken for mineral reserves and resources. As a result, despite calls from both the CRIRSCO and the Society for Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration (SME) to consider the need for convergence given the increasing overlap between oil and gas and mining in such areas as tar sands and oil shales, no progress has been made in achieving convergence between the SEC requirements and the various other requirements. Key differences that still remain include:

  • the SEC does not allow the term ‘resources’ to be used in reports;
  • the SEC states that final or bankable feasibility studies need to be completed before new greenfield reserves and resources can be declared;
  • the SEC requirement for oil and gas companies to use 12-month average prices under SEC Release No. 338995, to represent existing economic conditions to determine the economic producibility of oil and gas reserves for disclosure purposes; and
  • the SEC requirement for mining companies to use three year trailing average rather than forward-looking commodity prices in reserve estimation under US Securities and Exchange Commission's Industry Guide 7 – Description of Property by Issuers Engaged or to Be Engaged in Significant Mining Operations (SEC Industry Guide 7).

2.2 Petroleum reserve estimation and reporting

The ‘SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE Petroleum Resources Management System’ (SPE-PRMS), which was published in 2007, is the leading framework for the estimation and reporting of petroleum reserves and resources. It was prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG) and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE), and subsequently supported by the Society of Exploration Geophysicists (SEG).27 The definitions and guidelines in the SPE-PRMS, which are internationally used within the oil and gas sector, deal with:28

  • classification and categorisation of resources;
  • evaluation and reporting; and
  • estimation of recoverable quantities.

Most of the major regulatory agencies have developed disclosure guidelines that impose classification rules similar to, but not directly linked to, the SPE-PRMS, and most typically mandate disclosure of only a subset of the total reserves and resources defined in the SPE-PRMS. For example, the SEC specifies that only Proved Reserves should be disclosed,29 but now allows for optional disclosure of Probable Reserves.

The Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the SPE has recently completed the revision of the Petroleum Resources Management System (PRMS). The SPE Board approved the revision in June 2018. The updated PRMS is a consensus of input collected from consulting and financial firms, government agencies, and exploration and production (E&P) companies. The process included a public comment period, and required input and approval by six sponsoring societies: the World Petroleum Council, the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers, the Society of Exploration Geophysicists, the European Association of Geoscientists and Engineers, and the Society of Petrophysicists and Well Log Analysts.

2.2.1 Basic principles and definitions

The following graphically presents the SPE-PRMS resources classification system:30

image

Figure 43.1: Resources classification framework

The horizontal axis reflects the range of uncertainty of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the chance of commerciality, which is the chance that a project will be committed for development and reach commercial producing status.31

The SPE-PRMS defines proved, probable and possible reserves as follows:

  • Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions. Reserves must further satisfy four criteria: discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining (as of the evaluation's effective date) based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further categorized in accordance with the range of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by development and production status.’32
  • Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, that, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable from known reservoirs and under defined technical and commercial conditions. If deterministic methods are used, the term “reasonable certainty” is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate.’33
  • Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves. It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate.’34
  • Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data suggest are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves. The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P) Reserves, which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate.’35

The SPE‑PRMS distinguishes between Contingent and Prospective Resources:

  • The term Resources as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth's crust, both discovered and undiscovered (whether recoverable or unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered ‘conventional’ or ‘unconventional’ resources.36
  • Contingent Resources are those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations, by the application of development project(s) not currently deemed to be commercial owing to one or more contingencies. Contingent Resources have an associated chance of development. Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the range of uncertainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or economic status.’37
  • Prospective Resources are those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations by application of future development projects. Prospective Resources have both an associated chance of geologic discovery and a chance of development. Prospective Resources are further categorized in accordance with the range of uncertainty associated with recoverable estimates, assuming discovery and development, and may be sub-classified based on project maturity.’38

Total petroleum initially-in-place (PIIP) is all quantities of petroleum that are estimated to exist in naturally occurring accumulations, discovered and undiscovered, before production. Discovered PIIP is the quantity of petroleum that is estimated, as of a given date, to be contained in known accumulations before production.39 Undiscovered PIIP is that quantity of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be contained within accumulations yet to be discovered.40

Production is the cumulative quantities of petroleum that has been recovered at a given date.41 Unrecoverable Resources are that portion of Discovered or Undiscovered PIIP evaluated, as of a given date, to be unrecoverable by the currently defined project(s). A portion of these quantities may become recoverable in the future as commercial circumstances change, technology is developed, or additional data are acquired. The remaining portion may never be recovered because of physical/chemical constraints represented by subsurface interaction of fluids and reservoir rocks.42

2.2.2 Classification and categorisation guidelines

The SPE‑PRMS provides guidance on classifying resources depending on the relative maturity of the development projects being applied to yield the recoverable quantity estimates.43

image

Figure 43.2: Sub-classes based on project maturity

As Figure 43.2,44 above illustrates, development projects and associated recoverable quantities may be sub-classified according to project maturity levels and the associated actions (i.e. business decisions) required to move a project forward to commercial production.45

The SPE‑PRMS also provides guidance on categorising resources, depending on the associated degrees of uncertainty, into the following cumulative categories:46

  • proved, probable and possible (1P, 2P and 3P) for reserves;
  • low, best and high (1C, 2C and 3C) for contingent resources; and
  • low estimate, best estimate and high estimate for prospective resources.

Additionally, guidance is provided on categorisation of reserves and resources related to incremental projects, such as workovers, infill drilling and improved recovery.47

To promote consistency in project evaluations and reporting, the SPE‑PRMS provides guidelines on the economic assumptions that are to be used, measurement of production, and resources entitlement and recognition,48 and also provides guidance on the analytical procedures, and on the deterministic and probabilistic methods to be used.

2.3 Mining resource and reserve reporting

The Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (JORC Code) is prepared by the Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC) of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Australian Institute of Geoscientists and Minerals Council of Australia. The JORC was established in 1971, the first edition of the JORC Code was published in 1989,49 with the most recent edition of the JORC Code issued in 2012. This version of the JORC code and associated ASX listing rules relating to the disclosure of reserves and resources by ASX listed mining and oil and gas exploration and production companies came into effect on 1 December 2013.

Subsequently, many jurisdictions have established similar national reporting standards. These include:

  • Canada: CIM Definition Standards on Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum (CIM);
  • Chile: Code for the Certification of Exploration Prospects, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, Instituto de Ingenieros de Minas de Chile (IIMCh);
  • Pan European Reserves Reporting Committee (PERC) in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Western Europe;
  • Peru: Code for Reporting on Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, Joint Committee of the Venture Capital Segment of the Lima Stock Exchange;
  • South Africa: South African Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, South African Mineral Resource Committee (SAMREC); and
  • United States: Guide for Reporting Exploration Information, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, Society for Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration (SME).

In July 2006, CRIRSCO first published a generic International Reporting Template for reporting mineral resources and mineral ore reserves, modelled on those of the JORC Code, and the latest update occurred in November 2013. This reflects best practice national reporting standards but excludes national regulatory requirements. The template serves as a guide to national standard-setters that do not have a reporting standard or who want to revise their existing standard to an internationally acceptable form.50 ‘The system is primarily targeted at establishing international best practice standards for regulatory and public disclosures and combines the basic components of a number of national reporting codes and guidelines that have been adopted in similar forms by all the major agencies [other than] the SEC. The classification is applied, with small modifications or extensions, by most mining companies for the purpose of internal resource management.’51

In the United States, public disclosures of mineral resources and mineral reserves are regulated by the SEC, which does not recognise the CRIRSCO guidelines. Unsurprisingly, some of the SEC requirements (Industry Guide 7) for public release of information are materially different from those applicable in other countries.52 The SEC's Industry Guide 7 is discussed at 2.4.2 below.

2.3.1 CRIRSCO International Reporting Template (November 2013)

Set out below are the main requirements of the CRIRSCO International Reporting Template (CRIRSCO Template) to the extent that they are relevant to financial reporting by mining companies.

2.3.1.A Scope

The main principles governing the operation and application of the CRIRSCO Template are transparency, materiality and competence. These are aimed at ensuring that the reader of a public report is provided with:53

  • sufficient information that is clear and unambiguous (transparency);
  • a report that contains all relevant information which investors and their professional advisers would reasonably require and would reasonably expect to find, to be able to form a reasoned and balanced judgement about the Exploration Results, Mineral Resources or Mineral Reserves being reported (materiality); and
  • information that is based on work that is the responsibility of suitably qualified and experienced persons who are subject to an enforceable professional code of ethics and rules of conduct (competence).

A public report is a report ‘prepared for the purpose of informing investors or potential investors and their advisors on Exploration Results, Mineral Resources or Mineral Reserves. They include, but are not limited to, annual and quarterly company reports, press releases, information memoranda, technical papers, website postings and public presentations’.54 The CRIRSCO Template is applicable to all solid minerals, including diamonds, other gemstones, industrial minerals, stone and aggregates, and coal.55 The CRIRSCO Template provides supplementary rules on reporting related to coal, diamonds and industrial minerals, due to the special nature of those types of deposit.

A public report should be prepared by a competent person, defined in the CRIRSCO Template as ‘… a minerals industry professional (NRO to insert appropriate membership class and organisation including Recognised Professional Organisations) with enforceable disciplinary processes including the powers to suspend or expel a member’.56 (Note that NRO stands for ‘national representative organisations’).

2.3.1.B Reporting terminology

The general relationship between Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves can be summarised in the following diagram:57

image

Figure 43.3: The general relationship between results, resources and reserves

The terms in the above diagram are defined as follows:

Exploration Results include data and information generated by mineral exploration programmes that might be of use to investors but which do not form part of a declaration of Mineral Resources or Mineral Reserves.58 The CRIRSCO Template specifically requires that any information relating to Exploration Results be expressed in such a way that it does not unreasonably imply that potentially economic mineralisation has been discovered.59

A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of solid material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade, quality and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction. The location, quantity, grade, continuity and other geological characteristics of a Mineral Resource are known, estimated or interpreted from specific geological evidence and knowledge, including sampling. Mineral Resources are sub-divided, in order of increasing geological confidence, into Inferred, Indicated and Measured categories:60

  • ‘An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. Geological evidence is sufficient to imply but not verify geological and grade or quality continuity. An Inferred Resource has a lower level of confidence than that applying to an Indicated Mineral Resource and must not be converted to a Mineral Reserve. It is reasonably expected that the majority of Inferred Mineral Resources could be upgraded to Indicated Mineral Resources with continued exploration.’61
  • ‘An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape and physical characteristics are estimated with sufficient confidence to allow the application of Modifying Factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Geological evidence is derived from adequately detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing and is sufficient to assume geological and grade or quality continuity between points of observation. An Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than that applying to a Measured Mineral Resource and may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve.’62
  • ‘A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity, grade or quality, densities, shape and physical characteristics are estimated with confidence to allow the application of Modifying Factors to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Geological evidence is derived from detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing and is sufficient to confirm geological and grade or quality continuity between points of observation. A Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than that applying to either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource. It may be converted to a Proved Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve.’63
  • ‘Modifying factors are considerations used to convert Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves. These include, but are not restricted to, mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors.’64
  • ‘A Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured and/or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at Pre-Feasibility or Feasibility level as appropriate that include application of Modifying Factors. Such studies demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction could reasonably be justified.’65
  • ‘A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated, and in some circumstances, a Measured Mineral Resource. The confidence in the Modifying Factors applying to a Probable Mineral Reserve is lower than that applying to a Proved Mineral Reserve. A Probable Mineral Reserve has a lower level of confidence than a Proved Mineral Reserve but is of sufficient quality to serve as the basis for a decision on the development of the deposit.’66
  • ‘A Proved Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource. A Proved Mineral Reserve implies a high degree of confidence in the Modifying Factors. A Proved Mineral Reserve represents the highest confidence category of reserve estimate.’67

The CRIRSCO Template contains more detailed guidance on how a competent person should decide on mineral resource and mineral reserve classification and contains a checklist and guideline for the preparation of public reports.

2.4 Disclosure of mineral reserves and resources

Mineral reserves and resources, or subcategories thereof, are a significant element in communications by mining companies and oil and gas companies to their stakeholders. IFRS requires an entity to provide ‘additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance’. [IAS 1.17(c)]. Therefore, although IFRS does not specifically require it, disclosures regarding mineral resources and reserves will generally be necessary under IFRS to provide users with the information they need to understand the entity's financial position and performance.

As noted in 2 above, entities have to use reserves data and sometimes resources data for a number of accounting purposes and the methodology should be consistent with the definitions in the IFRS Conceptual Framework for asset recognition. We believe that users of the financial statements need to be able to identify the methodology used to estimate reserves and resources in order to understand an entity's financial statements. If management uses proved reserves for investment appraisal and uses these same reserves for depreciation and impairment calculations, this should be clearly identified in the reserves disclosure. Conversely, if management uses different reserves and/or resources definitions for different purposes, that should be made clear in the financial statements.

In the absence of guidance under IFRS, entities not subject to the requirements of a national regulator may wish to use the disclosure requirements of other standard-setters as a starting point in developing their own policies. The sections below discuss the disclosure requirements of several standard-setters for mineral reserve and resource quantities for oil and gas companies and mining companies (see 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 respectively below) and reserve values (see 2.4.3 below).

However, while disclosure of information about mineral reserves and resources is clearly very useful, users of financial statements should be aware that there are many variances between the requirements of different jurisdictions or even within those jurisdictions. Therefore, comparisons between entities may be difficult or even impossible. In particular, the following aspects are important:

  • Proven and probable reserves – The definition of reserves can vary greatly, e.g. the former OIAC SORP permitted disclosure of either ‘proven and probable’ or ‘proved developed and undeveloped’ reserves, whereas Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 932‑235‑50 – Extractive Activities – Oil and Gas – Notes to Financial Statements – Disclosure – requires disclosure of ‘proved reserves, proved developed reserves and proved undeveloped reserves’;68
  • Commodity price – The quantity of economically recoverable reserves may depend to a large extent on the price assumptions that an entity uses. Differences often arise because the entity:
    • uses its own long-term price assumption which, for example, was permitted under the former OIAC SORP;
    • is required to use 12‑month average prices, which is required by the SEC Release No. 33‑8995 in the oil and gas sector; or
    • is required to use a three year trailing average, which is required to comply with the SEC's Industry Guide 7 in the mining sector;
  • Royalties – Royalties payable in-kind to the government or legal owner of the mineral rights may or may not be included in reserves;
  • Non-controlling interests – Generally ‘reserves’ include all reserves held by the parent and its consolidated subsidiaries. While in many jurisdictions mining companies and oil and gas companies are required to disclose the reserves attributable to significant non-controlling interests, this is not always required;
  • Associates, joint arrangements and other investments – An entity may have economic ownership of reserves through investments in associates and joint arrangements, equity interests (see 7 below) or royalty yielding contracts (see 5.7 below). Such reserves are generally not included in consolidated reserves, but may need to be disclosed separately; and
  • Production sharing contracts and risk service contracts (see 5.3 and 5.5.1 respectively below) – Frequently the mining company or oil and gas company does not legally own the mineral reserves and resources in the ground, i.e. the government retains legal ownership. A significant amount of judgement concerning the nature of the rights and economic interests of the entity may be required to determine whether the entity is the economic owner of any reserves or resources. Depending on the reserve reporting framework that the entity is subject to, such ‘economic’ reserves may or may not be included in reserves or resources.

In addition to those matters set out above, there may be other variances in the reserves definition and disclosure requirements in different jurisdictions of which users of IFRS financial statements should be aware. Such differences may affect IFRS financial reporting directly.

2.4.1 Oil and gas sector

Many oil and gas companies are required to disclose information about reserve quantities in accordance with the rules and requirements of the stock exchange on which they are listed. However, those oil and gas companies that are not subject to the specific disclosure requirements of a stock exchange or other local regulator should consider the need to disclose reserves and resources information to provide users with the information they need to understand the entity's financial position and performance.

Companies may continue to consider disclosing the information previously required under the former OIAC SORP or the US ASC 932‑235‑50 – Disclosure of Standardised Measure of Oil and Gas (US ASC 932‑235‑50) or could look to the example disclosures contained in the 2010 DP at 1.3.4 above.

2.4.2 Mining sector

Many mining companies are required to disclose information about reserve quantities in accordance with the rules and requirements of the stock exchange on which they are listed. However, those mining companies that are not subject to the specific disclosure requirements of a stock exchange or other local regulator may wish to consider disclosing the information required under SEC Industry Guide 7.

Mining companies that are subject to the SEC rules and regulations need to understand not only the content of Industry Guide 7, but also the current interpretation of this content by the SEC's staff. While many of the definitions may seem familiar, the SEC staff's interpretations may differ considerably from those of regulators in other countries.69 Refer to SEC Industry Guide 7 sections I-III for details.

2.4.3 Disclosure of the value of reserves

As part of its work on the Extractive Activities DP (see 1.3.4 above) the IASB staff considered whether a disclosure-focused approach might be appropriate in an extractive industries financial reporting standard. It is in this context that the DP noted that, given the near unanimity of the feedback from users on the lack of relevance of either historical cost or current value accounting for reserves and resources, a disclosure-focused approach needed to be considered as one alternative in the discussion paper.70

One of the key issues to consider before developing a disclosure-focused approach is whether or not disclosure of the value of mineral reserves should be a requirement. A secondary issue is whether the mineral reserves should be disclosed at their fair value or at a standardised measure of value, similar to the requirement under ASC 932‑235‑50 which is based on discounted net cash flows.

This disclosure requirement is not uncontroversial, as the ‘standardized measure of oil and gas’ (often abbreviated to SMOG) does not represent the market value of an entity's proved reserves. However, the standardised measure of the value of oil and gas reserves greatly reduces the impact of management's opinion about future development on the value calculated, e.g. the method prescribes the discount rate and commodity price to be used. While this may not take into account relevant insights that management may have, the advantage is that comparability of the disclosures between entities is increased. As illustrated in Extract 43.1, some companies caution against over-reliance on these disclosures.

It is clear that reaching agreement as to what constitutes useful and relevant disclosures about the value of mineral reserves is not straightforward and will be controversial. Still, in September 2008, the Board indicated support for the Extractive Activities DP to propose the disclosure of ‘a current value measurement, such as a standardised measure of discounted cash flows, and the key assumptions necessary for a user to make use of that measurement’. This would not be disclosed if the minerals or oil and gas assets are measured on the balance sheet at fair value or some other current value measurement. In that case, an entity would provide disclosures similar to those required in the US (by ASC 820‑10‑50‑1, 2, 3 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures).71 Accordingly, the DP concluded that:

  • if the assets are measured at historical cost then detailed information should be disclosed about their current value (either fair value or standardised measure) and how it was determined; or
  • if, instead, the assets are measured at fair value then detailed information should be disclosed about that fair value and how it was determined.
2.4.3.A ASC 932‑235‑50 – Disclosure of Standardised Measure of Oil and Gas

All entities engaged in significant oil and gas producing activities that report under US GAAP are required by ASC 932‑235‑50 to disclose a standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserve quantities. There may also be non-US GAAP oil and gas companies who, while they are not subject to these specific disclosure requirements, still elect to refer to these when determining the reserves and resources information to provide to their users. ASC 932‑235‑50 is highly prescriptive and should be reviewed directly in full to ensure compliance with its requirements.

3 IFRS 6 – EXPLORATION FOR AND EVALUATION OF MINERAL RESOURCES

3.1 Objective and scope

The IASB's objective in developing IFRS 6, as noted at 1.2 above, was restricted to making limited improvements to existing accounting practices for exploration and evaluation (E&E) expenditures. E&E expenditures are ‘expenditures incurred by an entity in connection with the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources before the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable’, while E&E assets are ‘exploration and evaluation expenditures recognised as assets in accordance with the entity's accounting policy’. [IFRS 6 Appendix A].

IFRS 6 is limited to specifying the financial reporting for the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources, which the standard defines as ‘the search for mineral resources, including minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources after the entity has obtained legal rights to explore in a specific area, as well as the determination of the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting the mineral resource’. [IFRS 6.1, Appendix A]. The standard also specifies when entities need to assess E&E assets for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 and requires certain disclosures.

An entity may not apply IFRS 6 to expenditures incurred before the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources (e.g. expenditures incurred before the entity has obtained the legal rights to explore a specific area such as prospecting and acquisition of mineral rights) or after the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable (e.g. development, construction, production and closure). [IFRS 6.5]. Furthermore, it deals only with E&E expenditures and does not provide guidance on other sector-specific issues that may arise during the E&E phase.

Equipment used in the E&E phase, e.g. property, plant and equipment and any other intangibles, such as software, are not in the scope of IFRS 6, instead, they are in the scope of IAS 16 or IAS 38.

3.1.1 Scope exclusions in other standards relating to the extractive industries

In the Basis for Conclusions on IFRS 6 the IASB confirmed that ‘even though no IFRS has addressed extractive activities directly, all IFRSs (including International Accounting Standards and Interpretations) are applicable to entities engaged in the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources that make an unreserved statement of compliance with IFRSs in accordance with IAS 1’. [IFRS 6.BC6]. However, certain aspects of activities that occur in the extractive industries that fall outside the scope of IFRS 6 are excluded from the scope of other standards.

Various standards exclude ‘minerals’ from their scope, but the exact wording of the scope exclusions differs from standard to standard. Therefore, it would be incorrect to conclude that the same aspects of the extractive industries’ activities are excluded from the scope of these standards:

  • IAS 2 – does not apply to the measurement of minerals and mineral products, ‘to the extent that they are measured at net realisable value in accordance with well-established practices in those industries’. [IAS 2.3(a), 4]. The practice of measuring minerals and mineral products inventories at net realisable value is, in reality, relatively rare in many areas of the extractive industries.
  • IAS 16 – does not apply to ‘mineral rights and mineral reserves such as oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources’. [IAS 16.3(d)]. In addition, the standard does not apply to ‘the recognition and measurement of exploration and evaluation assets’. [IAS 16.3(c)]. Equipment used in extracting reserves is within the scope of IAS 16.
  • IFRS 16 – does not apply to ‘leases to explore for or use minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources’. [IFRS 16.3(a)]. However, leases including leases of right-of-use assets in a sublease of assets used for exploration or evaluation activities are in the scope of IFRS 16.
  • IAS 38 – does not apply to ‘expenditure on the exploration for, or development and extraction of, minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources’ or to the recognition and measurement of E&E assets. [IAS 38.2(c)-(d)].
  • IAS 40 – does not apply to ‘mineral rights and mineral reserves such as oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources’. [IAS 40.4(b)].

3.2 Recognition of exploration and evaluation assets

3.2.1 Developing an accounting policy under IFRS 6

When developing its accounting policy for E&E expenditures, IFRS 6 requires an entity recognising E&E assets to apply paragraph 10 of IAS 8. [IFRS 6.6, BC19]. Hence management should use its judgement in developing and applying an accounting policy that results in information that is relevant and reliable. [IAS 8.10]. However, IFRS 6 does provide an exemption from paragraphs 11 and 12 of IAS 8, [IFRS 6.7, BC17], which ‘specify sources of authoritative requirements and guidance that management is required to consider in developing an accounting policy for an item if no IFRS applies specifically to that item’ (the so-called ‘GAAP hierarchy’, see Chapter 3 at 4.3). In developing such a policy, IFRS 6 imposes a number of significant constraints on an entity's choice of accounting policy because:

  • an entity needs to specify which expenditures are recognised as E&E assets and apply that accounting policy consistently (see 3.3.1 below); [IFRS 6.9]
  • expenditures related to the development of mineral resources should not be recognised as E&E assets (see 3.3.1 below); [IFRS 6.10] and
  • the requirement to apply IAS 16, IAS 38 and IAS 36 after the E&E phase affects the choice of accounting policies during the E&E phase. In January 2006 the IFRIC clarified that ‘it was clear that the scope of IFRS 6 consistently limited the relief from the hierarchy to policies applied to E&E activities and that there was no basis for interpreting IFRS 6 as granting any additional relief in areas outside its scope’.72 For example, an entity may be able to apply the full cost method of accounting (see 3.2.4 below) during the E&E phase, but it will not be able to apply that policy after the E&E phase.

The IASB believed that waiving these requirements in IFRS 6 would ‘detract from the relevance and reliability of an entity's financial statements to an unacceptable degree’. [IFRS 6.BC23].

3.2.2 Options for an exploration and evaluation policy

Entities active in the extractive industries have followed, and continue to follow, a large variety of accounting practices for E&E expenditure, which range ‘from deferring on the balance sheet nearly all exploration and evaluation expenditure to recognising all such expenditure in profit or loss as incurred’. [IFRS 6.BC17]. As mentioned earlier, IFRS 6 provides an exemption from paragraphs 11 and 12 of IAS 8. The inference from this is that the standard ‘grandfathers’ all existing practices by not requiring these to have any authoritative basis. The Basis for Conclusions states that ‘the Board decided that an entity could continue to follow the accounting policies that it was using when it first applied the IFRS's requirements, provided they satisfy the requirements of paragraph 10 of IAS 8 … with some exceptions …’. [IFRS 6.BC22]. These exceptions in IFRS 6, described above, have a rather more profound impact than may be obvious at first sight and, in fact, instead of allowing previous national GAAP accounting policies, IFRS 6 effectively prohibits many of them.

There are several methods adopted by oil and gas companies (and modified by some mining companies) to account for E&E costs. These include successful efforts, full cost and area of interest accounting. These methods have evolved through the use of previous GAAPs and industry practice. While these terms and methods (or similar methods) are commonly used in the sector, none of these is specifically referred to in IFRS.

We explore below each of these methods and consider to what extent they are compliant with the requirements of IFRS.

3.2.3 Successful efforts method

The successful efforts methods that have been developed by different accounting standard-setters are generally based on the successful efforts concept as set out in US GAAP, under which generally only those costs that lead directly to the discovery, acquisition, or development of specific, discrete mineral resources and reserves are capitalised and become part of the capitalised costs of the cost centre. Costs that when incurred fail to meet this criterion are generally charged to expense in the period they are incurred. Some interpretations of the successful efforts concept allow entities to capitalise the cost of unsuccessful development wells.73

Under the successful efforts method an entity will generally consider each individual mineral lease, concession, or production sharing contract as a cost centre.

When an entity applies the successful efforts method under IFRS, it will need to account for prospecting costs incurred before the E&E phase under IAS 16 or IAS 38. As economic benefits are highly uncertain at this stage of a project, prospecting costs will typically be expensed as incurred. Costs incurred to acquire undeveloped mineral rights, however, should be capitalised under IFRS if an entity expects an inflow of future economic benefits.

To the extent that costs are incurred within the E&E phase of a project, IFRS 6 does not prescribe any recognition and measurement rules. Therefore, it would be acceptable for such costs to be recorded as assets and written off when it is determined that the costs will not lead to economic benefits or to be expensed as incurred if the outcome is uncertain. Deferred costs of an undeveloped mineral right may be depreciated over some determinable period, subject to an impairment test each period with the amount of impairment charged to expense, or an entity may choose to carry forward the deferred costs of the undeveloped mineral right until the entity determines whether the property contains mineral reserves.74 However, E&E assets should no longer be classified as such when the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting mineral resources are demonstrable. [IFRS 6.17]. At that time the asset should be tested for impairment under IAS 36, reclassified in the statement of financial position and accounted for under IAS 16 or IAS 38. If it is determined that no commercial reserves are present, then the costs capitalised should be expensed. Costs incurred after the E&E phase should be accounted for in accordance with the applicable IFRSs (i.e. IAS 16 and IAS 38).

It is worth noting that with the emergence of unconventional resource E&E projects, such as shale, coal seam and tight oil or gas, the potential timeframe to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of a resource can be considerably longer than that of a conventional resource. This is primarily due to the scale of work required to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of these more complex and/or less accessible resources in a higher cost environment. Such feasibility determinations may include the drilling and analysing of a significant number of wells over an extended period of time. As such, the overall success of a drilling campaign targeting unconventional resources may not be determined until completion of the campaign – as opposed to the more common well by well basis that is often the case for conventional projects.

Therefore, the costs incurred on unconventional projects over an extended E&E campaign, may be carried forward under existing policies adopted, including capitalisation under a successful efforts policy that permits such treatment, until such time as the broader resource body is deemed to be either successful or unsuccessful.

The essence of most successful efforts approaches is that costs are capitalised pending evaluation, and this would be acceptable under IFRS.

The following extract from the financial statements of Premier Oil illustrates a typical successful efforts method accounting policy applied under IFRS.

3.2.4 Full cost method

The full cost method under most national GAAPs required all costs incurred in prospecting, acquiring mineral interests, exploration, appraisal, development, and construction to be accumulated in large cost centres, e.g. individual countries, groups of countries, or the entire world.75 However, although an entity is permitted by IFRS 6 to develop an accounting policy without reference to other IFRSs or to the hierarchy, as described at 3.2.1 above, IFRS 6 cannot be extrapolated or applied by analogy to permit application of the full cost method outside the E&E phase. This was confirmed by the Interpretations Committee in January 2006.76

There are several other areas in which application of the full cost method under IFRS is restricted because:

  • IFRS 6 requires E&E assets to be classified as tangible or intangible assets according to the nature of the assets. [IFRS 6.15]. In other words, even when an entity accounts for E&E costs in relatively large pools, it will still need to distinguish between tangible and intangible assets.
  • While the full cost method under most national GAAPs requires the application of some form of ‘ceiling test’, IFRS 6 requires – when impairment indicators are present – an impairment test to be performed in accordance with IAS 36 (although in accordance with IFRS 6, E&E assets can be allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs (which may include producing CGUs), provided certain criteria are met – see 3.5.2 below for further information).
  • Once the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting mineral resources are demonstrable, IFRS 6 requires that E&E assets shall no longer be classified as such and need to be tested for impairment under IAS 36 and reclassified in the statement of financial position and accounted for under IAS 16 or IAS 38. [IFRS 6.17]. This means that it is not possible to account for successful and unsuccessful projects within one cost centre or pool.

For these reasons it is not possible to apply the full cost method of accounting under IFRS without making very significant modifications in the application of the method. An entity might want to use the full cost method as its starting point in developing its accounting policy for E&E assets under IFRS. However, it will rarely be appropriate to describe the resulting accounting policy as a ‘full cost method’ because key elements of the full cost method are not permitted under IFRS.

In July 2009, the IASB published an amendment to IFRS 1 – Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters (Amendments to IFRS 1), which introduced a first-time adoption exemption for first-time adopters that accounted under their previous GAAP for ‘exploration and development costs for oil and gas properties in the development or production phases … in cost centres that include all properties in a large geographical area’ (i.e. the full cost method).77 Under the exemption, a first-time adopter may elect to measure oil and gas assets at the date of transition to IFRSs on a deemed cost basis (see Chapter 5 at 5.5.3), but does not permit continued application of the previous GAAP accounting policy.

3.2.5 Area-of-interest method

The area-of-interest method is an accounting concept by which ‘costs incurred for individual geological or geographical areas that have characteristics conducive to containing a mineral reserve are deferred as assets pending determination of whether commercial reserves are found. If the area of interest is found to contain commercial reserves, the accumulated costs are capitalised. If the area is found to contain no commercial reserves, the accumulated costs are charged to expense’.78

Some consider the area-of-interest method to be a version of the successful efforts method that uses an area-of-interest, rather than an individual licence, as its unit of account. Others believe that the area-of-interest method is more akin to the full cost method applied on an area-of-interest basis.79 ‘Under the area-of-interest concept, all costs identified with an area of interest would be deferred and capitalised if commercial reserves are later determined to exist in the area. However, costs incurred up to the point that an area of interest is identified (prospecting costs) are often charged to expense by those who consider that they are applying the area-of-interest concept. Costs of individual unsuccessful activities incurred on a specific area of interest, such as drilling an exploratory well that finds no reserves, are accumulated as part of the total cost of the area of interest.’80

While IFRS 6 will often not permit all aspects of an area-of-interest method defined by a national GAAP, an entity that uses relatively small areas of interest may be able to implement the method in a meaningful way under IFRS. The area-of-interest method is more common in the mining sector than in the oil and gas sector. Still, there are some entities that apply the method to oil and gas activities.

3.2.6 Changes in accounting policies

The standard permits a change in an entity's accounting policies for E&E expenditures only if ‘the change makes the financial statements more relevant to the economic decision-making needs of users and no less reliable, or more reliable and no less relevant to those needs’. [IFRS 6.13, BC49]. In making such a change, an entity should judge the relevance and reliability using the criteria in IAS 8. The entity should justify the change by demonstrating that the change ‘brings its financial statements closer to meeting the criteria in IAS 8, but the change need not achieve full compliance with those criteria’. [IFRS 6.14].

3.3 Measurement of exploration and evaluation assets

IFRS 6 draws a distinction between measurement at recognition (i.e. the initial recognition of an E&E asset on acquisition) and measurement after recognition (i.e. the subsequent treatment of the E&E asset).

The standard requires that upon initial recognition, E&E assets should be measured at cost, [IFRS 6.8], which is the same as the initial recognition requirements found in IAS 16, [IAS 16.15], and IAS 38. [IAS 38.24]. Therefore, the question arises as to what may be included in the cost of an item. The standard contains considerable guidance on this matter, under the heading ‘Elements of cost of exploration and evaluation assets’ (see also 3.3.1 below).

After initial recognition IFRS 6 allows one of two alternatives to be chosen as the accounting policy for E&E assets that it must apply consistently to all E&E assets, being either the cost model or the revaluation model. [IFRS 6.12].

Under the cost model, the item is carried at cost less impairment. Entities that apply the cost model should therefore develop an accounting policy within the constraints of IFRS 6 (see 3.2.1 above). As a result, an entity will either develop an accounting policy based on the successful efforts type of method or area-of-interest type of method (see 3.2.3 and 3.2.5 above) – that requires capitalisation of E&E costs pending evaluation; or develop a policy similar to the full cost type of method, which capitalises all E&E costs (successful and unsuccessful), although it is not possible to continue using this method outside the E&E phase (see 3.2.4 above).

The alternative is the revaluation model, which is not defined in IFRS 6 itself. Instead, the standard requires an entity to classify E&E assets as tangible or intangible assets (see 3.4 below) and apply the IAS 16 revaluation model to the tangible assets and the IAS 38 revaluation model to the intangible assets (see Chapter 18 at 6 and Chapter 17 at 8.2). Practically what this means is that E&E classified as intangible assets may not be revalued, since the IAS 38 revaluation model may only be applied to intangible assets that are traded in an active market. [IAS 38.72, 75, IFRS 6.BC29‑BC30].

3.3.1 Types of expenditure in the exploration and evaluation phase

The standard requires an entity to determine an accounting policy specifying which expenditures are recognised as E&E assets and apply the policy consistently. Such an accounting policy should take into account the degree to which the expenditure can be associated with finding specific mineral resources. Types of expenditure include:

  1. acquisition of rights to explore;
  2. topographical, geological, geochemical and geophysical studies;
  3. exploratory drilling;
  4. trenching;
  5. sampling; and
  6. activities in relation to evaluating the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource. [IFRS 6.9].

This list is not intended to be exhaustive.

In permitting geological and geophysical costs (G&G costs) to be included in the initial measurement of E&E assets, IFRS differs from US GAAP – ASC 932 – Extractive Activities – Oil and Gas, which does not permit capitalisation of G&G costs,81 and may differ from the requirements under other national standards.

IFRS 6 allows an accounting policy choice as to how to treat expenditures on administration and other general overhead costs; however, the chosen policy should be consistent with one of the treatments available under other IFRSs, i.e. expense or capitalise. [IFRS 6.BC28]. This is because there are inconsistencies between IAS 16 (which does not allow such costs to be capitalised), IAS 2 (which requires capitalisation of production overheads but not general administration) and IAS 38 (which only allows capitalisation if directly attributable to bringing the asset into use, otherwise capitalisation is prohibited).

Expenditures related to the development of mineral resources should not be recognised as E&E assets. Instead, the IASB's Conceptual Framework and IAS 38 should be applied in developing guidance on accounting for such assets. [IFRS 6.10]. IFRS does not define ‘development of mineral resources’, but notes that ‘development of a mineral resource once the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting the mineral resource had been determined was an example of the development phase of an internal project’. [IFRS 6.BC27]. While this is not a full definition, in practice this means that until a feasibility study is complete and a development is approved, accumulated costs are considered E&E assets and are accounted for under IFRS 6. The timing of transferring expenditure from the exploration phase to the development phase is discussed in further detail at 3.4.1 below.

The standard specifically requires the application of IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets – to any obligations for removal and restoration that are incurred during a particular period as a consequence of having undertaken the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources. [IFRS 6.11]. Although IFRS 6 did not make a corresponding amendment to the scope of IFRIC 1 – Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Similar Liabilities – which applies to such liabilities when they are recognised in property, plant and equipment under IAS 16, we believe that the interpretation should also be applied in relation to E&E assets. However, if the E&E costs were originally expensed, then the future costs of any related removal and restoration obligations should also be expensed.

The extract below from Glencore illustrates a typical accounting policy for E&E assets for a mining company.

The extract below from BP illustrates an accounting policy for E&E assets for an oil and gas company.

3.3.2 Capitalisation of borrowing costs in the exploration and evaluation phase

IAS 23 – Borrowing Costs – requires capitalisation of borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a ‘qualifying asset’ as part of the cost of that asset. [IAS 23.8]. An E&E asset will generally meet the definition of a qualifying asset as it ‘necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale’. [IAS 23.5]. However, IAS 23 requires capitalisation of borrowing costs only when it is probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the entity and the costs can be measured reliably. [IAS 23.9]. Unlike IAS 23, IFRS 6 permits capitalisation of E&E assets even when it is not probable that they will result in future economic benefits. Unless an entity's E&E project has resulted in the classification of mineral resources as proven or probable, it is unlikely that future economic benefits from that project can be considered probable. In these circumstances, it is consistent with the requirements of IFRS 6 and IAS 23 to capitalise an E&E asset but not capitalise borrowing costs in respect of it.

3.4 Presentation and classification

E&E assets should be classified consistently as either tangible or intangible assets in accordance with the nature of the assets acquired. [IFRS 6.15]. For example, drilling rights may be presented as intangible assets, whereas vehicles and drilling rigs are tangible assets. A tangible asset that is used in developing an intangible asset should still be presented as a tangible asset. However, to the ‘extent that a tangible asset is consumed in developing an intangible asset, the amount reflecting that consumption is part of the cost of the intangible asset’. For example, the depreciation of a drilling rig would be capitalised as part of the intangible E&E asset that represents the costs incurred on active exploration projects. [IFRS 6.16, BC33]. This assessment requires judgement and we observe different classification practices across the mining industry and the oil and gas industry.

3.4.1 Reclassification of E&E assets

E&E assets should no longer be classified as such when ‘technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable’.

Determining when technical feasibility and commercial viability have been demonstrated may involve significant judgement, particularly in relation to complex assets or projects where feasibility assessment may be ongoing over an extended period of time: for example Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) projects, unconventional assets, large scale, technically challenging projects, or where significant upfront investment in long lead items is required.

A final investment decision being approved is often a common signal that technical feasibility and commercial viability have been determined. However, absent this, other factors may also need to be considered, such as the booking of significant quantities of commercial reserves, approval of budgeted expenditure to commence commercial development activities or the actual commencement of expenditure on development activities. It should be noted that both technical feasibility and commercial viability must be demonstrated before an asset can be transferred out of E&E. Activities that occur prior to this point which are aimed at assessing the viability of a resource, may still be regarded as E&E in nature and must be accounted for accordingly.

Before reclassification, E&E assets should be assessed for impairment individually or as part of a cash-generating unit and any impairment loss should be recognised. [IFRS 6.17].

3.5 Impairment

In some cases, and particularly in exploration-only entities, E&E assets do not generate cash inflows and there is insufficient information about the mineral resources in a specific area for an entity to make reasonable estimates of an E&E asset's recoverable amount. This is because the exploration for and evaluation of the mineral resources has not reached a stage at which information sufficient to estimate future cash flows is available to the entity. Without such information, it is not possible to estimate either fair value less costs of disposal (‘FVLCD’) or value in use (‘VIU’), the two measures of recoverable amount in IAS 36. Therefore, without some sort of alternate impairment assessment approach, this would have led to immediate write-off of exploration expenditure.

Therefore, modifications were made to the impairment testing approach. Under IFRS 6, the assessment of impairment should be triggered by changes in facts and circumstances. However once an entity had determined that there is an impairment trigger for an E&E asset, IAS 36 should be used to measure, present and disclose that impairment in the financial statements. This is subject to the special requirements with respect to the level at which impairment is assessed. [IFRS 6.BC37].

IFRS 6 makes two important modifications to IAS 36:

  • it defines separate impairment testing ‘triggers’ for E&E assets; and
  • it allows groups of cash-generating units to be used in impairment testing. [IFRS 6.18‑20].

3.5.1 Impairment testing ‘triggers’

E&E assets should be assessed for impairment when facts and circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of an E&E asset may exceed its recoverable amount. [IFRS 6.18]. Under IFRS 6 one or more of the following facts and circumstances could indicate that an impairment test is required. The list is not intended to be exhaustive:

  1. the period for which the entity has the right to explore in the specific area has expired during the period or will expire in the near future, and is not expected to be renewed;
  2. substantive expenditure on further exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area is neither budgeted nor planned;
  3. exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities of mineral resources and the entity has decided to discontinue such activities in the specific area; and
  4. sufficient data exist to indicate that, although a development in the specific area is likely to proceed, the carrying amount of the E&E asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale. [IFRS 6.20].

Finding that an exploratory or development well does not contain oil or gas in commercial quantities (i.e. finding a ‘dry hole’) is not listed in IFRS 6 as an impairment indicator. If finding a dry hole marks the end of budgeted or planned exploration activity, indicator (b) above would require impairment testing under IAS 36. Similarly, if the dry hole led to a decision that activities in the area would be discontinued, indicator (c) would require that an impairment test be performed, and indicator (d) requires an entity to do an impairment test if it is unlikely that it will recover the E&E costs from successful development or sale. However, absent one of these indicators being met, in isolation, drilling a dry hole would not necessarily trigger an impairment test. For example, if the first well in a three well campaign is a dry hole, but the entity still intends to drill the remaining two wells, an impairment trigger may not exist.

3.5.2 Specifying the level at which E&E assets are assessed for impairment

When deciding the level at which E&E assets should be assessed, rather than introduce a special CGU for E&E assets, IFRS 6 allows CGUs to be aggregated in a way consistent with the approach applied to goodwill in IAS 36. [IFRS 6.BC40‑BC47]. Therefore, an entity should determine an accounting policy for allocating E&E assets to CGUs or to CGU groups for the purpose of assessing them for impairment. [IFRS 6.21]. Each CGU or group of CGUs to which an E&E asset is allocated should not be larger than an operating segment (which is smaller than a reportable segment) determined in accordance with IFRS 8 – Operating Segments. [IFRS 6.21]. See also Chapter 20 at 8.1.4.

Hence, the level identified by an entity for the purposes of testing E&E assets for impairment may be comprised of one or more CGUs. [IFRS 6.22].

3.5.3 Cash-generating units comprising successful and unsuccessful E&E projects

IFRS 6 does not specifically address whether successful and unsuccessful E&E projects can be combined in a single CGU (which will occur under full cost accounting and may occur under area of interest accounting). There are some issues to consider before doing this:

  • Regardless of whether there is an impairment trigger (see 3.5.1 above), IFRS 6 requires E&E assets to be tested for impairment before reclassification when the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are demonstrable. [IFRS 6.17]. That means that the successful conclusion of a small E&E project and its reclassification out of E&E would result in an impairment test of a much larger CGU and possible recognition of an impairment loss on that larger CGU.
  • Successful E&E projects should be reclassified as tangible or intangible assets under IAS 16 and IAS 38, respectively. [IFRS 6.15]. Therefore, a CGU comprising both successful and unsuccessful E&E projects would be subject to the impairment triggers in both IFRS 6 and IAS 36. This would significantly increase the frequency of impairment testing. [IFRS 6.20, IAS 36.8‑17].
  • An entity should carefully consider the consequences of including several E&E projects in a CGU, because the unsuccessful conclusion of one project would usually trigger an impairment test of the entire CGU. [IFRS 6.20].

3.5.4 Order of impairment testing

CGUs often contain other assets as well as E&E assets. When developing IFRS 6, Exposure Draft ED 6 – Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources specifically stated that such other assets should be tested for impairment first, in accordance with IAS 36, before testing the CGU inclusive of the E&E assets.82 However, IFRS 6 does not specifically address this topic. Despite this, we believe that as the impairment test is completed in accordance with IAS 36, and a similar approach is adopted as that applied to goodwill, the order of the impairment testing as set out in IAS 36 would apply. That is, an entity would test the underlying assets/CGU without the E&E assets first, recognise any write down (if applicable) and then test the CGU/CGU group with the E&E assets allocated.

3.5.5 Additional considerations if E&E assets are impaired

In some circumstances an entity that recognises an impairment of an E&E asset must also decide whether or not to derecognise the asset because no future economic benefits are expected, as illustrated in Example 43.1 below.

If an entity concludes that production is not technically feasible or commercially viable, that provides evidence that the related E&E asset needs to be tested for impairment. It is also possible that such evidence may indicate that no future economic benefits are expected from such assets and therefore any remaining assets should be derecognised. When considering the two examples above, in Entity A's situation, no oil and/or gas resources were discovered and based on current plans, no future economic benefits were expected from the related E&E assets so they were derecognised. Whereas in Entity B's situation, while oil and/or gas resources were discovered, extraction was not commercially viable at this stage. So while an impairment was recognised, the remaining assets were not derecognised as management did expect future economic benefits to flow from such assets.

Although IFRS 6 does not specifically deal with derecognition of E&E assets, the entity should derecognise the E&E asset because the asset is no longer in the exploration and evaluation phase and hence outside the scope of IFRS 6 and other asset standards such as IAS 16 and IAS 38 would require derecognition under those circumstances. Once derecognised, the costs of an E&E asset that have been written off cannot be re-recognised as part of a new E&E asset, so unlike an impairment, the write off is permanent.

3.5.6 Income statement treatment of E&E write downs – impairment or exploration expense

In some circumstances, it may be unclear whether an E&E asset is impaired, or whether a write off of unsuccessful exploration is required. In an unconventional project, or in circumstances where costs have been carried forward for some time pending determination of technical feasibility and commercial viability, judgement will be required in concluding on the most appropriate income statement presentation. Key considerations may include whether the objectives of drilling or other expenditure programs have been met, whether the indicative impairment triggers in IFRS 6 have been met, and management's future intentions for the asset.

3.5.7 Reversal of impairment losses

Any impairment loss on an E&E asset recognised in accordance with IFRS 6 needs to be reversed if there is evidence that the loss no longer exists or has decreased. The entity must apply the requirements specified in IAS 36 for reversing an impairment loss (see Chapter 20 at 11). [IFRS 6.BC48, IAS 36.109‑123].

3.6 Disclosure

To identify and explain ‘the amounts recognised in its financial statements arising from the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources’, [IFRS 6.23], an entity should disclose:

  1. its accounting policies for exploration and evaluation expenditures including the recognition of exploration and evaluation assets; and
  2. the amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense and operating and investing cash flows arising from the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources. [IFRS 6.24].

The extract below from Tullow Oil's 2017 financial statements illustrates the disclosures required by IFRS 6.

An entity should treat E&E assets as a separate class of assets and make the disclosures required by IAS 16 and IAS 38 for tangible E&E assets and intangible E&E assets, respectively. [IFRS 6.25, BC53].

3.6.1 Statement of cash flows

IAS 7 – Statement of Cash Flows – states that only expenditures that result in a recognised asset in the statement of financial position are eligible for classification as investing activities. [IAS 7.16]. The IASB specifically notes that ‘the exemption in IFRS 6 applies only to recognition and measurement of exploration and evaluation assets, not to the classification of related expenditures in the statement of cash flows’. [IFRS 6.BC23B]. This means that an entity that expenses E&E expenditure will not be able to classify the associated cash flows as arising from investing activities.

4 UNIT OF ACCOUNT

One of the key issues in the development of accounting standards and in the selection of accounting policies by preparers, is deciding the level at which an entity should separately account for assets, i.e. what is the ‘unit of account’? The definition of the unit of account has significant accounting consequences, as can be seen in the example below.

This example suggests that assets or actions that have no value or meaning at one level may actually be valuable and necessary at another level.

The unit of account plays a significant role in:

  1. recognition and derecognition of assets;
  2. determining the rate of depreciation or amortisation;
  3. deciding whether or not certain costs should be capitalised;
  4. undertaking impairment testing;
  5. determining the substance of transactions;
  6. application of the measurement model subsequent to recognition of the asset; and
  7. determining the level of detail of the disclosures required.

The decisions about the unit of account will consider, inter alia, cost/benefits and materiality, whether the items are capable of being used separately, their useful economic lives, whether the economic benefits that the entity will derive are separable and the substance of the transaction. To some degree the choice of the unit of account will depend on industry practice, as discussed below.

In Example 43.2 above, an individual dry hole might not be considered a separate asset because individual wells are typically not capable of being used separately, their economic benefits are inseparable, the wells are similar in nature and the substance of the matter can only be understood at the level of the project as a whole. However, in concluding on whether to capitalise or expense the cost of the individual dry hole as set out in Example 43.2 above, an entity will consider its specific accounting policy and its definition of the unit of account. This is discussed further at 4.1 below.

4.1 Unit of account in the extractive industries

In the extractive industries the definition of the unit of account is particularly important in deciding whether or not certain costs may be capitalised, determining the rate of depreciation and in impairment testing. Historically entities in the extractive industries have accounted for preproduction costs using methods such as:

  • successful efforts method;
  • full cost method; and
  • area-of-interest method.

These are discussed further at 3.2.3 to 3.2.5 above. A key issue under each of these methods is determining the appropriate unit of account, which is referred to in the industry as the ‘cost centre’ or ‘pool’. In practice, entities would define their cost centres along geographical, political or legal boundaries or align them to the operating units in their organisation. The IASC's Issues Paper listed the following, commonly used, cost centres that have been used pre-IFRS:83

  1. the world;
  2. each country or group of countries in which the entity operates;
  3. each contractual or legal mineral acquisition unit, such as a lease or production sharing contract;
  4. each area of interest (geological feature, such as a mine or field, that lends itself to a unified exploration and development effort);
  5. geological units other than areas of interest (such as a basin or a geologic province); or
  6. the entity's organisational units.

IFRS does not provide industry specific guidance on determining appropriate units of account for the extractive industries. Nevertheless, we believe that in determining the unit of account an entity should take the legal rights (see (c) above) as its starting point and apply the criteria discussed above to assess whether the unit of account should be larger or smaller. The other cost centres listed above might result in a unit of account that is unjustifiably large when viewed in the light of the factors influenced by the unit of account as set out at 4 above.

The definition of ‘unit of account’ was considered in the Extractive Activities DP (see 1.3 above). While the DP would not need to be considered in the context of the IAS 8 hierarchy, it did draw attention to the fact that the selection of an appropriate unit of account might need to take into account the stage of the underlying activities. In particular, the DP proposed that ‘…the geographical boundary of the unit of account would be defined initially on the basis of the exploration rights held. As exploration, evaluation and development activities take place, the unit of account would contract progressively until it becomes no greater than a single area, or group of contiguous areas, for which the legal rights are held and which is managed separately and would be expected to generate largely independent cash flows’. The DP's view was that the components approach in IAS 16 would apply to determine the items that should be accounted for as a single asset. However, the DP suggested that an entity may decide to account for its assets using a smaller unit of account.

The thinking underlying the above proposal in the DP would be relevant in the following types of situations:

  • Certain transactions in the extractive industries (e.g. carried interests arrangements) result in the creation of new legal rights out of existing legal rights. Whenever this is the case, an entity needs to assess whether such transactions give rise to new units of account. If so, the accounting policies should be applied to those new units of account rather than the previous unit/s of account.
  • When an entity acquires a business that owns reserves and resources, it needs to consider whether it should define the unit of account at the level of the licence or separate ore zones or reservoirs within the licence.

Determining the unit of account is an area that requires a significant amount of judgement, which may need to be disclosed under IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements – together with other judgements that management has made in the process of applying the entity's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. [IAS 1.122].

As the prevalence of unconventional oil and gas projects increases, the determination of the unit of account is becoming an increasingly common topic. With unconventional programs, the objectives of individual wells or drilling campaigns may differ to those for a conventional drilling program. It may be that the drilling of each well provides important information about the extent of the oil and gas reserves present in the oil and gas field, but multiple wells need to be drilled before a decision can be made regarding success. So unlike conventional oil and gas projects, concluding whether a well cost should be capitalised may not be possible on an individual well basis immediately after each well is drilled. In these circumstances, an entity may determine that the costs of an individual well should be carried forward pending further analysis.

5 LEGAL RIGHTS TO EXPLORE FOR, DEVELOP AND PRODUCE MINERAL PROPERTIES

An entity can acquire legal rights to explore for, develop and produce wasting resources on a mineral property by:84

  1. purchasing of minerals (i.e. outright ownership);
  2. obtaining a lease or concession (see 5.2 below);
  3. entering into a production-sharing contract or production-sharing agreement (see 5.3 below);
  4. entering into a pure-service contract (see 5.4 below);
  5. entering into a service contract (also called a service agreement or risk service contract) (see 5.5.1 below);
  6. entering into a joint operating agreement (see 5.6 below); and
  7. retaining an overriding royalty or other royalty interest subsequent to sale of an interest (see 5.7 below).

Although many of these are more commonly encountered in the oil and gas sector, which is reflected in many of the examples and illustrations below, they are not restricted to this sector and mining companies can and do enter into similar arrangements.

The IASC Issues Paper noted that ‘in the mining sector, rights to explore for, develop, and produce minerals are often acquired by purchase of either the mineral rights alone (which does not include ownership of the land surface) or by purchase of both mineral rights and surface rights. In other cases, they are acquired through a right to mine contract, which grants the enterprise the rights to develop and mine the property and may call for a payment at the time the contract becomes effective and subsequent periodic payments. In the mining sector, rights to explore, develop, and produce minerals may also be acquired by mineral leases from private owners or from the government’.85

In the oil and gas sector entities usually obtain the rights to explore for, develop, and produce oil and gas through mineral leases, concession agreements, production-sharing contracts, or service contracts.86 Arrangements similar to production sharing contracts are also becoming more common in the mining sector. The type of legal arrangement used depends to a large extent on the legal framework of the country and market practice. The main features of each of these legal rights to access mineral reserves and resources, except for the outright ownership of minerals, are discussed below.

The extract below from the financial statements of TOTAL illustrates the different types of legal arrangements that an oil and gas company may enter into to secure access to mineral reserves and resources.

5.1 How does a mineral lease work?

In most countries the government owns all minerals and rights over those minerals, but in some other countries minerals and mineral rights can also be directly owned by individuals. While these contracts are negotiated individually, and therefore each may be different, they typically share a large number of common features, which are discussed below:

  1. the owner/lessor of the mineral rights retains a royalty interest, which entitles it to a specified percentage of the mineral produced. The lessor is normally only required to pay for its share of the severance taxes and the costs of getting the production into a marketable state, but not for any exploration and development costs. The royalty is either payable in cash or payable in kind. Although the lessor is normally not interested in receiving its royalty in kind, the option of receiving the royalty in kind is often included for tax purposes;
  2. the lessee obtains a working interest under the mineral lease, which entitles it to explore for, develop, and produce minerals from the property at its cost. The working interest can be held by more than one party, in which case a joint operating agreement needs to be executed (see 5.6 below);
  3. upon signing of the mineral lease agreement the lessee typically pays the lessor a lease bonus or signature bonus, which is a one-off upfront payment in exchange for the lessor's signing of the mineral lease agreement;
  4. it is in the lessor's interest for the lessee to explore the property as quickly as possible. To ensure that the lessee does not delay exploration and development unnecessarily, the following terms are typically included:
    • most mineral leases define a primary term during which the lessee is required to commence drilling;
    • normally the lessee has a drill or exploration obligation that must be met within a certain period. However, by paying delay rentals the lessee can defer commencement of drilling or exploration; and
    • the mineral lease will remain in force once the obligatory drilling/exploration programme has been completed successfully and production commences, but the lease will be cancelled if activities are suspended for a prolonged period;
  5. most mineral leases provide that the lessee and the lessor have the right to assign their interest to another party without approval from the owner/lessor. This means that both the lessee and the lessor can create new rights out of existing rights (see 5.7 below);
  6. under many oil and gas lease contracts the lessee can be required to pay shut-in royalties when a successful well capable of commercial production has been completed, but production has not commenced within a specified time; and
  7. the lessor is typically not entitled to royalties on any minerals consumed in producing further minerals from a property.

5.2 Concessionary agreements (concessions)

Concessionary agreements or concessions are mineral leases ‘under which the government owning mineral rights grants the concessionaire the right to explore, develop, and produce the minerals’.87 However, unlike a production sharing contract (see 5.3 below), under a concessionary agreement, the extractive industries company retains title to the assets constructed during the term of the concession. Furthermore, the company bears all the risks and there is no profit sharing arrangement with the government. Rather, the government is entitled to a royalty computed in much the same way as a royalty under lease contracts.88 In addition, depending on the country's fiscal policies, the government will typically also collect taxes such as duties, severance or production taxes, and income taxes.

In some jurisdictions, the government may retain the option to participate in the project as a working interest owner in the property. In this case, the company initially holds 100% of the working interest. If the project is successful and reserves are found, the national oil company or entity representing the government becomes a working interest owner and will pay for its proportionate share of the investment.

5.3 Traditional production sharing contracts

A production sharing contract (PSC) or production sharing arrangement (PSA) is a contract between a national oil company (NOC) or the government of a host country and a contracting entity (contractor) to carry out oil and gas exploration and production activities in accordance with the terms of the contract, with the two parties sharing mineral output.89 While these arrangements have historically been more commonly found in the oil and gas sector, similar types of arrangements do exist in the mining sector.

In such countries the ownership of the mineral reserves and resources in the ground does not pass to the contractor. Instead, the contractor is permitted to recover its costs and share in the profits from the exploration and production activities. Although the precise form and content of a PSC may vary, the following features are likely to be encountered in traditional oil and gas PSCs:90

  1. the government retains ownership of the reserves and resources and grants the contractor the right to explore for, develop, and produce the reserves;
  2. the government is often directly involved in the operation of the property, either by way of an operating committee that comprises representatives of the contractor and the government or NOC, or by requiring the contractor to submit its annual work programme and corresponding annual budget to the government or NOC for approval. The contractor is responsible to the NOC for carrying out operations in accordance with contract terms;
  3. upon signing of the PSC the contractor pays the government a signature bonus, which is a one-off upfront payment in exchange for the government's signing of the PSC;
  4. the contractor pays the government a production bonus upon commencement of production and when the average production over a given period first exceeds a threshold level;
  5. the government is entitled to a royalty payment that is calculated as a percentage of the net production (i.e. net of petroleum lost, flared or re-injected) and which is payable in kind or in cash at the option of the government. The royalty rate applicable is not necessarily a fixed percentage, but may depend on the production volume or destination of the production (e.g. different rates may apply to crude oil and gas that is exported);
  6. the contractor provides all financing and technology necessary to carry out operations and pays all of the costs specified;
  7. the contractor is typically required to bear all of the risks related to exploration and, perhaps, development (i.e. the government does not have a working interest during the exploration and development phases);
  8. the contractor is frequently required to provide infrastructure, such as streets, electricity, water systems, roads, hospitals, schools, and other items during various phases of activities. Additionally, the contract customarily requires the contractor to provide specified training of personnel. Infrastructure and training costs may or may not be recoverable from future production by the contractor;91
  9. the contractor may have a domestic market obligation that requires them to meet, as a priority, the needs of domestic oil and/or gas consumption in the host country. Alternatively, the contractor may be required to sell oil and/or gas to the NOC at the official oil or gas price;
  10. the contractor is normally committed to completing a minimum work programme in each of the phases of the project, which generally needs to be completed within a specified period. If the work is not performed, the contract may require the unspent amount to be paid in cash to the government;
  11. a PSC normally requires relinquishment of a certain percentage of the original contract area by the end of the initial term of the exploration period. A further reduction is typically required by the end of the exploration period. The government can negotiate a new contract with another party for the continued exploration of the surrendered acreage. Any data and information relating to the surrendered area often becomes the exclusive property of the government;
  12. equipment that is acquired for the development and production activities normally becomes the property of the government or NOC;
  13. operating costs and specified exploration and development costs are recoverable out of cost recovery oil, which is a specified percentage of production revenues after the royalty payment each year. The PSC specifies whether particular types of cost are recoverable or non-recoverable. Recoverable costs not recovered by the contractor in the current period can be carried forward to the following reporting period for recovery purposes;
  14. revenues remaining after royalty and cost recovery are called profit oil. Profit oil is split between the government and the contractor on a predetermined basis;
  15. many PSCs provide that the income tax to which the contractor is subject is deemed to have been paid to the government as part of the payment of profit oil (see 21.2 below); and
  16. some PSCs give the contractor the right to set up a decommissioning reserve fund which enables the contractor to recover the costs associated with future decommissioning and site restoration. In cases where the PSC terminates before the end of the life of the field, the government is typically responsible for decommissioning and site restoration.

Even in situations where the provisions of a PSC are fairly straightforward at first sight, it may be rather complicated to calculate the entitlement of each of the parties involved as is illustrated in the example below.

The above example illustrates not only that calculating an entity's share in the production of the current period requires a detailed knowledge of the PSC's provisions, but also that calculating the contractor's share of the remaining reserves requires a number of assumptions.

The reserves and production that the parties are entitled to varies depending on the oil price. Had the average oil price in 2019 been $50/barrel the parties’ entitlements would have been as follows: Contractor 5,540,400 barrels, NOC 2,019,600 barrels and Government 2,440,000 barrels. The quantity of reserves and production attributable to each of the parties often reacts to changes in oil prices in ways that, at first, might seem counterintuitive.

It is important to note that the type and nature of contracts emerging continue to evolve. New contracts have some attributes of PSCs, but do differ from the traditional PSC. We discuss these in more detail at 5.5 below.

5.4 Pure-service contracts

A pure-service contract is an agreement between a contractor and a host government that typically covers a defined technical service to be provided or completed during a specific period of time. The service company investment is typically limited to the value of equipment, tools, and personnel used to perform the service. In most cases, the service contractor's reimbursement is fixed by the terms of the contract with little exposure to either project performance or market factors. Payment for services is normally based on daily or hourly rates, a fixed turnkey rate, or some other specified amount. Payments may be made at specified intervals or at the completion of the service. Payments, in some cases, may be tied to the field performance, operating cost reductions, or other important metrics.

The risks of the service company under this type of contract are usually limited to non-recoverable cost overruns, losses owing to client breach of contract, default, or contractual dispute. Such a contract is generally considered to be a services contract that gives rise to revenue from the rendering of services and not income from the production of mineral. Therefore, the minerals produced are not included in the normal reserve disclosures of the contractor,92 and the contractor bears no risk if reserves are not found. It is worth noting that such contracts do need to be assessed to determine whether the arrangement contains a lease in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 16. See 17.1 below for more information. As noted above with respect to PSCs, the type and nature of contracts continue to evolve. These new contracts also have some attributes of services contracts, but do differ from pure-service contracts. We discuss these in more detail at 5.5 below.

5.5 Evolving contractual arrangements

The type and nature of contracts emerging continues to evolve. New contracts have some attributes of PSCs, but do differ from the traditional PSC. As these contractual arrangements evolve, determining the accounting implications of these contracts is becoming increasingly complex. This not only has an impact on the accounting for such contracts but also on whether, and the extent to which, the contractor entity is able to recognise reserves in relation to its interests in mineral volumes arising from these contracts.

Each contractual arrangement needs to be analysed carefully to determine whether reserves recognition in relation to these contractual interests in mineral volumes is appropriate. Such an analysis would include, at a minimum:

  • the extent of risk to which the contractor party is exposed, including exploration and/or development risk;
  • the structure of the contractor's reimbursement arrangements and whether it is subject to performance/reservoir risk or price risk; and
  • the ability for the contractor to take product in-kind, rather than a cash reimbursement only.

Other facts and circumstances may also be relevant in reaching the final assessment. Given the varying terms and conditions that exist within these contracts and the fact that they are continuing to change/evolve, each contract will need to be individually analysed and assessed in detail.

5.5.1 Risk service contracts

An example of a contractual arrangement that has continued to evolve is a risk service contract (RSC). Unlike pure-service contracts, under a RSC (also called risked service agreement or at-risk service contract), a fee is not certain: an entity (contractor) agrees to explore for, develop, and produce minerals on behalf of a host government, but the contractor is at risk for the amount spent on exploration and development costs. That is, if no minerals are found in commercial quantities, no fee is paid.93 Although a RSC does not result in the contractor's ownership of the minerals in place, the contractor may be at risk for the costs of exploration and may have economic interest in those minerals. The IASC Issues Paper noted that in the case of RSCs:94

  • the fee may be payable in cash or in minerals produced;
  • the contract may call for the contractor to bear all or part of the costs of exploration that are usually recoverable, in whole or in part, from production. If there is no production, there is no recovery; and
  • the contract may also give the contractor the right to purchase part of the minerals produced.

As noted in Extract 43.7 above from TOTAL's financial statements, RSCs are similar to PSCs in a number of respects. Although the precise form and content of a RSC may vary, the following features are common:

  1. the repayment of expenses and the compensation for services are established on a monetary basis;
  2. a RSC is for a limited period, after which the government or national oil company will take over operations;
  3. under an RSC the contractor does not obtain ownership of the mineral reserves or production;
  4. the contractor is normally required to carry out a minimum amount of work in providing the contracted services;
  5. the fee that is payable to the contractor covers its capital expenditure, operating costs and an agreed-upon profit margin; and
  6. ownership of the assets used under the contract passes to the government when the contractor has been reimbursed for its costs.

The SPE's Guidelines for the Evaluation of Petroleum Reserves and Resources notes in connection with RSCs that ‘under the existing regulations, it may be more difficult for the contractor to justify reserves recognition, and special care must be taken in drafting the agreement. If regulations are satisfied, reserves equivalent to the value of the cost-recovery-plus-revenue-profit split are normally reported by the contractor’.95

The nature and terms and conditions of these RSCs continue to change over time. Therefore each contract will need to be analysed in detail to determine how it should be accounted for.

5.6 Joint operating agreements

When several entities are jointly involved in an arrangement (e.g. joint ownership of a property, production sharing contract or concession) they will need to enter into some form of joint operating agreement (JOA). A JOA is a contract between two or more parties to a joint arrangement that sets out the rights and obligations to operate the property. Typically, a JOA designates one of the working interest owners as the operator and it governs the operations and sharing of costs between parties. A JOA does not override, but instead builds upon, the contracts that are already in place (such as production sharing contracts). In fact, many production sharing contracts require the execution of a JOA between the parties.

A JOA may give rise to a joint arrangement under IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements – if certain criteria are met. This is discussed in more detail at 7.1 below.

5.7 Different types of royalty interests

Mining companies and oil and gas companies frequently enter into royalty arrangements with owners of mineral rights (e.g. governments or private land owners). These royalties are often payable upon the extraction and/or sale of minerals. The royalty payments may be based on a specified rate per unit of the commodity (e.g. tonne or barrel) or the entity may be obliged to dispose of all of the relevant production and pay over a specified proportion of the aggregate proceeds of sale, often after deduction of certain extraction costs.

There are also other types of arrangements, which may be referred to as royalty payments/arrangements, but may potentially represent a different type of arrangement. Under these arrangements the royalty holder may have retained (or obtained) a more direct interest in the underlying production and may undertake mineral extraction and sale arrangements independently. We discuss these further below.

5.7.1 Working interest and basic royalties

As discussed at 5.1 above, under a mineral lease the owner/lessor of the mineral rights retains a basic royalty interest (or non-operating interest), which entitles it to a specified percentage of the mineral produced, while the lessee obtains a working interest (or operating interest) under the mineral lease, which entitles it to explore for, develop, and produce minerals from the property.

If the owner of a working interest cannot fund or does not wish to bear the risk of exploration, development or production from the property, it may be able to – if this is permitted by the underlying lease – sell the working interest or to create new types of interest out of its existing working interest. By creating new types of non-operating interests, the working interest owner is able to raise financing and spread the risk of the development. The original working interest holder may either:

  • retain the new non-operating interest and transfer the working interest (i.e. the rights and obligations for exploring, developing and operating the property); or
  • carve out and transfer a new non-operating interest to another party, while retaining the working interest.

The following non-operating interests are commonly created in practice:96

  • overriding royalties (see 5.7.2 below);
  • production payment royalties (see 5.7.3 below); and
  • net profits interests (see 5.7.4 below).

5.7.2 Overriding royalties

An overriding royalty is very similar to a basic royalty, except that the former is created out of the operating interest and if the operating interest expires, the overriding royalty also expires.97 An overriding royalty owner bears only its share of production taxes and sometimes of the costs incurred to get the product into a saleable condition.

5.7.3 Production payment royalties

A production payment royalty is the right to recover a specified amount of cash or a specified quantity of minerals, out of the working interest's share of gross production. For example, the working interest holder may assign a production payment royalty to another party for USD 12 million, in exchange for a repayment of USD 15 million plus 12% interest out of the first 65% of the working interest holder's share of production. Production payments that are specified as a quantity of minerals are often called volumetric production payments or VPPs.

5.7.4 Net profits interests

A net profits interest is similar to an overriding royalty. However, the amount to be received by the royalty owner is a share of the net proceeds from production (as defined in the contract) that is paid solely from the working interest owner's share. The owner of a net profits interest is not liable for any expenses.

5.7.5 Revenue and royalties: gross or net?

Many mineral leases, concession agreements and production sharing contracts require the payment of a royalty to the original owner of the mineral reserves or the government. The accounting treatment for government and other royalties payable has historically been diverse, as it has not been entirely clear whether revenue should be presented net of royalty payments or not. Historically, many companies have presented revenue net of those royalties that are paid in kind. This was on the basis that the entity had no legal right to the royalty product and, hence, never received any inflow of economic benefits from those volumes. However, when the entity is required to sell the physical product in the market and remit the net proceeds (after deduction of certain costs incurred) to the royalty holder, it may have been considered to have control of those volumes to such an extent that it was appropriate to present revenue on a gross basis and include the royalty payment within cost of sales or taxes (depending on how the royalty is calculated). See 12.11.2 below for further discussion.

Extracts 43.8 and 43.9 below, from the financial statements of Premier Oil and BHP respectively, illustrate typical accounting policies for royalties under IFRS.

Extract 43.10 below, from the financial statements of Statoil, illustrates some of the complications that may arise in determining revenue when an entity sells product on behalf of the government.

The SPE-PRMS (see 2.2 above) notes that ‘royalty volumes should be deducted from the lessee's entitlement to resources. In some agreements, royalties owned by the host government are actually treated as taxes to be paid in cash. In such cases, the equivalent royalty volumes are controlled by the contractor who may (subject to regulatory guidance) elect to report these volumes as reserves and/or contingent resources with appropriate offsets (increase in operating expense) to recognize the financial liability of the royalty obligation’.98

6 RISK-SHARING ARRANGEMENTS

As discussed at 1.1 above, the high costs and high risks in the extractive industries often lead entities to enter into risk-sharing arrangements. The following types of risk-sharing arrangements are discussed in this chapter:

  • carried interests (see 6.1 below);
  • farm-ins and farm-outs (see 6.2 below);
  • asset swaps (see 6.3 below);
  • unitisations (see 15.4 below);
  • investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates (see 7 below);
  • production sharing contracts (see 5.3 above), which result in a degree of risk sharing with local governments; and
  • risk service contracts (see 5.5.1 above).

6.1 Carried interests

Carried interests often arise when a party in an arrangement is either unable or unwilling to bear the risk of exploration or is unable or unwilling to fund its share of the cost of exploration or development. A carried interest is an agreement under which one party (the carrying party) agrees to pay for a portion or all of the pre-production costs of another party (the carried party) on a licence in which both own a portion of the working interest.99 In effect, commercially, the carried party is trading a share of any production to which it is entitled in the future in exchange for the carrying party funding one or more phases of the project. In other words, the parties create a new interest out of an existing working interest. If the project is unsuccessful then the carrying party will not be reimbursed for the costs that it has incurred on behalf of the carried party. If the project is successful then the carrying party will be reimbursed either in cash out of proceeds of the share of production attributable to the carried party, or by receiving a disproportionately high share of the production until the carried costs have been recovered.100

6.1.1 Types of carried interest arrangements

Carried interest arrangements tend to fall into one of the following two categories:

  • financing-type arrangements – the carrying party provides funding to the carried party and receives a lender's return on the funds provided, while the right to additional production acts as a security that underpins the arrangement; or
  • purchase/sale-type arrangement – the carried party effectively sells an interest or a partial interest in a project to the carrying party. The carrying party will be required to fund the project in exchange for an increased share of any proceeds if the project succeeds, while the carried party retains a reduced share of any proceeds.

In practice, however, it is not always easy to determine in which category a particular carried interest arrangement falls, as is illustrated in the example below.

When entering into a carried interest arrangement, an entity must assess whether the arrangement is a financing-type arrangement or purchase/sale-type arrangement. Some of the indicators that a carried interest arrangement should be accounted for as a financing-type arrangement are that:

  • the carried party is unable to fund its share of the project;
  • the risks associated with the development are not significant, i.e. financing-type arrangements will be more common in the development stage; and
  • the carrying party receives a return that is comparable to a lender's rate of return.

Indicators that a carried interest arrangement should be treated as a purchase/sale-type arrangement include:

  • the carrying party and carried party have genuinely different opinions about the chances of success of the project, and the carried party could fund its share of the project if it wanted to;
  • there are significant uncertainties about the outcome of the project. Purchase/ sale-type arrangements are therefore more common in the E&E phase;
  • the arrangement gives the carrying party voting rights in the project;
  • there are significant uncertainties about the costs of the project, perhaps because it involves use of a new technology or approach;
  • the carrying party could lose all of its investment or possibly earn a return significantly in excess of a lender's rate of return; and
  • the carrying party can only recover its investment from the project that is subject to the arrangement and there is no recourse to other assets or interests of the carried party.

In Example 43.4 above, scenario 1 has the characteristics of a financing-type arrangement, while scenario 2 has those of a purchase/sale-type arrangement. However, when an arrangement (such as scenario 3) has financing-type and purchase/sale-type characteristics (e.g. as a result of the relative bargaining strength of the parties), an entity will need to analyse the arrangement carefully and exercise judgement in developing an appropriate accounting policy.

The following types of carried interest arrangements are discussed below:

  • carried interest arrangements in the E&E phase (see 6.1.2 below);
  • financing-type carried interest arrangements in the development phase (see 6.1.3 below); and
  • purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangements in the development phase (see 6.1.4 below).

6.1.2 Carried interest arrangements in the E&E phase

While IFRS 6 should be applied to accounting for E&E expenditures, the standard does not address other aspects of accounting by entities engaged in the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources. [IFRS 6.4]. That leaves unanswered the question of whether carried interest arrangements can ever fall within the scope of IFRS 6. In the case of a purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangement the transaction, at least in economic terms, leads to the acquisition of an E&E asset by the carrying party and a disposal by the carried party. Therefore, we believe that purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangements in the E&E phase would fall within the scope of IFRS 6. Hence an entity has two options: either to develop an accounting policy under IAS 8 as discussed at 6.1.4 below, or, on transition to IFRS or first application under IFRS, to develop an accounting policy under IFRS 6 that is based on a previous national GAAP that contains such guidance. In practice this usually means that:

  • the carrying party accounts for its expenditures under a carried interest arrangement in the same way as directly incurred E&E expenditure (see 3.2 and 3.3 above); and
  • the carried party would not record expenditure incurred by the carrying party on its behalf subsequent to the arrangement commencing. However, the carried party may need to recognise a loss when the terms of the transaction indicate that the existing carrying value of the asset is impaired. Alternatively, to the extent that an arrangement is favourable, the carried party would – depending on its accounting policy – recognise the gain either in profit or loss or as a reduction in the carrying amount of the E&E asset.

On the other hand, a finance-type carried interest arrangement (which is generally not as common in the E&E phase) that has no significant impact on the risks and rewards that an entity derives from the underlying E&E working interest, may be more akin to a funding arrangement. As IFRS 6 deals only with accounting for E&E expenditures and assets, it is a matter of judgement whether or not the accounting for finance-type carried interest arrangements is considered to be outside the scope of IFRS 6. If an arrangement is considered to be outside the scope of IFRS 6, it might be appropriate to account for it in the same way as finance-type carried interest arrangements that relate to projects that are not in the E&E phase (see 6.1.3 below).

6.1.3 Financing-type carried interest arrangements in the development phase

As financing-type carried interest arrangements do not result in the transfer of the economic risks and rewards of the underlying working interest between parties, such arrangements are not accounted for as a sale (purchase) by the carried party (carrying party). Instead these arrangements are in effect secured borrowings in which the underlying asset is used as collateral that provides an identifiable stream of cash flows.

These arrangements are most appropriately accounted for as giving rise to a financial asset for the carrying party and a financial liability for the carried party.

The carried party will continue to recognise the expenditure incurred in relation to its full share of the working interest prior to the execution of the carried interest arrangement, and a corresponding financial liability for the amount that it is expected to reimburse to the carrying party as the pre-production costs being met by the carrying party are incurred, irrespective of whether it is a non-recourse arrangement or not. Under IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments – any financial liability would likely be measured at amortised cost unless it meets the definition of a derivative or is designated at fair value through profit or loss. See Chapter 48 at 3 for more information. As a financial liability measured at amortised cost, under IFRS 9 the carried party should accrete interest on the liability and reduce the loan to the extent the carrying party recovers its costs. It should be noted, however, that the application of the effective interest rate method under IFRS 9 requires adjustment of the carrying amount when the entity revises its estimates of the payments to be made. [IFRS 9.B5.4.6].

Conversely the carrying party should recognise a financial asset for the amount that it expects to recover as a reimbursement as the pre-production costs (which are being met by the carrying party) are incurred. Under IFRS 9 an entity would need to determine the classification of the financial asset based on an assessment of the entity's business model for managing financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. See Chapter 48 at 2 for more information. Where the entity expects to recover all of its investment (so it is considered a debt instrument and not an equity instrument), the terms are solely payments of principal and interest and its business model is to hold the investment in order to collect contractual cash flows, the financial asset will be carried at amortised cost. This may be the case in financing-type carried interest arrangements. Where there is exposure to other factors, e.g. uncertainty about recovery and the exposure is through something other than principal and interest, the financial asset may have to be carried at fair value through profit or loss.

This approach to accounting for carried interest arrangements might not be appropriate if there were more than an insignificant transfer of risk (without necessarily resulting in a purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangement). The transfer of risk would suggest that:

  • the carried party should recognise a provision under IAS 37 rather than a liability under IFRS 9; and
  • the carrying party should account for its right to receive reimbursement as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss under IFRS 9 or a reimbursement right under IAS 37.

Any financial liability would likely be measured at amortised cost unless it meets the definition of a derivative or was designated at fair value through profit or loss. See Chapter 48 at 3 for more information.

6.1.4 Purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangements in the development phase

The accounting suggested in this section for the carried party is the same as that set out in paragraph 155 of the former OIAC SORP, which stated that the disposal should be accounted for in accordance with the entity's normal accounting policy.

Historically, some entities have accounted for these types of transactions on a cash basis, i.e. the carried party does nothing and the carrying party accounts for its actual cash outlays. It is hard to see how this can be justified under IFRS.

In purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangements, the carried party effectively sells part of its interest in a project to the carrying party. For example, the carried party may sell part of its interest in the mineral reserves to the carrying party which, in exchange, is obliged to fund the remaining costs of developing the field. Consequently, the arrangement has two elements, the purchase/sale of mineral reserves and the funding of developments costs, which should be accounted for in accordance with their substance. Therefore, the carried party should:

  • derecognise the part of the asset that it has sold to the carrying party, consistent with the derecognition principles of IAS 16 or IAS 38. [IAS 16.67, IAS 38.112]. Determining the amount to be derecognised may require a considerable amount of judgement depending on how the interest sold is defined;
  • recognise the consideration received or receivable from the carrying party;
  • recognise a gain or loss on the transaction for the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset disposed of. Recognition of a gain would be appropriate only when the value of the consideration can be determined reliably. If not, then the carried party should account for the consideration received as a reduction in the carrying amount of the underlying assets. See 12.6.1.A below and Chapters 27 to 30 for discussion of how IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers – may impact such calculations; and
  • test the retained interest for impairment if the terms of the arrangement indicate that the retained interest may be impaired.

In accounting for its purchase the carrying party should:

  • recognise an asset that represents the underlying (partially) undeveloped interest acquired at cost in accordance with the principles of IAS 16 or IAS 38. [IAS 16.15, IAS 38.21]. Cost is defined in these standards as ‘the amount of cash or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire an asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or, where applicable, the amount attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the specific requirements of other IFRSs’; [IAS 16.6, IAS 38.8] and
  • recognise a liability for the obligation to make defined payments on behalf of the carried party, which relate to the carried party's share of future investments.

The application of this approach is illustrated in Example 43.5 below.

The receivable recognised by the carried party and the corresponding liability recognised by the carrying party are reduced over the course of the construction of the assets to which they relate. The carrying party reduces the liability as it funds the carried party's share of the investment and the carried party recognises its share of the assets being constructed while reducing the balance of the receivable.

6.2 Farm-ins and farm-outs

A farm‑out (from the viewpoint of the transferor) or a farm‑in (from the viewpoint of the transferee) was defined in the former OIAC SORP as ‘the transfer of part of an oil and gas interest in consideration for an agreement by the transferee (farmee) to meet, absolutely, certain expenditure which would otherwise have to be undertaken by the owner (farmor)’.101 Farm‑in transactions generally occur in the exploration or development phase and are characterised by the transferor (i.e. farmor) giving up future economic benefits, in the form of reserves, in exchange for a (generally) permanent reduction in future funding obligations.

Under a carried interest arrangement, the carried party transfers a portion of the risks and rewards of a property, in exchange for a funding commitment from the carrying party. Under a farm‑in arrangement the farmor transfers all the risks and rewards of a proportion (i.e. a straight percentage) of a property, in exchange for a commitment from the farmee to fund certain expenditures. Therefore, a farm‑out represents the complete disposal of a proportion of a property and is similar to purchase/sale-type carried interest arrangements as discussed at 6.1.4 above.

The following types of farm‑in arrangements are separately discussed below:

  • farm‑in arrangements in the E&E phase (see 6.2.1 below); and
  • farm‑in arrangements outside the E&E phase (see 6.2.2 below).

6.2.1 Farm‑in arrangements in the E&E phase

IFRS 6 deals only with accounting for E&E expenditures and does not address other aspects of accounting by entities engaged in the exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources. [IFRS 6.4]. That leaves open the question of whether farm‑in arrangements can ever fall within the scope of IFRS 6. However, as a farm‑in arrangement leads to the acquisition of an E&E asset by the farmee and a disposal by the farmor, we believe that a farm‑in arrangement would fall within the scope of IFRS 6. Hence an entity has two options: either to develop an accounting policy under IAS 8 as discussed at 6.2.2 below; or to develop an accounting policy under IFRS 6. In practice many entities use the second option and apply an accounting policy to farm‑in arrangements that is based on a previous national GAAP.

Accounting policies for farm‑in arrangements in the E&E phase that are based on an entity's previous national GAAP will often require that:

  • the farmee recognises its expenditure under the arrangement in respect of its own interest and that retained by the farmor, as and when the costs are incurred. The farmee accounts for its expenditures under a farm‑in arrangement in the same way as directly incurred E&E expenditure; and
  • the farmor accounts for the farm-out arrangement as follows:
    • the farmor does not record any expenditure made by the farmee on its behalf;
    • the farmor does not recognise a gain or loss on the farm‑out arrangement, but rather redesignates any costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest as relating to the partial interest retained; and
    • any cash consideration received is credited against costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest with any excess accounted for by the farmor as a gain on disposal.

If an entity applies its previous GAAP accounting policy in respect of farm‑in arrangements, we would expect the entity also to make the farm‑in disclosures required by its previous GAAP.

6.2.2 Farm‑in arrangements outside the E&E phase: accounting by the farmee

A farm‑in represents the complete acquisition of a proportion of a property. The accounting for such an arrangement will depend on whether the entity is farming into an asset or into an arrangement that is considered a business (and which is a joint operation), or whether the farm-in results in the arrangement becoming a joint operation.

6.2.2.A Farming into an asset

Where a farmee farms into an asset, regardless of whether it is a joint operation or results in the formation of a joint operation, it should recognise an asset that represents the underlying (partially) undeveloped interest acquired at cost in accordance with IAS 16 or IAS 38, [IAS 16.15, IAS 38.21], and recognise a liability that reflects obligations to fund the farmor's share of the future investment from which the farmee itself will not derive any future economic benefits.

Farm‑in arrangements can be structured in numerous ways, some requiring payment of a fixed monetary amount while others are more flexible and state, for example, that capital expenditures over the next five years will be paid for by the farmee regardless of what those amounts may be. Accounting for these arrangements is uncertain.

In some cases, the liability may meet the definition of a financial liability under IAS 32 – Financial Instruments: Presentation – and should be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9. In other scenarios, such as the latter example above (i.e. where the farmee pays all capital expenditure incurred over a five year period, regardless of the amount), the liability may meet the definition of a provision under IAS 37 as the timing and amount of the liability are uncertain. [IAS 37.10]. If an entity concludes that IAS 37 applies, then there can be some debate as to when a provision should be recognised as that standard is not clear.

The issue of contingent consideration in the context of the acquisition of assets has been discussed by the Interpretations Committee but they were unable to reach consensus on whether IAS 37 or IFRS 9 applies. Hence, different treatments will continue to be encountered in practice. See 8.4.1 below for further discussion on this issue and an update on current status.

An arrangement involving a farm-in into an asset is illustrated below in the extract from Newcrest's 2009 financial statements.

6.2.2.B Farming into a business which is a joint operation or results in the formation of a joint operation

Where a farmee farms into a project that is considered to be a business (as defined in IFRS 3) which is either a joint operation or results in the formation of a joint operation, historically there has been some diversity in how this was to be accounted for. Some have applied the business combination principles in IFRS 3 and other standards and some have applied the asset acquisition accounting principles (as discussed above at 6.2.2.A).

This issue was resolved by the IASB issuing an amendment to IFRS 11 which was effective for annual reporting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2016. This amendment requires that where an entity acquires an interest in a joint operation which constitutes a business, the business combination accounting principles of IFRS 3 and other standards must be applied.

See Chapter 12 at 8.3.1 for further discussion on this issue. These requirements will include such interests acquired through a farm-in.

It is important to note that for the IFRS 11 amendment to mandatorily apply, the definition of a joint operation in accordance with IFRS 11 must be met, i.e. there must be joint control. Where there is joint control, the amendment applies to all entities party to the joint operation whether or not the entity is a party that has joint control. IFRS 11 specifies that ‘a party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation shall also account for its interest in the arrangement in accordance with paragraphs 20‑22 if that party has rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the joint operation. If a party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation does not have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to that joint operation, it shall account for its interest in the joint operation in accordance with the IFRSs applicable to that interest’. [IFRS 11.23].

When it comes to accounting for the acquisition of an interest in an arrangement which does not meet the definition of a joint operation under IFRS 11, i.e. there is no joint control, there is no specific guidance as to how this should be accounted for. That is, it is not clear whether an entity can, or should, apply similar provisions to those applicable to acquiring an interest in a joint operation (discussed above). Given this, diversity may continue in practice.

6.2.3 Farm‑in arrangements outside the E&E phase: accounting by the farmor

In accounting for a farm-in arrangement the farmor should:

  • derecognise the proportion of the asset that it has sold to the farmee, consistent with the principles of IAS 16 or IAS 38; [IAS 16.67, IAS 38.112]
  • recognise the consideration received or receivable from the farmee, which represents the farmee's obligation to fund the capital expenditure in relation to the interest retained by the farmor;
  • recognise a gain or loss on the transaction for the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset disposed of. [IAS 16.71, IAS 38.113]. Recognition of a gain would be appropriate only when the value of the consideration can be determined reliably. If not, then the carried party should account for the consideration received as a reduction in the carrying amount of the underlying assets; and
  • test the retained interest for impairment if the terms of the arrangement indicate that the retained interest may be impaired.

Under IAS 16, IAS 38 and IFRS 15, the amount of consideration to be included in the gain/loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment or an intangible asset, and hence the receivable that is recognised, is determined in accordance with the requirements for determining the transaction price under IFRS 15. Subsequent changes to the estimated amount of the consideration included in the gain or loss calculation shall be accounted for in accordance with the requirements for changes in the transaction price in IFRS 15. [IAS 16.72, IAS 38.116]. See Chapter 27 at 4.3 and Chapter 29 at 2 for more information.

Any part of the consideration that is receivable in the form of cash will meet the definition of a financial asset under IAS 32, [IAS 32.11], and should be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9, either at amortised cost or fair value depending on the nature of the receivable or how the farmor designates the receivable. See Chapter 48 at 2 for more information on classifying a financial asset under IFRS 9.

The extract below describes the farm‑in transactions of Harmony Gold.

6.3 Asset swaps

Asset exchanges are transactions that have challenged standard-setters for a number of years. For example, an entity might swap certain intangible assets that it does not require or is no longer allowed to use for those of a counterparty that has other surplus assets. It is not uncommon for entities to exchange assets as part of their portfolio and risk management activities or simply to meet demands of competition authorities.

The key accounting issues that need to be addressed are:

  • whether such an exchange should give rise to a profit when the fair value of the asset received is greater than the carrying value of the asset given up; and
  • whether the exchange of similar assets should be recognised.

In the extractive industries an exchange of assets could involve property, plant and equipment (PP&E), intangible assets, investment property or E&E assets, which are in the scope of IAS 16, IAS 38, IAS 40 and IFRS 6, respectively. Hence there are three possible types of exchanges (which will be discussed below), involving:

  1. only E&E assets;
  2. only PP&E, intangible assets and/or investment property; and
  3. a combination of E&E assets, PP&E, intangible assets and/or investment property.

6.3.1 E&E assets

Accounting for E&E assets, and therefore also accounting for swaps involving only E&E assets, falls within the scope of IFRS 6. [IFRS 6.3]. As that standard does not directly address accounting for asset swaps, it is necessary to consider its hierarchy of guidance in the selection of an accounting policy. IFRS 6 does not require an entity to look at other standards and interpretations that deal with similar issues, or the guidance in the IASB's Conceptual Framework. [IFRS 6.7]. Instead, it allows entities to develop their own accounting policies, or use the guidance issued by other standard-setters, thereby effectively allowing entities to continue using accounting policies that they applied under their previous national GAAP. Therefore, many entities, especially those which consider that they can never determine the fair value of E&E assets reliably, have selected an accounting policy under which they account for E&E assets obtained in a swap transaction at the carrying amount of the asset given up. An alternative approach, which is also permitted under IFRS 6, would be to apply an accounting policy that is based on the guidance in other standards as discussed below.

6.3.2 PP&E, intangible assets and investment property

Three separate international accounting standards contain virtually identical guidance on accounting for exchanges of assets: IAS 16, IAS 38 and IAS 40. These standards require the acquisition of PP&E, intangible assets or investment property, as the case may be, in exchange for non-monetary assets (or a combination of monetary and non-monetary assets) to be measured at fair value. The cost of the acquired asset is measured at fair value unless:

  1. the exchange transaction lacks ‘commercial substance’; or
  2. the fair value of neither the asset received nor the asset given up is reliably measurable. [IAS 16.24, IAS 38.45, IAS 40.27].

For more information, see Chapter 18 at 4.4 (PP&E), Chapter 17 at 4.7 (intangible assets) and Chapter 19 at 4.6 (investment properties).

6.3.3 Exchanges of E&E assets for other types of assets

An entity that exchanges E&E assets for PP&E, intangible assets or investment property needs to apply an accounting treatment that meets the requirements of IFRS 6 and those of IAS 16, IAS 38 or IAS 40. As discussed above, exchanges involving PP&E, intangible assets and investment property that have commercial substance should be accounted for at fair value. Since this treatment is also allowed under IFRS 6, an entity that exchanges E&E assets for assets within the scope of IAS 16, IAS 38 or IAS 40 should apply an accounting policy that complies with the guidance in those standards.

7 INVESTMENTS IN THE EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES

Extractive industries are characterised by the high risks associated with the exploration for and development of mineral reserves and resources. To mitigate those risks, industry participants use a variety of ownership structures that are aimed at sharing risks, such as joint investments through subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates or equity interests. IFRS defines each of these as follows:

  • subsidiaries – entities controlled by the reporting entity. Sometimes entities in the extractive industries do not own 100% of these subsidiaries, and there can often be significant non-controlling shareholders that share in some of the risk and rewards. Accounting for non-controlling interests is discussed in detail in Chapter 7 at 5. Furthermore, the existence of put and/or call options over non-controlling interests may transfer some of the risks between the parent entity and the non-controlling shareholders. This issue is discussed in detail in Chapter 7 at 6;
  • joint arrangements – contractual arrangements of which two or more parties have joint control (see 7.1 below);
  • undivided interests – participations in projects which entitle the reporting entity only to a share of the production or use of an asset, and do not of themselves give the entity any form of control, joint control or significant influence (see 7.2 below);
  • associates – entities that, while not controlled or jointly controlled by the reporting entity, are subject to significant influence by it (see Chapter 11 at 4); and
  • equity interests – entities over which the reporting entity cannot exercise any control, joint control or significant influence (see Chapters 48 and 49).

7.1 Joint arrangements

Joint arrangements have always been, and continue to be, a common structure in the extractive industries. Such arrangements are used to bring in partners to source new projects, combine adjacent mineral licences, improve utilisation of expensive infrastructure, attract investors and help manage technical or political risk or comply with local regulations. The majority of entities operating in the extractive industries are party to at least one joint arrangement. However, not all arrangements that are casually described as ‘joint arrangements’ or ‘joint ventures’ meet the definition of a joint arrangement under IFRS.

Accounting for joint arrangements is governed by IFRS 11. Given the prevalence of joint arrangements in the extractive industries, careful analysis of IFRS 11, in conjunction with the requirements of IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements (see Chapter 6) and IFRS 12 – Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (see Chapter 13) is required. Chapter 12 contains a full discussion on IFRS 11 and its requirements and therefore while some specific areas for extractives companies to consider are set out below, this section should be read in conjunction with that chapter.

We also discuss some issues relating to the acquisition of interests in joint operations (see 8.3 below).

A joint arrangement in the scope of IFRS 11 is an arrangement over which two or more parties have joint control. [IFRS 11.4]. (See 7.1.1 below for further discussion on the definition of joint control). Under IFRS 11, there are two types of joint arrangements – ‘joint operations’ and ‘joint ventures’.

Joint operation: a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. [IFRS 11 Appendix A].

Joint venture: a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. [IFRS 11 Appendix A].

Classification between these two types of arrangements is based on the rights and obligations that arise from the contractual arrangement. An entity will need to have a detailed understanding of the specific rights and obligations of each of its arrangements to be able to determine the impact of this standard.

Subsequent to the issuance of IFRS 11, the Interpretations Committee discussed various implementation issues particularly when it came to classifying a joint arrangement that is structured through a separate vehicle. In March 2015, the Interpretations Committee issued an agenda decision dealing with a range of issues, including:

  • how and why particular facts and circumstances create rights and obligations;
  • implication of ‘economic substance’; and
  • application of ‘other facts and circumstances’ to specific fact patterns:
    • output sold at a market price;
    • financing from a third party;
    • nature of output (i.e. fungible or bespoke output); and
    • determining the basis for ‘substantially all of the output’.

This agenda decision includes a number of fact patterns which may be relevant for extractive industries, including (for example) the impact on agreements to purchase a joint arrangement's output. See Chapter 12 at 5.4.3 for further discussion.

7.1.1 Assessing joint control

Joint control is defined as ‘the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement which exists only when the decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control’. [IFRS 11.7, Appendix A]. IFRS 11 describes the key aspects of joint control as follows:

  • Contractually agreed – contractual arrangements are usually, but not always, written, and set out the terms of the arrangements. [IFRS 11.5(a), B2].
  • Control and relevant activities – IFRS 10 describes how to assess whether a party has control, and how to identify the relevant activities, which are described in more detail in Chapter 6 at 3 and 4.1. Some of the aspects of ‘relevant activities’ and ‘control’ that are most relevant to extractives arrangements are discussed at 7.1.1.A and 7.1.2 below, respectively. [IFRS 11.8, B5].
  • Unanimous consent – means that any party (with joint control) can prevent any of the other parties, or a group of the parties, from making unilateral decisions about the relevant activities without its consent. [IFRS 11.B9]. Joint control requires sharing of control or collective control by two or more parties. Some of the aspects of ‘unanimous consent’ for extractives arrangements are discussed at 7.1.1.B below.

For more information on assessing joint control see Chapter 12 at 4.

7.1.1.A Relevant activities

Relevant activities are those activities of the arrangement which significantly affect the returns of the arrangement. Determining what these are for each arrangement may require significant judgement.

Examples of decisions about relevant activities include, but are not limited to:

  • establishing operating and capital decisions of the arrangement including budgets – for an arrangement in the extractive industries, this may include approving the operating and/or capital expenditure programme for the next year; and
  • appointing and remunerating a joint arrangement's key management personnel or service providers and terminating their services or employment – for example, appointing a contract miner or oil field services provider to undertake operations.

For more information on identifying relevant activities, see Chapter 6 at 4.1 and Chapter 12 at 4.1.

7.1.1.B Meaning of unanimous consent

Unanimous consent means that any party with joint control can prevent any of the other parties, or a group of parties, from making unilateral decisions about relevant activities.

For further discussion on unanimous consent, see Chapter 12 at 4.3.

In some extractive industries operations, decision-making may vary over the life of the project, e.g. during the exploration and evaluation phase, the development phase or the production phase. For example, it may be agreed at the time of initially entering the contractual arrangement that during the exploration and evaluation phase, one party to the arrangement may be able to make all of the decisions, whereas once the project enters the development phase, decisions may then require unanimous consent. To determine whether the arrangement is jointly controlled, it will be necessary to decide (at the point of initially entering the contractual arrangement, and subsequently, should facts and circumstances change) which of these activities, e.g. exploration and evaluation and/or development, most significantly affect the returns of the arrangement. This is because the arrangement will only be considered to be a joint arrangement if those activities which require unanimous consent are the ones that most significantly affect the returns. This will be a highly judgemental assessment.

For further information on the impact of different decision-making arrangements over various activities, see Chapter 12 at 4.1.

7.1.2 Determination of whether a manager/lead operator of a joint arrangement has control

It is common in the extractive industries for one of the parties to be appointed as the operator or manager of the joint arrangement. The manager is frequently referred to as the operator, but as IFRS 11 uses the terms ‘joint operation’ and ‘joint operator’ with specific meanings, to avoid confusion we refer to such a party as the manager/lead operator. The other parties to the arrangement may delegate some of the decision‑making rights to this manager/lead operator. In many instances, it is considered that the manager/lead operator does not control the joint arrangement, but simply carries out the decisions of the parties under the joint venture (or operating) agreement (JOA), i.e. the manager/lead operator acts as an agent. This view is based on the way in which these roles are generally established and referred to, or perceived, in the industries. Under IFRS 11, consideration is given to whether the manager/lead operator actually controls the arrangement. This is because when decision-making rights have been delegated, IFRS 10 describes how to assess whether the decision-maker is acting as a principal or an agent, and therefore, which party (if any) has control.

Careful consideration of the following will be required:

  • scope of the manager's/lead operator's decision-making authority;
  • rights held by others (e.g. protective rights and removal rights);
  • exposure to variability in returns through the remuneration of the manager/lead operator; and
  • variable returns held through other interests (e.g. direct investments by the manager/lead operator in the joint arrangement).

Of these factors, rights held by others and variable returns held through other interests will be particularly relevant for mining companies and oil and gas companies. Each of the above is discussed in Chapter 6 at 6 in more detail.

It is important to note that assessing whether an entity is a principal or an agent will require consideration of all factors collectively. See Chapter 6 at 6.1 for more details regarding the principal versus agent requirements.

Where it is determined that a manager is acting as a principal and therefore controls an arrangement, the impact of this will depend upon the rights and obligations conveyed by the arrangement (see 7.1.2.A and 7.1.2.B below for further discussion on this issue). Where it is determined that the manager/lead operator is acting as an agent, the manager/lead operator would only recognise its own interests in the joint arrangement (the accounting for which will depend upon whether it is a joint operation or joint venture) and its operator/management fee.

7.1.2.A Implications of controlling a joint operation

While the principal versus agent assessment may lead to a conclusion that a manager/lead operator has control, if the joint arrangement is a joint operation, and each party has specific rights to, and obligations for, the underlying assets and liabilities of the arrangement by virtue of the contract, then the manager/lead operator does not control anything over and above its own direct interest in those assets and liabilities. Therefore, it still only recognises its interest in those assets and liabilities conveyed to it by the contractual arrangement. This accounting applies regardless of whether the arrangement is in a separate vehicle or not, as the contractual terms are the primary determinant of the accounting. Note that IFRS 11 defines a separate vehicle as ‘a separately identifiable financial structure, including separate legal entities or entities recognised by statute, regardless of whether those entities have a legal personality’. [IFRS 11 Appendix A]. To explain this further, it is worth considering the two types of joint arrangements contemplated by IFRS 11 – one that is not structured through a separate vehicle (e.g. a contract alone) and one that is structured through a separate vehicle.

No separate vehicle: Even if the manager/lead operator ‘controlled’ the arrangement, there is really nothing for it to control. This is because each party would continue to account for its rights and obligations arising from the contract, e.g. it would apply IAS 16 to account for its rights to any tangible assets, IAS 38 to account for its rights to any intangible assets or IFRS 9 to account for its obligations for any financial liabilities etc. Additionally, the consolidation requirements of IFRS 10 would not apply as they only apply to entities and, in most circumstances, a contract does not create an entity.

Separate vehicle: If a manager/lead operator controls an arrangement structured through a separate vehicle, e.g. a company or trust, one may consider that an entity would automatically look to IFRS 10 and consolidate the arrangement and account for the interests of the other parties as non-controlling interests. However, in such situations, a contract may exist which gives other parties to the arrangement direct rights to, and obligations for, the underlying assets and liabilities of that arrangement. Therefore, this requires consideration of the impact of such an arrangement on the separate financial statements of the joint operation.

Given this, the rights and obligations arising from the contractual arrangement should be accounted for first. That is, each party to the arrangement should recognise its respective share of the assets and liabilities (applying each IFRS as appropriate, e.g. IAS 16, IAS 38, IFRS 9 etc.).

To the extent that the parties to the arrangement have specific rights to the assets, or obligations for the liabilities, from the perspective of the separate vehicle, this means that the rights to, and obligations for, its assets and liabilities have been contracted out to other parties (i.e. the parties to the contractual arrangement) and therefore there may be no assets or liabilities remaining in the separate vehicle to recognise.

Consequently, from the perspective of the manager/lead operator of the joint arrangement, who may be considered to control the separate vehicle, it would initially account for its and other parties’ rights and obligations arising from the contract, and then when it looks to consolidate the separate vehicle, there may be nothing left to consolidate, as the separate vehicle may effectively be empty. However, this would only apply where the separate vehicle was an entity as IFRS 10 only applies to entities.

The above analysis demonstrates that where parties to an arrangement genuinely have contractual rights to, and obligations for, the underlying assets and liabilities of the arrangement, concluding that a manager/lead operator controls the arrangement does not change the accounting for either the manager/lead operator or the non-operator parties. However, the disclosure requirements would likely differ, since IFRS 12 does not apply to joint arrangements in which a party does not have joint control, unless that party has significant influence. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 12 are discussed in Chapter 13.

7.1.2.B Implications of controlling a joint venture

If a manager/lead operator has control of a joint venture which was structured through a separate vehicle which is considered to be an entity, the manager/lead operator would have to consolidate the separate vehicle and recognise any non-controlling interest(s). However, if the joint venture is structured through a separate vehicle that is not an entity, IFRS 10 would not apply, and the manager/lead operator would apply the relevant IFRSs.

7.1.3 Parties to a joint arrangement without joint control or control

The accounting treatment of an interest in a contractual arrangement that does not give rise to joint control or control depends on the rights and obligations of the party.

7.1.3.A Joint operations

In some cases, a mining company or oil and gas company may be involved in a joint operation, but it does not have joint control or control of that arrangement. Similar to the situation discussed above at 7.1.2.A, effectively, if the joint arrangement is a joint operation (i.e. joint control exists between two or more parties), and the party has rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to that joint operation, it does not matter whether the party in question has control, joint control or not – the accounting is the same as that for a joint operation under IFRS 11, which is discussed in more detail in Chapter 12 at 6.4. [IFRS 11.23]. The critical aspect of this accounting is whether there is joint control by two or more parties within the arrangement (and therefore it is a joint operation in accordance with IFRS 11). However, the disclosure requirements would likely differ, since IFRS 12 does not apply to joint arrangements in which a party does not have joint control, unless that party has significant influence. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 12 are discussed in Chapter 13.

If the party does not have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the joint operation, it accounts for its interest in the joint operation in accordance with other applicable IFRSs. [IFRS 11.23]. For example, if it:

  1. has significant influence over a separate vehicle which is an entity – apply IAS 28 – Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures;
  2. has significant influence over a separate vehicle which is not an entity – apply other applicable IFRSs;
  3. does not have significant influence over a separate vehicle – account for that interest as a financial asset under IFRS 9; or
  4. has an interest in an arrangement without a separate vehicle – apply other applicable IFRSs.
7.1.3.B Joint ventures

In some cases, a mining company or oil and gas company may be involved in a joint venture, but it does not have joint control or control of that arrangement. In this instance it would account for its interest as follows:

  1. significant influence over a separate vehicle which is an entity – still apply IAS 28, [IFRS 11.25], however, the disclosure requirements differ for an associate versus a joint venture (see Chapter 13 at 5);
  2. significant influence over a separate vehicle which is not an entity – apply other applicable IFRSs; or
  3. does not have significant influence over a separate vehicle – account for that interest as a financial asset under IFRS 9 at fair value through profit or loss or other comprehensive income, unless the investment was held for trading. See Chapter 48 for further information on IFRS 9. [IFRS 11.25, C14].

7.1.4 Managers/lead operators of joint arrangements

It is clear that a participant in a joint operation is required to recognise its rights to the assets, and its obligations for the liabilities (or share thereof), of the joint arrangement. Therefore, it is important that an entity fully understands what these rights and obligations are and how these may differ between the parties.

See 7.1.2 above for a discussion of the principal versus agent assessment that needs to be considered when an entity is appointed as manager/lead operator of a joint arrangement and what impact that assessment might have on the manager's/lead operator's accounting.

7.1.4.A Reimbursements of costs

A manager/lead operator often carries out activities on behalf of the joint arrangement on a no gain, no loss basis. Generally, these activities can be identified separately and are carried out by the manager/lead operator in its capacity as an agent for the joint arrangement, which is effectively the principal in those transactions. The manager/lead operator receives reimbursement of direct costs recharged to the joint arrangement. Such recharges are reimbursements of costs that the manager/lead operator incurred as an agent for the joint arrangement and therefore have no effect on profit or loss in the statement of comprehensive income (or income statement) of the manager/lead operator.

In many cases, a manager/lead operator also incurs certain general overhead and other expenses in carrying out activities on behalf of the joint arrangement. As these costs can often not be specifically identified, many joint operating agreements allow the manager/lead operator to recover the general overhead expenses incurred by charging an overhead fee that is based on a fixed percentage of the total costs incurred for the year. Although the purpose of this recharge is very similar to the reimbursement of direct costs, the manager/lead operator is not acting as an agent in this case. Therefore, the manager/lead operator should recognise the general overhead expenses and the overhead fee in profit or loss in its statement of comprehensive income (or income statement) as an expense and income, respectively.

A specific example of this is where the manager/lead operator of a joint arrangement enters into a lease with a third party supplier, who then carries out activities on behalf of the joint arrangement with the leased asset and is entitled to reimbursement from the non-operator parties. This is discussed further at 18.1.5.C below.

7.1.4.B Direct legal liability for costs incurred and contracts entered into

The manager/lead operator of a joint arrangement may have a direct legal liability to third party creditors in respect of the entire balance arising from transactions related to the joint arrangement, e.g. suppliers, lessors etc.102 IFRS prohibits the offsetting of such liabilities against the amounts recoverable from the other joint arrangement participants. [IAS 1.32, IAS 32.42]. The manager/lead operator may therefore need to recognise and/or disclose, for example, some of the leases or supply arrangements that it has entered into on behalf of the joint arrangement, as if it had entered into these in its own name. This is discussed further at 18.1.4 below.

7.1.4.C Joint and several liability

It is also possible that there may be liabilities in the arrangement where the obligation is joint and several. That is, an entity is not only responsible for its proportionate share, but it is also liable for the other party's or parties’ share(s) should it/they be unable or unwilling to pay. A common example of this in the extractives industries is restoration, rehabilitation and decommissioning obligations.

In these instances, each party not only takes up its proportionate share of the decommissioning/restoration obligation, it is also required to assess the likelihood that the other party(ies) will not be able or willing to meet their obligation for their share. The facts and circumstances would need to be assessed in each case, and any additional liability would be accounted for, and disclosed, in accordance with IAS 37.

Any increase in the provision would be accounted for under IFRIC 1, if it related to a restoration or decommissioning liability that had both been included as part of an asset measured in accordance with IAS 16 and measured as a liability in accordance with IAS 37 (see Chapter 26 at 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 for more details). Such an addition to the asset would also require an entity to consider whether this is an indication of impairment of the asset as a whole, and if so, would need to test for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. Increases that do not meet the requirements of IFRIC 1 would be recognised in profit or loss.

7.1.5 Non-operators of joint arrangements

For expenses and liabilities incurred by the manager/lead operator directly in its own name which it recharges to the non-operators, the non-operator entities would be required to recognise an amount payable to the operator for such amounts. Depending on the nature of these arrangements, these may need to be recognised as a financial instrument under IAS 32 and IFRS 9, as a lease (where a sublease exists between the lead operator and the joint arrangement), or potentially a provision under IAS 37, and not under the standard which relates to the type of cost being reimbursed. For example, the non-operator's share of employee entitlements relating to the manager's employees who work on the joint project would not be recognised as an employee benefit under IAS 19 – Employee Benefits. In addition, the related disclosure requirements of IAS 19 would not apply, instead the disclosure requirements of other standards, e.g. IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: Disclosures – would apply.

Expenses and liabilities incurred by the manager/lead operator jointly on behalf of all of the parties to the arrangement would have to be recognised by each of the non-operator parties in proportion to their respective interests in the arrangement. Such amounts would be recognised for the costs incurred on an accruals basis for production costs, operating expenses etc. and associated ‘joint venture payables’ would be recognised. With respect to longer term arrangements, such as leases entered into by the lead operator on behalf of the joint arrangement, the non-operator parties would consider the broader contractual arrangements to determine whether or not there was a lease by the joint operation. This is discussed further at 18.1.5 below.

7.2 Undivided interests

Undivided interests are usually subject to joint control (see Chapter 12 at 4.4.1) and can, therefore, be accounted for as joint operations. However, some JOAs do not establish joint control but are, instead, based on some form of supermajority voting whereby a qualified majority (e.g. 75%) of the participants can approve decisions. This situation usually arises when the group of participants is too large for joint control to be practical or when the main investor wants to retain a certain level of influence.

Where joint control does not exist, such undivided interests cannot be accounted for as joint operations in the scope of IFRS 11. Instead, the appropriate accounting treatment by the investor depends on the nature of the arrangement:

  • if the investor has rights to the underlying asset then the arrangement should be accounted for as a tangible or intangible asset under IAS 16 or IAS 38, respectively. The investor's proportionate share of the operating costs of the asset (e.g. repairs and maintenance) should be accounted for in the same way as the operating costs of wholly owned assets; or
  • if the investor is entitled only to a proportion of the cash flows generated by the asset then its investment will generally meet the definition of a financial asset under IAS 32. As the investor is exposed to risks other than just credit risk, such investments are unlikely be considered debt instruments and instead would be considered equity investments under IFRS 9. Equity instruments are normally measured at fair value through profit or loss under IFRS 9. [IFRS 9.4.1.4]. However, on initial recognition, an entity may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument within the scope of IFRS 9. See Chapter 48 at 2 for a detailed analysis of the impact of IFRS 9 on the classification of this investment.

With respect to such undivided interests, entities also enter into arrangements in which they buy and sell parts of undivided assets, e.g. carried interests (see 6.1 above) and farm-in arrangements outside the E&E phase (see 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above). Although neither IAS 16 nor IAS 38 addresses part-disposals of undivided assets, it is industry practice to apply the principles in those standards when the vendor disposes of these interests in circumstances in which it can demonstrate that it neither controls nor jointly controls the whole of the original asset. In these circumstances, the principles of IAS 16 and IAS 38 are applied and the entity derecognises part of the asset, having calculated an appropriate carrying value for the part disposed of, and a gain or loss on disposal. See Chapter 17 at 9.5 and Chapter 18 at 7.3.

8 ACQUISITIONS

8.1 Business combinations versus asset acquisitions

When an entity acquires an asset or a group of assets, careful analysis is required to identify whether what is acquired constitutes a business or represents only an asset or group of assets. Accounting for business combinations is discussed in detail in Chapter 9.

8.1.1 Differences between asset purchase transactions and business combinations

The reason it is important to distinguish between an asset acquisition and a business combination is because the accounting consequences are significantly different. The main differences between accounting for an asset acquisition and a business combination can be summarised as follows:

  • goodwill or a bargain purchase (also sometimes referred to as negative goodwill) only arise in business combinations;
  • assets and liabilities are accounted for at fair value in a business combination, while they are assigned a carrying amount based on their relative fair values in an asset acquisition (see 8.4 below);
  • transaction costs should be recognised as an expense under IFRS 3, but can be capitalised on an asset acquisition; and
  • in an asset acquisition no deferred tax will arise in relation to acquired assets and assumed liabilities as the initial recognition exception for deferred tax under IAS 12 – Income Taxes – applies. See Chapter 33 at 7.2 for further details.

8.1.2 Definition of a business

IFRS 3 defines a business as ‘an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing goods or services to customers, generating investment income (such as dividends or interest) or generating other income from ordinary activities’. [IFRS 3 Appendix A]. See Chapter 9 at 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 to 3.2.6 for further discussion on the definition of a business.

In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS 3 that are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 (with early adoption permitted) and apply prospectively. Major changes introduced by the amendments are:

  • clarification on the minimum requirements for a business;
  • removal of the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing elements;
  • narrowing of the definitions of a business and outputs;
  • introduction of an optional fair value concentration test; and
  • guidance added to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive.

For more detail on the changes see Chapter 9 at 3.2.8.

Determining whether a particular set of integrated activities and assets is a business will often require a significant amount of judgement, particularly for oil and gas companies and mining companies depending on the stage of the asset in the asset life cycle. Examples are set out in Chapter 9 at 3.2.

8.2 Business combinations

8.2.1 Goodwill in business combinations

Prior to the adoption of IFRS, many mining companies and oil and gas companies assumed that the entire consideration paid for upstream assets should be allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired. That is, any excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets (excluding mineral reserves and resources) acquired would then have been included within mineral reserves and resources acquired and goodwill would not generally be recognised. However, goodwill could arise as a result of synergies, overpayment by the acquirer, or when IFRS requires that acquired assets and/or liabilities are measured at an amount that is not fair value (e.g. deferred taxation). Therefore, it is unlikely to be appropriate for mining companies or oil and gas companies to simply assume that goodwill would never arise in a business combination and that any differential automatically goes to mineral reserves and resources. Mineral reserves and resources and any exploration potential (if relevant) acquired should be valued separately and any excess of the consideration transferred over and above the supportable fair value of the identifiable net assets (which include mineral reserves, resources and acquired exploration potential), should be allocated to goodwill.

By virtue of the way IFRS 3 operates, if an entity were simply to take any excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired to mineral reserves and resources, they may end up having to allocate significantly larger values to minerals reserves and resources than expected. This is because, under IFRS 3, an entity is required to provide for deferred taxation on the temporary differences relating to all identifiable net assets acquired (including mineral reserves and resources), but not on temporary differences related to goodwill. Therefore, if any excess was simply allocated to mineral reserves and resources, to the extent that this created a difference between the carrying amount and the tax base of the mineral reserves and resources, IAS 12 would give rise to a deferred tax liability on the temporary difference, which would create a further excess. This would then result in an iterative calculation in which the deferred tax liability recognised would increase the amount attributed to mineral reserves and resources, which would in turn give rise to an increase in the deferred tax liability (see Chapter 33 at 7.2.2). Given the very high marginal tax rates to which extractive activities are often subject (i.e. tax rates of 60 to 80% are not uncommon) the mineral reserves and resources might end up being grossed up by a factor of 2.5 to 5 (i.e. 1/(1 – 60%) = 2.5). Such an approach would only be acceptable if the final amount allocated to mineral reserves and resources remained in the range of fair values determined for those mineral reserves and resources. If not, such an approach would lead to excessive amounts being allocated to mineral reserves and resources which could not be supported by appropriate valuations.

The extract below from Glencore financial statements illustrates a typical accounting policy for business combinations in which excess consideration transferred is treated as goodwill.

8.2.2 Impairment of assets and goodwill recognised on acquisition

There are a number of circumstances in which the carrying amount of assets and goodwill acquired as part of a business combination and as recorded in the consolidated accounts, may be measured at a higher amount through recognition of notional tax benefits, also known as tax amortisation benefits (i.e. the value has been grossed up on the assumption that its carrying value is deductible for tax) or deferred tax (which can increase goodwill as described above). Application of IAS 36 to goodwill which arises upon recognition of deferred tax liabilities in a business combination is discussed in Chapter 20 at 8.3.1.

8.2.3 Value beyond proven and probable reserves (VBPP)

In the mining sector specifically, the ‘value beyond proven and probable reserves’ (VBPP) is defined as the economic value of the estimated cash flows of a mining asset beyond that asset's proven and probable reserves.

While this term is specifically relevant to the mining sector by virtue of specific guidance in US GAAP, the concept may be equally relevant to the oil and gas sector, i.e. the economic value of an oil and gas licence/area beyond the proven and probable reserves.

For mining companies, there are various situations in which mineralisation and mineral resources might not be classified as proven or probable:

  • prior to the quantification of a resource, a mining company may identify mineralisation following exploration activities. However, it may be too early to assess if the geology and grade is sufficiently expansive to meet the definition of a resource;
  • Acquired Exploration Potential (AEP) represents the legal right to explore for minerals in a particular property, occurring in the same geological area of interest;
  • carrying out the required assessments and studies to obtain classification of mineral reserves can be very costly. Consequently, these activities are often deferred until they become necessary for the planning of future operations. Significant mineral resources are often awaiting the initiation of this process; and
  • if an entity acquires a mining company at a time when commodity prices are particularly low, the mineral resources owned by the acquiree may not meet the definition of proven or probable reserves because extraction might not be commercially viable.

While the above types of mineralisation and mineral resources cannot be classified as proven or probable, they will often be valuable because of the future potential that they represent (i.e. reserves may be proven in the future and commodity price increases may make extraction commercially feasible).

IFRS 3 requires that an acquirer recognises the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed that meet the definitions of assets and liabilities at the acquisition date. [IFRS 3.11].

While the legal or contractual rights that allow an entity to extract minerals are not themselves tangible assets, the mineral reserves concerned clearly are. The legal or contractual rights – that allow an entity to extract mineral reserves and resources – acquired in business combinations should be recognised, without exception, at fair value.

An entity that acquires mineral reserves and resources that cannot be classified as proven or probable, should account for the VBPP as part of the value allocated to mining assets, to the extent that a market participant would include VBPP in determining the fair value of the asset, rather than as goodwill.103 In practice, the majority of mining companies treat mining assets, the related mineral reserves and resources and licences as tangible assets on the basis that they relate to minerals in the ground, which are themselves tangible assets. However, some entities present the value associated with E&E assets as intangible assets.

AEP would often be indistinguishable from the value of the mineral licence to which it relates. Therefore, the classification of AEP may vary depending on how an entity presents its mining assets and licences. If an entity presents them as tangible assets, they may be likely to treat AEP (or its equivalent), where applicable, as forming part of mineral properties, and hence AEP would be classified as a tangible asset. For an entity that classifies some of its mineral assets as intangible assets, e.g. E&E assets, then they may classify AEP as an intangible also.

Determining the fair value of VBPP requires a considerable amount of expertise. An entity should not only take account of commodity spot prices but also consider the effects of anticipated fluctuations in the future price of minerals, in a manner that is consistent with the expectations of a market participant. An entity should consider all available information including current prices, historical averages, and forward pricing curves and maximise the use of observable inputs. Those market participant assumptions typically are consistent with the acquiring entity's operating plans for developing and producing minerals. However entities need to undertake steps to demonstrate this is true (to ensure compliance with the requirements of IFRS 13 – Fair Value Measurement). The potential upside associated with mineral resources that are not classified as reserves can be much larger than the downward risk. A valuation model that only takes account of a single factor, such as the spot price, historical average or a single long-term price, without considering other information that a market participant would consider, would generally not be able to reflect the upward potential that determines much of the value of VBPP. Consequently, an entity may need to apply option valuation techniques in measuring VBPP.

There are commonly considered to be three categories of VBPP, including:

  • mineral resources not yet tested for economic viability;
  • early mineralisation; and
  • acquired exploration potential.

The CRIRSCO reporting standards consider the geological definition of mineral resources that have not yet been tested for economic viability, which is the first category of VBPP. Valuation techniques used for this category include:

  • probability weighted discounted-cash flows;
  • resource reserve conversion adjustment;
  • comparable transactions; and
  • option valuation.

In relation to early mineralisation, the second category of VBPP, while it may represent a discovery, its true value will be determined by further appraisal/evaluation activities to confirm whether a resource exists. This category of VBPP is often grouped with the next (and final) category, being AEP, even though it has a higher intrinsic value, and is valued using:

  • cost based methods;
  • budgeted expenditure methods;
  • comparable sales;
  • farm-in/out values; or
  • sophisticated option pricing.

In relation to AEP, the basis for its valuation varies from studying historic cost to the use of sophisticated option valuation techniques.

As VBPP does not provide current economic benefits, there is no need to allocate its cost against current revenue and hence no need for amortisation or depreciation. However, as part of the process of completing the acquisition accounting, an entity should form a view about how that value will ultimately be ascribed to future discoveries and converted into proven and probable reserves and then ultimately depreciated. Such methodologies might include a per unit (e.g. tonnes/ounces) basis or possibly an area (e.g. acreage) basis. VBPP would need to be tested for impairment under IAS 36 if, depending on the classification of VBPP, there is an indicator of impairment under that standard or IFRS 6. The VBPP may ultimately be impaired because it may never be converted into proven or probable reserves, but impairment may not be confirmed until the entity is satisfied that the project will not continue.

An impairment of VBPP should be recognised if its book value exceeds the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In practice, there may not be a convenient method to determine the value in use. Hence, impairment testing will often need to rely on an approach based on fair value less costs of disposal.

Extract 43.14 below illustrates that AngloGold Ashanti does not subsume the ‘value beyond proven and probable reserves’ in goodwill but instead recognises it as part of the value ascribed to mineral resources.

8.3 Acquisition of an interest in a joint operation that is a business

One area where there had historically been a lack of clarity was how to account for acquisitions of interests in joint operations (under IFRS 11) which constitute businesses. However, an amendment to IFRS 11 was made to clarify this, which applied prospectively to acquisitions that occurred on or after 1 January 2016. The amendment states that where an entity is acquiring an interest in a joint operation that is a business as defined in IFRS 3, it should apply, to the extent of its share in accordance with paragraph 20 of IFRS 11, all of the principles of business combinations accounting in IFRS 3, and in other IFRSs, that do not conflict with IFRS 11. In addition, the entity should disclose the information that is required in those IFRSs in relation to business combinations. However, if an entity acquires an interest in a (group of) asset(s) that is (are) not a business as defined in IFRS 3 then it should apply the guidance on asset acquisitions that IFRS already provides. [IFRS 11.BC45I].

The requirements apply to the acquisition of an initial interest in a joint operation or where the acquisition leads to the formation of a joint operation that constitute a business, and also to the acquisition of additional interests in a joint operation to the extent that joint control is maintained. The amendment also makes it clear that any previously held interest in the joint operation would not be remeasured if the joint operator acquires an additional interest while retaining joint control.

In addition to the matters outlined above, there are a number of additional issues which have been raised in relation to joint operations. These include:

  • A passive investor in a joint operation becomes a joint operator: In this situation, the issue is whether a previously held interest in the assets and liabilities of a joint operation that is a business is remeasured to fair value when the investor's acquisition of an additional interest results in the investor becoming a joint operator (i.e. assumes joint control) in that joint operation.

    The Interpretations Committee considered this issue and tentatively decided that the previously held interest in this situation should not be remeasured. The IASB agreed with this decision and an amendment was issued as part of the 2015‑2017 annual improvements cycle. This amendment clarifies that the previously held interests in a joint operation are not remeasured where a party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation might obtain joint control of the joint operation in which the activity of the joint operation constitutes a business as defined in IFRS 3. [IFRS 11.BC45A, BC45H].

  • Obtaining control over a joint operation: Where a party obtains control over a joint operation structured through a separate vehicle, over which it previously had joint control, it is required to apply the business combination achieved in stages accounting requirements in IFRS 3, if the acquiree meets the definition of a business (see Chapter 9 at 3.2 and 9).

    However, it had not previously been clear, when this acquisition related to a joint operation that was not structured through a separate vehicle, whether the previously held interest in the assets and liabilities of the joint operation should be remeasured to fair value at the date when control is obtained. As a result, diversity had existed. This diversity arose because of differing interpretations of the term ‘equity interests’ and whether this included interests in the assets and liabilities of a joint operation.

    This issue was raised with the Interpretations Committee who agreed that this issue was not covered by current standards and proposed that these interests should be remeasured to fair value at the date of obtaining control. Amendments have been made to IFRS 3 and IFRS 11 to clarify that when an entity obtains control of a business that is a joint operation, it applies the requirements for a business combination achieved in stages, including remeasuring previously held interests in the assets and liabilities of the joint operation at fair value. In doing so, the acquirer remeasures its entire previously held interest in the joint operation.

See Chapter 12 at 8.3 for more information on the above matters.

8.4 Asset acquisitions

The acquisition of an asset, group of assets or an entity that does not constitute a business is not a business combination. In such cases the acquirer should identify and recognise the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The cost of the acquisition should be allocated to the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their relative fair values at the date of purchase. Such a transaction or event does not give rise to goodwill. [IFRS 3.2(b)]. Thus, existing book values or values in the acquisition agreement may not be appropriate.

As noted in 8.1 above, there are some key differences between an asset acquisition and a business combination. These are discussed in more detail in Chapter 9 at 2.2.2.

In November 2017, the Interpretations Committee issued an agenda decision that clarified how an entity accounts for the acquisition of a group of assets that does not constitute a business. This is also discussed in Chapter 9 at 2.2.2.

8.4.1 Asset acquisitions and conditional purchase consideration

When an asset or a group of assets/net assets that do not constitute a business are acquired, they are required to be accounted for at cost. There are various standards in which ‘cost’ is defined, with those of most relevance to the acquisition of an asset being IAS 16, IAS 38 and IAS 40. Cost is defined in those standards as ‘the amount of cash or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire an asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or, where applicable, the amount attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the specific requirements of other IFRSs, e.g. IFRS 2 – Share-based Payment’. [IAS 16.6, IAS 38.8, IAS 40.5]. Amounts capitalised under IFRS 6 are also required to be measured initially at cost. [IFRS 6.8].

These requirements sometimes give rise to issues in situations where the purchase price is conditional upon certain events or facts. These issues can best be illustrated by an example.

In scenario 1, we believe Entity A would be required to account for the fair value of the consideration transferred as determined at the date of acquisition. In contrast to the treatment under IFRS 3, there is no purchase price allocation or measurement period under IAS 16. However, suppose that three weeks after the initial accounting the surveyor reports that at the date of acquisition a number of assets listed in the contract were not present or were of inferior quality, the purchase price is therefore adjusted downwards to $14.5 million. Rather than recognising a profit arising from this adjustment, the entity should adjust the cost of the asset as the surveyor's report provides evidence of conditions that existed at the date of acquisition. [IAS 10.3(a)].

In scenario 2 above, Entity C pays an additional $12 million in exchange for additional rights to extract minerals in excess of 20 million barrels (or tonnes) agreed upon in the initial transaction. At the date that Entity C purchases the additional rights it accounts for this as an additional asset acquisition. In more complicated scenarios, however, it might be necessary to assess whether the first and second acquisition should be accounted for together.

It is clear from the above two scenarios that changes in the facts and circumstances can have a significant effect on the accounting for conditional purchase consideration.

When considering asset acquisitions with contingent consideration, several issues need to be addressed. These include:

  • how and when the contingent element should be accounted for, i.e. when a liability should be recognised and how it should be measured;
  • whether the initial cost of the asset acquired includes an amount relating to the contingent element; and
  • how the remeasurement (if any) of any liability recognised in relation to the contingent element should be accounted for. Should it be recognised as an adjustment to the cost of the asset acquired, or should it be recognised in profit or loss?

IAS 32 is clear that the purchase of goods on credit gives rise to a financial liability when the goods are delivered (see Chapter 45 at 2.2.6) and that a contingent obligation to deliver cash meets the definition of a financial liability (see Chapter 45 at 2.2.3). Consequently, it would seem that given the current requirements of IFRS, a financial liability arises on the outright purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment or an intangible asset if the purchase contract requires the subsequent payment of contingent consideration, for example amounts based on the performance of the asset. Further, because there is currently no exemption from applying IFRS 9 to such contracts, one might expect that such a liability would be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9, i.e. any measurement changes to that liability would flow through profit or loss. This would be consistent with the accounting treatment for contingent consideration arising from a business combination under IFRS 3 (see Chapter 45 at 3.7.1.A). However, this is not necessarily clear and for this reason the issue of how to account for contingent consideration in the acquisition of an item of PP&E was taken to the Interpretations Committee. See below for further discussion of this issue.

The current definition of cost in IAS 16 and IAS 38 requires the cost of an asset on the date of purchase to include the fair value of the consideration given (if a reliable estimate can be made), such as an obligation to pay a contingent price. Based on our experience and the level of diversity of views identified as part of the Interpretations Committee's considerations of this, not all would agree that all contingent payments are for the original asset and, indeed, the circumstances of a particular contract might support this. In addition to this issue, there is the issue of how to account for the remeasurement of the liability and whether changes should be recognised in profit or loss, or included as an adjustment to the cost of the asset.

In practice, contracts can be more complex than suggested above and often give rise to situations where the purchaser can influence or control the crystallisation of the contingent payments, e.g. where the contingent payments are dependent on the purchaser's future actions – such as those that take the form of production-based royalties. These complexities can raise broader questions about the nature of the obligations and, as in the case of royalty-based contingent payments, the appropriate accounting standard to apply initially, as well as how to account for subsequent adjustments to any liability that may have been recognised. To date, these complexities and lack of clarity as to the appropriate accounting have led to various treatments, including:

  • the cost of the asset does not initially include any amount relating to the contingent element. Any subsequent payments made in relation to the contingent element are either adjusted against the cost of the asset (once paid) or recognised in profit or loss as incurred;
  • the cost of the asset includes an estimate of the contingent consideration at the date of purchase. Subsequent changes in the liability relating to the contingent consideration are then recognised in profit or loss; or
  • the cost of the asset includes an estimate of the contingent consideration at the date of purchase. Subsequent changes in the liability relating to the contingent consideration that do not reflect the passage of time are adjusted against the cost of the asset.

The first approach (which is relatively common in the extractive industries) considers that the applicable standard is IAS 37, and applies the concepts of obligating events, probability, contingencies and not providing for future operations. This means that nothing relating to the contingent payment is recognised at the date of purchase. The second approach applies the methodology in IFRS 3, while the third is based on the principles of IFRIC 1.104

Given this divergence in practice, this issue was referred to the Interpretations Committee in January 2011. The Committee and the IASB have discussed this issue for a number of years since this date. They had been attempting to clarify how the initial recognition and subsequent changes in relation to such contingent consideration should be recognised but did not conclude.

In March 2016, the Interpretations Committee determined that this issue was too broad for it to address within the confines of existing IFRSs. The Interpretations Committee decided not to add this issue to its agenda and concluded that the IASB should address the accounting for variable payments comprehensively.

In February 2018, the IASB decided that the IASB staff should carry out work on ‘Variable and Contingent Consideration’ to determine how broad the research project should be.105 At the time of writing, this is not listed as an active research project on the IASB's work plan.106

Until this matter is resolved, an entity should develop an accounting policy for variable consideration relating to the purchase of PP&E in accordance with the hierarchy in IAS 8. In practice, there are different approaches for treating the estimated future variable payments. Some entities do not capitalise these amounts upon initial recognition of the asset and then either expense or capitalise any payments as they are incurred. Other entities include an estimate of future amounts payable on initial recognition with a corresponding liability being recorded. Under this approach, subsequent changes in the liability are either capitalised or expensed. An entity should exercise judgement in developing and consistently applying an accounting policy that results in information that is relevant and reliable in its particular circumstances. [IAS 8.10]. The accounting policy must be applied consistently.

For further information on this issue see Chapter 17 at 4.5, Chapter 18 at 4.1.9 and Chapter 45 at 3.8.

8.4.2 Accounting for land acquisitions

Obtaining the legal rights to explore for, develop and produce minerals can be achieved in a number of ways, as outlined at 5 above. One of these ways is through the outright purchase of the minerals and the land on, or under, which the minerals are located. In undertaking such a transaction, it is not uncommon for an entity to pay an amount in excess of the intrinsic value of the land itself. In such a situation, an entity needs to ensure it appropriately allocates the purchase price between the fair value of the land and the fair value of the mineral or surface mining rights acquired. The amount allocated to land will be capitalised and not depreciated, whereas the amount allocated to the minerals or surface mining rights will form part of the total cost of mining assets and will ultimately be depreciated on a units of production basis over the economically recoverable reserves to which it relates.

9 FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY

9.1 Determining functional currency

Determining functional currency correctly is important because it will, for example, affect volatility of revenue and operating profit resulting from exchange rate movements, determine whether transactions can be hedged or not and influence the identification of embedded currency derivatives. The movements may give rise to temporary differences that affect profit or loss. [IAS 12.41]. While under IAS 21 – The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates – an entity can select any presentation currency, it does not have a free choice in determining its functional currency. Choice of functional currency is discussed in detail in Chapter 15 at 4; below is a summary of the application of the requirements to the extractive industries.

IAS 21 requires an entity to determine separately the functional currency of each entity within a consolidated group. There is no concept of the functional currency of the group, only a presentation currency. Therefore, the functional currency of an operating subsidiary may differ from that of the group's parent and/or foreign sales company to which it sells its production. The factors taken into account in determining functional currency may differ for operating companies and for group entities that are financing or intermediate holding companies (see Chapter 15 at 4.2). IAS 21 requires an entity to consider the following factors in determining its functional currency:

  1. the currency that mainly influences sales prices for goods and services (this will often be the currency in which sales prices for its goods and services are denominated and settled);
  2. the currency of the country whose competitive forces and regulations mainly determine the sales prices of its goods and services; and
  3. the currency that mainly influences labour, material and other costs of providing goods or services (this will often be the currency in which such costs are denominated and settled). [IAS 21.9].

While the currency referred to under (a) above will often be the currency in which sales prices for its goods and services are denominated and settled, this is not always the case. The US dollar is used for many commodities as the contract or settlement currency in transactions (e.g. iron ore, oil), but the pricing of transactions is often driven by factors completely unrelated to the US dollar or the US economy (e.g. it may be influenced more by demand from the local economy or other economies such as China).

As the extractive industries are international, it is often difficult to determine the currency of the country whose competitive forces and regulations mainly determine the sales prices of its goods and services. Therefore, factor (b) above will often prove to be inconclusive when a particular product is produced in many different countries.

It will generally be fairly straightforward to identify the currency that mainly influences an entity's key inputs (i.e. factor (c) above). In developing countries an entity will often need to import a significant proportion of its key inputs (e.g. fuel, equipment and expatriate workers) and even local inputs in an economy with a high inflation rate will often be linked to the US dollar. In such a case, the local currency is less likely to be the main currency that influences an entity's key inputs. In most developed countries, however, the inputs tend to be denominated in the local currency, although some inputs (e.g. major items of equipment) may be denominated in another currency. As the extractive industries are capital intensive, the cost of equipment often far exceeds the operating expenses incurred. Equipment is often purchased in US dollars.

When the factors (a) to (c) above are mixed, as they often are in practice, and the functional currency is not obvious, management should use ‘its judgement to determine the functional currency that most faithfully represents the economic effects of the underlying transactions, events and conditions’. [IAS 21.12]. If the above factors are inconclusive then an entity should also consider the following secondary factors:

  • the currency in which funds from financing activities (i.e. issuing debt and equity instruments) are generated;
  • the currency in which receipts from operating activities are usually retained; and
  • the functional currency of the reporting entity that has the foreign operation as its subsidiary, branch, associate or joint venture. [IAS 21.10, 11].

After considering both the primary and secondary factors the functional currency may not be obvious because, for example, revenue is denominated in US dollars while virtually all expenses are denominated in the local currency. In that situation management may conclude that revenue, while denominated in US dollars, is in fact influenced by a basket of currencies. It is therefore possible that companies operating in a similar environment can reach different conclusions about their functional currency. Even in developed countries there is a general bias towards the US dollar as the functional currency.

Although local statutory and tax requirements should be ignored in determining the functional currency, there may be a requirement to keep two sets of accounting records when an entity concludes that its local currency is not its functional currency.

The extract below from Rio Tinto illustrates a typical currency translation accounting policy of a mining company.

9.2 Changes in functional currency

IAS 21 requires management to use its judgement to determine the entity's functional currency so that it most faithfully represents the economic effects of the underlying transactions, events and conditions that are relevant to the entity. Note that IAS 21 requires the functional currency to be determined by reference to factors that exist during the reporting period. Therefore, an entity should ignore future developments in its business, no matter how likely those developments are. For example, even if an entity is convinced that in three years’ time it will have revenues that will be denominated in US dollars, this is not a factor to be considered in determining its functional currency today. This is particularly relevant for entities in the extractive industries given the nature of their operations. For example, a company may conclude that during the development phase of the project the local currency is its functional currency but that once production and sales commence the US dollar will become its functional currency. Alternatively, exposure to a particular currency may increase during a period.

This is illustrated in the extract below from Woodside Petroleum's 2010 financial statements.

Once the functional currency is determined, the standard allows it to be changed only if there is a change in those underlying transactions, events and conditions. For example, a change in the currency that mainly influences the sales prices of goods and services may lead to a change in an entity's functional currency. [IAS 21.36].

The extract below, from Angel Mining plc's financial statements, provides an example of a change in conditions that resulted in a change in functional currency. Accounting for a change in functional currency is discussed in Chapter 15 at 5.5.

10 DECOMMISSIONING AND RESTORATION/REHABILITATION

The operations of entities engaged in extractive industries can have a significant impact on the environment. Decommissioning or restoration activities at the end of a mining or oil and gas operation may be required by law, the terms of mineral licences or an entity's stated policy and past practice. The associated costs of decommissioning, remediation or restoration can be significant. The accounting treatment for such costs is therefore critical. Different terms may be used, often interchangeably, to essentially refer to the same activity, e.g. restoration, remediation and rehabilitation. In this section we shall use the words decommissioning and restoration.

Accounting for decommissioning and restoration costs is governed by the requirements of IAS 37 and IFRIC 1. The discussion below should be read in conjunction with Chapter 18 (Property, Plant and Equipment) at 4.3, Chapter 26 (Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets) and Chapter 33 (Income Taxes) at 7.2.7. Some of the specific issues to consider with respect to such provisions are listed below:

  • initial recognition – see 10.1.1 below;
  • initial measurement – see 10.1.2 below;
  • discount rates – see Chapter 26 at 4.3;
  • decommissioning or restoration costs incurred in the production phase – see 10.1.3 below;
  • changes in decommissioning and restoration/rehabilitation costs – see Chapter 26 at 6.3.1 and 6.3.2;
  • treatment of foreign exchange differences – see 10.2 below;
  • accounting for deferred taxes – see Chapter 33 at 7.2.7;
  • indefinite life assets – see 10.3 below; and
  • funds established or put aside to meet a decommissioning or restoration obligation – see Chapter 26 at 6.3.3.

10.1 Recognition and measurement issues

10.1.1 Initial recognition

Initial recognition of a decommissioning or restoration provision only on commencement of commercial production is generally not appropriate under IFRS, because the obligation to remove facilities and to restore the environment typically arises during the development/construction of the facilities, with some further obligations arising during the production phase. Therefore, a decommissioning or restoration provision should be recognised during the development or construction phase (see 1.6.1 above) of the project, i.e. before any production takes place, and should form part of the cost of the assets acquired or constructed. It may also be necessary to recognise a further decommissioning or restoration provision during the production phase (see 10.1.3 below).

While the damage caused in the exploration phase may generally be immaterial, an entity should recognise a decommissioning or restoration provision where the damage is material and the entity will be required to carry out remediation. The accounting for such a provision will depend on how the related E&E costs have been accounted for. If the E&E costs are capitalised, the associated decommissioning costs should also be capitalised. However, if the E&E costs are expensed, any associated decommissioning or restoration costs should also be expensed.

Finally, even if decommissioning and restoration were not planned to take place in the foreseeable future (for example because the related assets are continually renewed and replaced), IAS 37 would still require a decommissioning or restoration provision to be recognised. However, in these cases the discounted value of the obligation may be comparatively insignificant.

10.1.2 Measurement of the liability

Measurement of a decommissioning or restoration provision requires a significant amount of judgement because:

  • the amount of remedial work required will depend on the scale of the operations. In the extractives industries the environmental damage may vary considerably depending on the type and development of the project;
  • the amount of remedial work further depends on environmental standards imposed by local regulators, which may vary over time;
  • detailed decommissioning and remedial work plans will often not be developed until fairly shortly before closure of the operations;
  • it may not always be clear which costs are directly attributable to decommissioning or restoration (e.g. security costs, maintenance cost, ongoing environmental monitoring and employee termination costs);
  • the timing of the decommissioning or restoration depends on when the fields or mines cease to produce at economically viable rates, which depends upon future commodity prices and reserves; and
  • the actual decommissioning or restoration work will often be carried out by specialised contractors, the cost of which will depend on future market prices for the necessary remedial work.

Many of the uncertainties above can only be finally resolved towards the end of the production phase, shortly before decommissioning and restoration are to take place. A significant increase in the decommissioning or restoration provision resulting from revised estimates would result in recognition of an additional asset. However, as IFRIC 1 specifically states that any addition to an asset as a result of an increase in a decommissioning or restoration provision is considered to be a trigger for impairment testing, a significant increase in a decommissioning or restoration provision close to the end of the production phase may lead to an immediate impairment of that additional asset. Conversely, a decrease in the decommissioning or restoration provision could exceed the carrying amount of the related asset, in which case the excess should be recognised as a gain in profit or loss.

10.1.3 Decommissioning or restoration costs incurred in the production phase

IAS 16 considers the initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located to be part of the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment. [IAS 16.16(c)]. However, an entity should apply IAS 2 to the costs of obligations for dismantling, removing and restoring the site on which an item is located that are incurred during a particular period as a consequence of having used the item to produce inventories during that period. [IAS 16.18]. That means that such additional decommissioning or restoration costs resulting from production activities should be included in the cost of inventories, [IAS 2.10], while decommissioning costs resulting from the construction of assets during the production phase should be accounted for as discussed above.

An entity that incurs abnormal amounts of costs (e.g. costs of remediation of soil contamination from oil spills or overflowing of a tailings pond) should not treat these as part of the cost of inventories under IAS 2, but expense them immediately. [IAS 2.16].

10.2 Treatment of foreign exchange differences

In most cases it will be appropriate for the exchange differences arising on provisions to be taken to profit or loss in the period they arise. However, it may be that an entity has recognised a decommissioning provision under IAS 37 and capitalised it as part of the initial cost of an asset under IAS 16. One practical difficulty with decommissioning provisions recognised under IAS 37 is that due to the long period over which the actual cash outflows will arise, an entity may not know the currency in which the transaction will actually be settled. Nevertheless, if it is determined that it is expected to be settled in a foreign currency it will be a monetary item. The main issue then is what should happen to any exchange differences.

As discussed in Chapter 26 at 6.3.1, IFRIC 1 applies to any decommissioning or similar liability that has been both included as part of an asset and measured as a liability in accordance with IAS 37. IFRIC 1 requires, inter alia, that any adjustment to such a provision resulting from changes in the estimated outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (e.g. cash flows) required to settle the obligation should not be taken to profit or loss as it occurs, but should be added to or deducted from the cost of the asset to which it relates. Therefore, the requirement of IAS 21 to take the exchange differences arising on the provision to profit or loss in the period in which they arise conflicts with this requirement in IFRIC 1. It is our view that IFRIC 1 is the more relevant pronouncement for decommissioning purposes, therefore we consider that this type of exchange difference should not to be taken to profit or loss, but dealt with in accordance with IFRIC 1.

10.3 Indefinite life assets

While the economic lives of oil fields and mines are finite, certain infrastructure assets (e.g. pipelines and refineries) are continually being repaired, replaced and upgraded. While individual parts of such assets may not have an indefinite economic life, these assets may occupy a particular site for an indefinite period.

Regardless of whether or not the related asset has an indefinite life, the decommissioning provision will normally meet the criteria relating to the recognition of a provision as set out in paragraphs 14(a) and (b) of IAS 37, in that an entity will have a present obligation and it will be probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. With respect to the final criterion in paragraph (c), while it might seem that a reliable estimate of the decommissioning provision cannot be made if the underlying asset has an indefinite life, ‘indefinite’ does not mean that the asset has an infinite life but that the life is long and has not yet been determined. IAS 37 presumes that:

  • ‘Except in extremely rare cases, an entity will be able to determine a range of possible outcomes and can therefore make an estimate of the obligation that is sufficiently reliable to use in recognising a provision.’ [IAS 37.25].

Therefore, it should be extremely rare for an entity to conclude that it cannot make a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation. Even if an entity did conclude in an extremely rare case that no reliable estimate could be made, there would still be a contingent liability and the following disclosures would be required:

  • a brief description of the nature of the contingent liability; and
  • where practicable:
    • an estimate of its financial effect, measured under paragraphs 36‑52 of IAS 37;
    • an indication of the uncertainties relating to the amount or timing of any outflow; and
    • the possibility of any reimbursement. [IAS 37.26, 86].

Finally, it should be noted that the discounted value of decommissioning costs that will only be incurred far into the future may be relatively insignificant.

11 IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

The following issues require additional attention when a mining company or oil and gas company applies the impairment testing requirements under IFRS:

  • impairment indicators (see 11.1 below);
  • identifying cash-generating units (see 11.2 below);
  • projections of cash flows (see 11.4.2 and 11.5.1 below);
  • cash flows from mineral reserves and resources and the appropriate discount rate (see 11.4.2.A below);
  • commodity price assumptions (see 11.4.3 and 11.5.2 below).
  • future capital expenditure (see 11.4.4 and 11.5.3 below);
  • foreign currency cash flows (see 11.4.5 and 11.5.4 below); and
  • consistency in cash flows and the carrying amount of CGU (see 11.4.1 below).

The general requirements of IAS 36 are covered in Chapter 20.

11.1 Impairment indicators

Impairment indicators applicable to assets of mining companies and oil and gas companies are found in two places, IFRS 6 and IAS 36. IFRS 6 describes a number of situations in which an entity should test E&E assets for impairment, discussed at 3.5.1 above, while an entity should apply the impairment indicators in IAS 36 to assets other than E&E assets. The lists of impairment indicators in IFRS 6 and IAS 36 are not exhaustive. Entities operating in the extractive industries may also consider carrying out an impairment test in the following situations:107

  • declines in prices of products or increases in production costs;
  • governmental actions, such as new environmental regulations, imposition of price controls and tax increases;
  • actual production levels from the cost centre or cost pool are below forecast and/or there is a downward revision in production forecasts;
  • serious operational problems and accidents;
  • capitalisation of large amounts of unsuccessful pre-production costs in the cost centre;
  • decreases in reserve estimates;
  • increases in the anticipated period over which reserves will be produced;
  • substantial cost overruns during the development and construction phases of a field or mine; and
  • adverse drilling results.

The extract below shows BHP's accounting policy for impairment testing.

11.2 Identifying cash-generating units (CGUs)

An entity is required under IAS 36 to test individual assets for impairment. However, if it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset then an entity should determine the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. [IAS 36.66]. A CGU is defined by the standard as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. [IAS 36.6]. See Chapter 20 at 3 for further discussion about how an entity should determine its CGUs.

In determining appropriate CGUs, mining companies and oil and gas companies may need to consider some of the following issues:

  1. active markets for intermediate products (see 11.2.1 below);
  2. external users of the processing assets (see 11.2.2 below);
  3. fields or mines that are operated as one ‘complex’ through the use of shared infrastructure (see 11.2.3 below); and
  4. stand-alone fields or mines that operate on a portfolio basis (see 11.2.4 below).

These issues are discussed further below.

11.2.1 Markets for intermediate products

In vertically integrated operations, the successive stages of the extraction and production process are often considered to be one CGU as it is not possible to allocate net cash inflows to individual stages of the process. This is common in some mining operations. However, if there is an active market for intermediate commodities (e.g. bauxite, alumina and aluminium) then a vertically integrated mining company needs to consider whether its smelting and refining operations are part of the same CGU as its mining operations. If there is an active market for the output produced by an asset or group of assets, the assets concerned are identified as a separate CGU, even if some or all of the output is used internally. If extraction and smelting or refining are separate CGUs and the cash inflows generated by the asset or each CGU are based on internal transfer pricing, the best estimate of an external arm's length transaction price should be used in estimating the future cash flows to determine the asset's or CGU's VIU. [IAS 36.70]. See Chapter 20 at 3.

11.2.2 External users of processing assets

When an entity is able to derive cash inflows from its processing assets (e.g. smelting or refining facilities) under tolling arrangements (see 20 below), the question arises as to whether or not those processing assets are a separate CGU. If an entity's processing assets generate significant cash inflows from arrangements with third parties then those assets are likely to be a separate CGU.

11.2.3 Shared infrastructure

When several fields or mines share infrastructure (e.g. pipelines to transport gas or oil onshore, railways, ports or refining and smelting and other processing facilities) the question arises as to whether the fields or mines and the shared infrastructure should be treated as a single CGU. Treating the fields or mines and the shared infrastructure as part of the same CGU is not appropriate under the following circumstances:

  1. if the shared infrastructure is relatively insignificant;
  2. if the fields or mines are capable of selling their product without making use of the shared infrastructure;
  3. if the shared infrastructure generates substantial cash inflows from third parties as well as the entity's own fields or mines; or
  4. if the shared infrastructure is classified as a corporate asset, which is defined under IAS 36 as ‘assets other than goodwill that contribute to the future cash flows of both the cash-generating unit under review and other cash-generating units’. [IAS 36.6]. In that case, the entity should apply the requirements in IAS 36 regarding corporate assets, which are discussed in Chapter 20 at 4.2.

However, if none of the conditions under (a) to (d) above apply then it may be appropriate to treat the fields or mines and the shared infrastructure as one CGU.

Any shared infrastructure that does not belong to a single CGU but relates to more than one CGU still need to be considered for impairment purposes. It is considered that there are two ways to do this and an entity should use the method most appropriate. Shared infrastructure can be allocated to individual CGUs or the CGUs can be grouped together to test the shared assets (similar to the way corporate assets are tested – see commentary above).

Under the first approach, the shared assets should be allocated to each individual CGU or group of CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis. The cash flows associated with the shared assets, such as fees from other users and expenditure, should be allocated similarly and should form part of the cash flows of the individual CGU. Under the second approach, the group of CGUs that benefit from the shared assets are grouped together with the shared assets to test the shared assets for impairment.

11.2.4 Fields or mines operated on a portfolio basis

Mining companies and oil and gas companies sometimes operate a ‘portfolio’ of similar mines or fields, which are completely independent from an operational point of view. However, IAS 36 includes the following illustrative example. [IAS 36 IE Example 1C].

The same rationale could also be applied by a mining company that, for example, operates two coal mines on a portfolio basis, or an oil and gas company that, for example, operates two fields within the one PSC and the entitlement to revenue is dependent on production of, the revenue earned and costs incurred across the PSC, not on a field by field basis. However, judgement needs to be exercised before concluding that it is appropriate to treat separate fields or mines as one CGU, particularly when the production costs of the output of fields or mines differ considerably. This is because there may be a desire to combine them into one CGU, so that the higher cost fields or mines are protected by the headroom of the lower cost fields or mine, thereby avoiding a recognition of an impairment charge. Therefore, to be able to combine on a portfolio basis, a mining company or oil and gas company would have to be able to demonstrate that the future cash inflows for the individual mines or fields cannot be determined individually and therefore, the combined group represents the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent.

11.3 Basis of recoverable amount – value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal

The standard requires the carrying amount of an asset or CGU to be compared with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and value-in-use (VIU). [IAS 36.18]. If either the FVLCD or the VIU is higher than the carrying amount, no further action is necessary as the asset is not impaired. [IAS 36.19]. Recoverable amount is calculated for an individual asset, unless that asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. [IAS 36.22].

At 11.4 and 11.5 below we further consider the practical and technical aspects associated with the calculation of VIU and FVLCD respectively for mining companies and oil and gas companies.

11.4 Calculation of VIU

IAS 36 defines VIU as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or CGU. [IAS 36.6]. Estimating the VIU of an asset/CGU involves estimating the future cash inflows and outflows that will be derived from the use of the asset and from its ultimate disposal in its current condition, and discounting them at an appropriate rate. [IAS 36.31]. There are complex issues involved in determining the cash flows and choosing a discount rate and often there is no agreed methodology to follow. IAS 36 contains detailed and explicit requirements concerning the data to be assembled to calculate VIU that can best be explained and set out as a series of steps. The steps in the process are:

  • Step 1: Dividing the entity into CGUs (see 11.2 above).
  • Step 2: Allocating goodwill to CGUs or CGU groups (see Chapter 20 at 8.1).
  • Step 3: Identifying the carrying amount of CGU assets (see 11.4.1 below).
  • Step 4: Estimating the future pre-tax cash flows of the CGU under review (see 11.4.211.4.5 below).
  • Step 5: Identifying an appropriate discount rate and discounting the future cash flows (see Chapter 20 at 7.2 and below at 11.4.2.A).
  • Step 6: Comparing carrying value with VIU (assuming FVLCD is lower than carrying value) and recognising impairment losses (see Chapter 20 at 7.3 and 11).

11.4.1 Consistency in cash flows and book values attributed to the CGU

An essential requirement of impairment testing under IAS 36 is that the recoverable amount of a CGU must be determined in the same way as for an individual asset and its carrying amount must be determined on a basis that is consistent with the way in which its recoverable amount is determined. [IAS 36.74, 75].

The carrying amount of a CGU includes only those assets that can be attributed directly, or allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis. These must be the assets that will generate the future cash inflows used in determining the CGU's VIU. It does not include the carrying amount of any recognised liability, unless the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit cannot be determined without taking it into account.

For practical reasons the entity may determine the recoverable amount of a CGU after taking into account assets and liabilities such as receivables or other financial assets, trade payables, pensions and other provisions that are outside the scope of IAS 36 and not part of the CGU. [IAS 36.79]. If the cash flows of a CGU are determined taking into account these sorts of items, then it is essential that cash flows and assets and liabilities within CGUs are prepared on a consistent basis.

Specific issues mining companies and oil and gas companies will need to consider are:

  • environmental provisions and similar provisions and liabilities (see 11.4.1.A below); and
  • working capital such as trade debtors, trade payables and inventories (see Chapter 20 at 4.1 and 4.1.3 for further discussion).
11.4.1.A Environmental provisions and similar provisions and liabilities

IAS 36 requires the carrying amount of a liability to be excluded from the carrying amount of a CGU unless the recoverable amount of the CGU cannot be determined without consideration of that liability. [IAS 36.76, 78]. This typically applies when the asset/CGU cannot be separated from the associated liability. See Chapter 20 at 4.1.1 for further discussion of some of the practical challenges associated with this.

11.4.2 Projections of cash flows

IAS 36 requires that in calculating VIU an entity base its cash flow projection on the most recent financial budgets/forecasts approved by management, excluding any estimated future cash inflows or outflows expected to arise from future restructurings or from improving or enhancing the asset's performance. The assumptions used to prepare the cash flows should be reasonable and supportable, which can best be achieved by benchmarking against market data or performance against previous budgets. These projections cannot cover a period in excess of five years, unless a longer period can be justified. [IAS 36.33(b)]. Entities are permitted to use a longer period if they are confident that their projections are reliable, based on past experience. [IAS 36.35].

In practice, most production or mining/field plans will cover a period of more than five years and hence management will typically make financial forecasts for a corresponding period. The use of such longer term forecasts may be appropriate where it is based on proved and probable reserves and expected annual production rates. Assumptions as to the level of reserves expected to be extracted should be consistent with the latest estimates prepared by reserve engineers; annual production rates should be consistent with those for a certain specified preceding period, e.g. five years; and price and cost assumptions should be consistent with the final period of specific assumptions.

11.4.2.A Cash flows from mineral reserves and resources and the appropriate discount rate

As discussed at 2.2 and 2.3 above, a significant amount of work is required before an entity can conclude that its mineral resources should be classified as mineral reserves. In practice, an entity may not have formally completed all of the detailed work that is required in order to designate mineral resources as mineral reserves. IAS 36 requires the cash flow projection used in calculating the VIU of assets to be based on ‘reasonable and supportable assumptions that represent management's best estimate of the range of economic conditions that will exist over the remaining useful life of the asset’. [IAS 36.33(a)]. Therefore, while ordinarily the starting point for the calculation of VIU would be based upon the mineral reserves recorded, it may sometimes be appropriate under IAS 36 to take into account mineral resources that have not formally been designated as mineral reserves. However an entity would need to adjust the discount rate it uses in its VIU calculation for the additional risks associated with mineral resources for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. [IAS 36.55]. If the risks have been factored into the future cash flow estimates modelled, an entity should be aware not to also adjust for this risk via the discount rate applied.

The requirements of IAS 36 for determining an appropriate discount rate are discussed in detail in Chapter 20 at 7.2.

11.4.3 Commodity price assumptions

Forecasting commodity prices is never straightforward, because it is not usually possible to know whether recent changes in commodity prices are a temporary aberration or the beginning of a longer-term trend. Management usually takes a longer term approach to estimates of commodity prices for internal management purposes but these are not always consistent with the VIU requirements. Given the long life of most mines and oil fields, an entity should not consider price levels only for the past three or four years. Instead, it should consider historical price levels for longer periods and assess how these prices are influenced by changes in underlying supply and demand levels.

For actively traded commodities, there are typically forward price curves available and in such situations, these provide a reference point for forecast price assumptions.

The commodity assumptions need to match the profile of the life of the mine or oil field. Spot prices and forward curve prices (where they are available as at the impairment testing date) are more relevant for shorter life mines and oil fields, while long-term price assumptions are more relevant for longer life mines and oil fields. Forecast prices (where available) should be used for the future periods covered by the VIU calculation. Where the forward price curve does not extend far enough into the future, the price at the end of the forward curve is generally held steady, or is often dropped to a longer term average price (in real terms), where appropriate.

The future cash flows relating to the purchase or sale of commodities might be known from forward purchase or sales contracts. Use of these contracted prices in place of the spot price or forward curve price for the contracted volumes will generally be acceptable. However, it is possible that some of these forward contracts might be accounted for as derivatives contracts at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9, and therefore the related assets or liabilities will be recognised in the statement of financial position. Such balances would be excluded from the IAS 36 impairment test. Given this, the cash flow projections prepared for the purposes of the IAS 36 impairment test should exclude the pricing terms associated with these forward contracts.

The commodity price is a key assumption in calculating the VIU of any mine or oil field. Only in the context of impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets does IAS 36 specifically require disclosure of:

  1. a description of each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections for the period covered by the most recent budgets/forecasts. Key assumptions are those to which the unit's (group of units’) recoverable amount is most sensitive; and
  2. a description of management's approach to determining the value(s) assigned to each key assumption, whether those value(s) reflect past experience or, if appropriate, are consistent with external sources of information, and, if not, how and why they differ from past experience or external sources of information. [IAS 36.134(d)(i)‑(ii), 134(e)(i)‑(ii)].

In practice, considerable differences may exist between entities in their estimates of future commodity prices. Therefore, we recommend disclosure of the actual commodity prices used in calculating the VIU of any mine or oil field that does not have any goodwill or indefinite life intangibles allocated to it, even though this is not specifically required by IAS 36 as these would generally be considered a significant judgement or estimate and hence would require disclosure under IAS 1. [IAS 1.122, 125]. A possible approach to such disclosures is illustrated in the following extract from the financial statements of BP.

The extract below illustrates a similar type of disclosure by Newcrest Mining from its 30 June 2017 financial statements, in this case as part of the key assumption disclosures within its impairment disclosures.

11.4.4 Future capital expenditure

When determining VIU, although the standard permits an entity to take account of cash outflows required to make an asset ready for use, i.e. those relating to assets under construction, [IAS 36.42], it does not allow inclusion of cash outflows relating to future enhancements of an asset's performance or capacity to which an entity is not committed. [IAS 36.44]. This may have a significant impact on relatively new assets and on fields or mines that will be developed over time. Note that while enhancement capital expenditure may not be recognised, routine or replacement capital expenditure necessary to maintain the function or current performance of the asset or assets in the CGU has to be included. Entities must therefore distinguish between maintenance and enhancement expenditure. This distinction may not be easy to draw in practice but, for example, an anticipated increase in mineral reserves as a consequence of incurring future capital expenditure may be an indicator that the expenditure is enhancement expenditure.

11.4.5 Foreign currency cash flows

An entity in the extractive industries will often sell its product in a currency that is different from the one in which it incurs its production costs (e.g. silver production may be sold in US dollars while production costs may be incurred in pesos). In such situations, impairment testing and calculating VIU under IAS 36 require that the foreign currency cash flows should first be estimated in the currency in which they will be generated and then discounted using a discount rate appropriate for that currency. An entity should translate the present value calculated in the foreign currency using the spot exchange rate at the date of the VIU calculation. [IAS 36.54]. This is to avoid the problems inherent in using forward exchange rates, which are based on differential interest rates. Using such forward rates would result in double-counting the time value of money, first in the discount rate and then in the forward rate. [IAS 36.BCZ49].

This requirement, however, is more complex than it may initially appear. Effectively, this method requires an entity to perform separate impairment tests for cash flows generated in different currencies, but make them consistent with one another so that the combined effect is meaningful. This can be a difficult exercise to undertake. Many different factors need to be considered, including relative inflation rates and relative interest rates, as well as appropriate discount rates for the currencies in question. Because of this, the possibility for error is significant, given this, it is important for entities to seek input from experienced valuers who will be able to assist them in dealing with these challenges.

11.5 Calculation of FVLCD

FVLCD is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, less the costs of disposal. [IAS 36.6]. FVLCD is less restrictive in its application than VIU and can be easier to work with, which may be why some entities choose to use this approach for impairment testing purposes. While IAS 36 does not impose any restrictions on how an entity determines the FVLCD, there are specific requirements in IFRS 13 as to how to determine fair value. IFRS 13 is discussed in more detail in Chapter 14.

The concept of fair value in IFRS 13 is explicitly an exit price notion. FVLCD, like fair value, is not an entity-specific measurement, but is focused on market participants’ assumptions for a particular asset or liability. Under IFRS 13, for non-financial assets, entities have to consider the highest and best use (from a market participant perspective) to which the asset could be put. However, it is generally presumed that an entity's current use of those mining or oil and gas assets or CGUs would be its highest and best use (unless market or other factors suggest that a different use by market participants would maximise the value of the asset).

IFRS 13 does not limit or prioritise the valuation technique(s) an entity might use to measure fair value. An entity may use any valuation technique, or multiple techniques, as long as it is consistent with one of three valuation approaches: market approach, income approach and cost approach and is appropriate for the type of asset/CGU being measured at fair value. However, IFRS 13 does focus on the type of inputs to be used and requires an entity to maximise the use of relevant observable inputs and minimise the use of the unobservable inputs.

Historically, many mining companies and oil and gas companies have calculated FVLCD using a discounted cash flow (DCF) valuation technique. This approach differs from VIU in a number of ways. One of the key differences is that FVLCD would require an entity to use assumptions that a market participant would be likely to take into account rather than entity-specific assumptions. For example, as mining sector and oil and gas sector market participants invest for the longer term, they would not restrict themselves to a limited project time horizon. Therefore, the cash flow forecasts included in a FVLCD calculation may cover a longer period than may be used in a VIU calculation. Moreover, market participants would also likely take into account future expansionary capital expenditure related to subsequent phases in the development of a mining property in a FVLCD calculation, whereas this is not permitted in a VIU calculation. Having said this, some of the issues discussed above for a VIU calculation also need to be considered for a FVLCD calculation which uses a DCF model (we discuss some of these further below). As illustrated in Extract 43.18 at 11.1 above, BHP uses this approach in determining the FVLCD for its mineral assets.

11.5.1 Projections of cash flows

As required by IFRS 13, the assumptions and other inputs used in a FVLCD DCF model are required to maximise the use of observable market inputs. These should be both realistic and consistent with what a typical market participant would assume.

11.5.2 Commodity price assumptions

Similar to a VIU calculation, commodity price is a key assumption in calculating the FVLCD of any mine or oil field when using a DCF model, and therefore similar issues as those discussed for a VIU calculation (see 11.4.3 above) apply. On the same basis, while the specific disclosure requirements relating to price assumptions in IAS 36 technically only apply in the context of impairment testing of CGUs to which goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are allocated, because there can be considerable differences between entities in their estimates of future commodity prices, we recommend additional disclosures be provided. Regardless of the specific requirements of IAS 36, an entity is also required to consider the disclosure requirements relating to significant judgements or estimates and hence the requirements of IAS 1. [IAS 1.122, 125]. For example, an entity may wish to disclose the actual commodity prices used in calculating the FVLCD of any mine or oil field, as these would generally be considered a significant judgement or estimate and hence would require disclosure under IAS 1. [IAS 1.122, 125].

11.5.3 Future capital expenditure

There are no restrictions similar to those applicable to a VIU calculation when determining FVLCD provided that it can be demonstrated that a market participant would be willing to attribute some value to the future enhancement and that the requirements of IFRS 13 have been complied with. IFRS 13 is discussed in more detail in Chapter 14.

The treatment of future capital expenditure in an impairment test is discussed in more detail in Chapter 20 at 7.1.2.

11.5.4 Foreign currency cash flows

For FVLCD calculations, the requirements relating to foreign currency cash flows are not specified other than they must reflect what a market participant would use when valuing the asset or CGU. In practice, entities that use a DCF analysis when calculating FVLCD will incorporate a forecast for exchange rates into their calculations rather than using the spot rate. A key issue in any forecast is the assumed timeframe over which the exchange rate may return to lower levels. This assumption is generally best analysed in conjunction with commodity prices in order to ensure consistency in the parameters used, i.e. a rise in prices will usually be accompanied by a rise in currency.

11.6 Low mine or field profitability near end of life

While mining companies and oil and gas companies would like to achieve steady profitability and returns over the life of a project, it is not uncommon to see profitability declining over the life of a mine or field. From an economic perspective, a mining company or oil and gas company will generally continue to extract minerals as long as the cash inflows from the sale of minerals exceed the cash cost of production.

From a mining perspective, most mine plans aim to maximise the net present value of mineral reserves by first extracting the highest grade ore with the lowest production costs. Consequently, in most mining operations, the grade of the ore mined steadily declines over the life of the mine which results in a declining annual production, while the production costs (including depreciation/amortisation) per volume of ore, e.g. tonne, gradually increases as it becomes more difficult to extract the ore. From an oil and gas perspective, both oil and gas may be produced from the same wells but ordinarily oil generates greater revenue per barrel of oil equivalent sold relative to gas. As the oil is often produced in greater quantities first, this means that the oil and gas operation is often more profitable in the earlier years relative to later years.

Consequently, where there is a positive net cash flow, a mining company or oil and gas company will continue to extract minerals even if it does not fully recover the depreciation of its property, plant and equipment and mineral reserves, as is likely to occur towards the end of the mine or field life. In part, this is the result of the depreciation methods applied:

  • the straight-line method of depreciation allocates a relatively high depreciation charge to periods with a low annual production;
  • a units of production method based on the quantity of ore extracted allocates a relatively high depreciation charge to production of lower grade ore;
  • a units of production method based upon the quantity of petroleum product produced in total terms allocates an even depreciation charge per barrel of oil equivalent, whereas the revenue earned varies; and
  • a units of production method based on the quantity of minerals produced allocates a relatively high depreciation charge to production of minerals that are difficult to recover.

Each of these situations is most likely to occur towards the end of the life of a mine or field. It is possible the methods of depreciation most commonly used in each of the sectors do not allocate a sufficiently high depreciation charge to the early life of a project when production is generally most profitable. An entity should therefore be mindful of the fact that relatively small changes in facts and circumstances can lead to an impairment of assets.

Following on from this, the impairment tests in the early years of the life of a mine or field will often reveal that the project is cash flow positive and is able to produce a recoverable amount that is sufficient to recoup the carrying value of the project, i.e. the project is not impaired. However, when the impairment tests are conducted in later years, while the mine or field may still be cash flow positive, i.e. the expected cash proceeds from the future sale of minerals still exceed the expected future cash costs of production and hence management will continue with the mining or oil and gas operations, as margins generally reduce towards the end of mine or field life, the impairment tests may not produce a recoverable amount sufficient to recoup the remaining carrying value of the mine or field. Therefore, it will need to be impaired.

It is possible, when preparing the impairment models for a mine or field, for an entity to identify when (in the future) the remaining net cash inflows may no longer be sufficient to recoup the remaining carrying value, that is, when compared to the way in which the assets are expected to be depreciated over the remaining useful life. However, provided the recoverable amount as at the date of the impairment test exceeds the carrying amount of the mine or field, there is no requirement to recognise any possible future impairment. It is only when the recoverable amount actually falls below the carrying amount that an impairment must be recognised.

12 REVENUE RECOGNITION

The sub-sections below consider some of the specific revenue recognition issues faced by mining companies and oil and gas companies under the requirements as set out in IFRS 15 (see Chapters 27 to 32 for more details) or where they may earn other revenue (or other income) in the scope of other standards (see Chapter 27 at 4).

12.1 Revenue in the development phase

Under IAS 16, the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment includes any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. [IAS 16.16(b)]. During the development/construction of an asset, an entity may generate some revenue. The current treatment of such revenue depends on whether it is considered incidental or integral to bringing the asset itself into the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

If the asset is already in the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of being used in the manner intended by management, then IAS 16 requires capitalisation to cease and depreciation to start. [IAS 16.20]. In these circumstances, all income earned from using the asset must be recognised as revenue in profit or loss and the related costs of the activity should include an element of depreciation of the asset.

12.1.1 Incidental revenue

During the construction of an asset, an entity may enter into incidental operations that are not, in themselves, necessary to bring the asset itself into the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. The standard gives the example of income earned by using a building site as a car park prior to starting construction. An extractives example may be income earned from leasing out the land surrounding the mine site or an onshore gas field to a local farmer to run his sheep on. Because incidental operations such as these are not necessary to bring an item to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management, the income and related expenses of incidental operations are recognised in profit or loss and included in their respective classifications of income and expense. [IAS 16.21]. Such incidental income is not offset against the cost of the asset.

12.1.2 Integral to development

The directly attributable costs of an item of property, plant and equipment include the costs of testing whether the asset is functioning properly, after deducting the net proceeds from selling any items produced while bringing the asset to that location and condition. [IAS 16.17(e)]. The standard gives the example of samples produced when testing equipment.

There are other situations in which income may be generated wholly and necessarily as a result of the process of bringing the asset to the location and condition for its intended use. The extractive industries are highly capital intensive and there are many instances where income may be generated prior to the commencement of production.

Some mining examples include:

  • During the evaluation phase, i.e. when the technical feasibility and commercial viability are being determined, an entity may ‘trial mine’, to determine which development method would be the most profitable and efficient in the circumstances, and which metallurgical process is the most efficient. Ore mined through trial mining may be processed and sold during the evaluation phase.
  • As part of the process of constructing a deep underground mine, the mining operation may extract some saleable ‘product’ during the construction of the mine e.g. sinking shafts to the depth where the main ore-bearing rock is located.
  • At the other end of the spectrum, income may be earned from the sale of product from ‘ramping up’ the mine to production at commercial levels.

Some oil and gas examples include:

  • Onshore wells are frequently placed on long-term production test as part of the process of appraisal and formulation of a field development plan. Test production may be sold during this time.

Some interpret IAS 16's requirement quite narrowly as only applying to income earned from actually ‘testing’ the asset, while others interpret it more broadly to include other types of pre-commissioning or production testing revenue.

We have noted in practice that some income may be generated wholly and necessarily as a result of activities that are part of the process of bringing the asset into the location and condition for its intended use, i.e. the activities are integral to the construction or development of the mine or field. Some consider that as IAS 16 makes it clear that income generated from incidental operations is to be taken to revenue, [IAS 16.21], but does not explicitly specify the treatment of integral revenue, it could be interpreted that income earned from activities that are integral to the development of the mine or field should be credited to the cost of the mine or field. This is because the main purpose of the activities is the development of the mine or field, not the production of ore or hydrocarbons. The income earned from production is an unintended benefit.

In our experience, practice in accounting for pre-commissioning or test production revenue varies. These various treatments have evolved as a result of the way in which the relatively limited guidance in IFRS has been interpreted and applied. In some instances, this has also been influenced by approaches that originated in previous and other GAAPs, where guidance was/is somewhat clearer.

The key challenge with this issue is usually not how to measure the revenue but how entities view this revenue and, more significantly, how to distinguish those costs that are directly attributable to developing the operating capability of the mine or field from those that represent the cost of producing saleable material. It can be extremely difficult to apportion these costs. Consequently, there is a risk of misstatement of gross profits if these amounts are recorded as revenue and the amount of costs included in profit or loss as cost of goods sold is too low or too high.

Other GAAPs have either previously provided or continue to provide further guidance that has influenced some of the approaches adopted under IFRS. For example, the now superseded Australian GAAP (AGAAP) standard on extractive industries108 and the former OIAC SORP109 provided more specific guidance. The former clearly required, and the latter recommended, that any proceeds earned from the sale of product obtained during the exploration, evaluation or development phases should be treated in the same manner as the proceeds from the sale of product in the production phase, i.e. recognised in profit or loss as part of income.

AGAAP required the estimated cost of producing the quantities concerned to be deducted from the accumulated costs of such activities and included as part of costs of goods sold.110 By contrast, the former OIAC SORP was more specific and stated that an amount equivalent to the revenues should be both charged to cost of sales and credited against appraisal costs to record a zero net margin on such production.111

The various practices that are currently adopted and accepted include:

  • all pre-commissioning/test production revenue is considered integral to the development of the mine or field and is therefore credited to the asset in its entirety;
  • only revenue genuinely earned from the testing of assets, e.g. product processed as a result of testing the processing plant and associated facilities, is credited to the associated asset, with all other revenue being recognised in profit or loss; or
  • all pre-commissioning or test production revenue is recognised in profit or loss.

For entities that recognise pre-commissioning or test production revenue in profit or loss, various approaches have been observed in practice to determine the amount to be included in cost of goods sold and include:

  • an amount equivalent to the revenues is charged to cost of sales and credited against the asset to record a zero net margin on such production (similar to the guidance in the former OIAC SORP);
  • a standard or expected cost of production is ascribed to the volumes produced, e.g. weighted average cost per tonne/barrel based on actual results over a historical period, e.g. the last two or three years; or for new mines or fields, the expected cost per tonne/bbl as set out in the business, mine or field plan, producing a standard margin;
  • recognising only the incremental cost of processing the product; or
  • recognising nothing in cost of goods sold.

The net effect of all of these approaches is that any excess of the total cost incurred over the amount recognised in profit or loss as cost of goods sold, is effectively capitalised as part of the asset. Note that the first approach, where cost of goods sold is recognised at the same amount as the revenue, produces the same net balance sheet and profit or loss result as if the revenue had been credited to the asset in its entirety.

While diverse treatments may have been adopted and accepted in practice to date, it is unlikely the third and fourth cost of goods sold approaches would be appropriate because they would not provide a fair reflection of the cost to produce the saleable product.

There is a significant degree of divergence as to how entities account for pre-commissioning revenue. Significant judgement will also be required to determine when the asset is in the location and condition to be capable of operating as intended by management, i.e. when it is ready for its intended use. In the absence of specific guidance this divergence will continue. However, capitalisation (including recognising income as a credit to the cost of the asset) is to cease when the asset is ready for its intended use, regardless of whether or not it is achieving its targeted levels of production or profitability, or even operating at all.

12.1.2.A Future developments

One aspect of accounting for revenue in the development phase was referred to the Interpretations Committee in July 2014 and was considered several times since this date. The Interpretations Committee received a request to clarify two specific aspects of IAS 16, including:

  • whether the proceeds referred to in IAS 16 relate only to items produced from testing; and
  • whether an entity deducts from the cost of an item of PP&E any proceeds that exceed the cost of testing.

After exploring different approaches to the issue, the Interpretations Committee recommended to the IASB to amend IAS 16. In June 2017, the IASB issued an exposure draft (ED) Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use (Proposed amendments to IAS 16 (ED/2017/4).

The proposed amendments to IAS 16 would prohibit an entity from deducting from the cost of an item of PP&E any proceeds from selling items produced while bringing that asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management (i.e. the point up until it is available for intended use). Instead, such proceeds would be recognised in profit or loss. The proposed amendments stated that the costs of producing items of inventory before an asset is ready for its intended use must be recognised in profit or loss in accordance with applicable standards, i.e. IAS 2. [IAS 2.34].

At the June 2019 Board meeting, the Board continued its discussion of the ED. The Board tentatively decided:

  • to proceed with the proposal to amend IAS 16 to require an entity to identify and measure the cost of items produced before an item of PPE is available for use applying the measurement requirements in IAS 2;
  • to develop neither presentation nor disclosure requirements for the sale of items that are part of an entity's ordinary activities; and
  • for the sale of items that are not part of an entity's ordinary activities (and to which an entity does not apply IFRS 15 and IAS 2), to require an entity to:
    • disclose separately the sales proceeds and their related production costs recognised in profit or loss;
    • specify the line item(s) in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income that include(s) the sales proceeds and the production costs; and
  • not to amend IFRS 6 or IFRIC 20 – Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine – as a consequence of these proposed amendments.112

At the time of writing the effective date is still to be decided. The transitional provisions proposed in the ED are that an entity would apply these amendments retrospectively only to items of PP&E brought to the location and condition necessary for them to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management on or after the beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements in which the entity first applies the amendments.

While the proposed amendments would provide consistency in how revenue earned before an asset is ready for its intended use would be treated (i.e. all revenue will be recognised in profit or loss regardless of when earned), it would not necessarily reduce diversity. This is because even though the proposed amendment stated that the costs of producing items of inventory before an asset is ready for its intended use which are part of an entity's ordinary activities must be accounted for in accordance with IAS 2, it has not provided any additional guidance on how to allocate costs between those that relate to:

  • costs of inventory produced and sold before an item of PP&E is available for its intended use which are part of an entity's ordinary activities;
  • costs of items that are not part of an entity's ordinary activities (and to which an entity does not apply IAS 2);
  • costs that relate to PP&E; and
  • costs that should be excluded from the cost of inventories, such as abnormal amounts of wasted materials or labour.

In addition, while the proposed amendments will lead to greater visibility of different revenue classes, should this revenue be so material that separate disclosures are required by IFRS 15 or this amendment, it would direct more attention to the date at which an asset is ready for its intended use, i.e. the commissioning date. This is a critical date as it impacts other aspects of the accounting for such assets, such as when costs (including borrowing costs) should cease to be capitalised, when accounting for stripping costs changes (mining companies only), and when depreciation commences.

The Basis for Conclusions to the ED indicated that, while the IASB observed that an entity would have to apply judgement in identifying the costs, the proposed amendments would require little more judgement beyond that already required to apply current IFRS standards when allocating costs incurred.

The ED also acknowledged that while such an approach would mean that the cost of such inventories would exclude depreciation of PP&E used in the production process, the IASB observed that any such consumption of the PP&E before it is available for its intended use is likely to be negligible.

While the ED provided no specific guidance, for those entities that currently recognise pre-commissioning or test production revenue in profit or loss, the various approaches that have been observed in practice to determine the amount to be included in cost of goods sold are discussed at 12.1.2 above. Similar issues and considerations are likely to continue to arise and will require entities to exercise judgement. It is expected that entities will use their disclosures to clarify their approach to pre-commissioning/testing revenue and the determination of cost of goods sold.

Entities should continue to monitor developments relating to this topic.

12.2 Sale of product with delayed shipment

From time to time, an entity may enter into a sales arrangement where the purchaser pays a significant portion of the final estimated purchase price but then requests delayed shipment, for example, because of limited storage space. These sales can sometimes also be referred to as ‘in store sales’ or ‘bill-and-hold’ sales. These are commonly seen in the mining sector.

The application guidance in IFRS 15 specifically addresses bill-and-hold arrangements. IFRS 15 states that an entity will need to determine when it has satisfied its performance obligation to transfer a product by evaluating when a customer obtains control of that product (see Chapter 30 at 4 for more information on transfer of control). In addition to applying these general requirements, an entity must also meet the criteria to be able to demonstrate control has passed for a bill-and-hold arrangement. [IFRS 15.B79‑82]. See Chapter 30 at 7 for more information.

IFRS 15 also states that even if an entity recognises revenue for the sale of a product on a bill-and-hold basis, it will also need to consider whether it has remaining performance obligations (e.g. for custodial services or security services) to which the entity will need to allocate a portion of the transaction price. [IFRS 15.B82]. See Chapter 30 at 7 for more information.

12.3 Inventory exchanges with the same counterparty

Mining companies and oil and gas companies may exchange inventory with other entities in the same line of business, which is often referred to as ‘loans/borrows’. This can occur with commodities such as oil, uranium, coal or certain concentrates, for which suppliers exchange or swap inventories in various locations to supplement current production, to facilitate more efficient management of capacity and/or to help achieve lower transportation costs.

IFRS 15 scopes out certain non-monetary ‘exchanges between entities in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers or potential customers’. [IFRS 15.5(d)]. The legacy scope exclusion in IAS 18 – Revenue – was different. IAS 18 used the words ‘similar in nature and value’ and did not focus on the intention of the exchange. [IAS 18.12]. Therefore, some transactions that were treated as exchanges of dissimilar goods (and, hence, revenue-generating under IAS 18) may now not be considered to be revenue-generating if the entities are in the same line of business and the exchange is intended to facilitate sales to customers or potential customers. Conversely, some exchanges of similar items (and, therefore, excluded from IAS 18) may not be intended to facilitate sales to customers or potential customers and would, therefore, be within the scope of IFRS 15.

Accounting for exchanges of inventories requires a degree of judgement particularly:

  • interpreting what ‘same line of business’ means and how broadly or narrowly this should be interpreted;
  • whether the exchange is to facilitate sales to customers or potential customers; and
  • whether the transaction is non-monetary and the impact of settling net in cash may have on this assessment.

Furthermore, while the scope section of IFRS 15 makes it clear that such inventory exchanges do not result in revenue generation, it does not provide application guidance on how these transactions between the two parties would be accounted for and no other specific requirements exist within IFRS. Despite this, any receivable or payable balance would not entirely meet the definition of inventory in IAS 2 but instead would likely be a non-monetary receivable or payable. The product receivable or payable would normally be recorded at cost within current assets or liabilities. However, given the lack of clarity, diversity in accounting practice may continue.

12.4 Overlift and underlift (oil and gas)

In jointly owned oil and gas operations, it is often not practical for each participant to take in kind or to sell its exact share of production during a period. In most periods, some participants in the jointly owned operations will be in an overlift position (i.e. they have taken more product than their proportionate entitlement) while other participants may be in an underlift position (i.e. they have taken less product than their proportionate entitlement).

Generally, costs are invoiced to the participants in a joint operation in proportion to their equity interest, creating a mismatch between the proportion of revenue lifted and sold and the proportion of costs borne.

Imbalances between volumes for which production costs are recognised and volumes sold (for which revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15) may be settled between/among joint operation participants either in cash or by physical settlement. The accounting may be different depending on the specific terms of the agreement. Such lifting imbalances are usually settled in one of three ways:113

  • in future periods the owner in an underlift position may sell or take product in excess of their normal entitlement, while the owner in an overlift position will sell or take less product than the normal entitlement;
  • cash balancing may be used, whereby the overlift party will make a cash payment to the underlift party for the value of the imbalance volume; or
  • if the co-owners have joint ownership interests in other properties, they may agree to offset balances in the two properties to the extent possible.

12.4.1 Accounting for imbalances in revenue under IFRS 15

Revenue from contracts with customers that falls within the scope of IFRS 15 should be treated according to the requirements of IFRS 15. Sales of product by a participant in a joint operation to external customers are within the scope of IFRS 15 and should be recognised when the sales actually occur i.e. when the entity satisfies its performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service (i.e. an asset) to a customer. An asset is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that asset. [IFRS 15.31].

Transactions with other joint operation participants are unlikely to fall within the scope of IFRS 15 and, hence, may not form part of revenue from contracts with customers. [IFRS 15.5(d), 6]. This is consistent with paragraphs BC52-BC56 of IFRS 15, the March 2015 IFRIC agenda decision on IFRS 11 (‘Recognition of revenue by a joint venture’), and IFRS 11 which states that ‘A joint operator shall account for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses relating to its interest in a joint operation in accordance with the IFRSs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses’. [IFRS 11.21, IFRS 15.BC52-BC56].

This was confirmed in the IFRIC agenda decision issued in March 2019 (‘Sale of Output to an Operator’). The Committee concluded that ‘in the fact pattern described in the request, the joint operator recognises revenue that depicts only the transfer of output to its customers in each reporting period, i.e. revenue recognised applying IFRS 15. This means, for example, the joint operator does not recognise revenue for the output to which it is entitled but which it has not received from the joint operation and sold. The Committee concluded that the principles and requirements in IFRS Standards provide an adequate basis for a joint operator to determine its revenue from the sale of its share of output arising from a joint operation as described in the request. Consequently, the Committee decided not to add this matter to its standard-setting agenda’.114

Accordingly, where a participant in a joint operation has contractual arrangements with customers which do fall within the scope of IFRS 15, it should record revenue from those contracts under IFRS 15, that is, based on its actual sales to customers in that period. No adjustments should be recorded in revenue to account for any variance between the actual share of production volumes sold to date and the share of production which the party has been entitled to sell to date.

Revenue from contracts with customers recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 is a subset of total revenue recognised by an entity, and should be presented separately as required by IFRS 15. [IFRS 15.113(a)]. However, recording adjustments through other revenue in order to align total revenue earned (i.e. revenue from contracts with customers under IFRS 15 plus other revenue) with the share of production the joint operation participant is entitled to in the period, would not be appropriate. Recording the amounts earned in one period in other revenue and, subsequently, recording them as revenue under IFRS 15 in a future period (or vice versa), would result in recycling of revenue earned between two line items in profit or loss. Furthermore, in periods where the adjustment being recorded through other revenue is to reduce total revenue recognised in the period, this would result in a debit entry or ‘negative revenue’ being disclosed in other revenue, which is not appropriate.

12.4.2 Consideration of cost of goods sold where revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15

If revenue is recognised based on actual sales to customers in the period, and costs are based on invoiced costs to the participants in a joint operation in proportion to their equity interest, there will be a mismatch between the proportion of revenue lifted and sold and the proportion of costs borne.

Entities may determine that is it appropriate to adjust production costs to align volumes for which production costs are recognised with volumes sold (for which revenue has been recognised in accordance with IFRS 15). The accounting for the adjustments to cost of goods sold will depend on whether the imbalances are settled between/among joint operation participants in cash or by physical settlement, as well as whether the joint operation is in an overlift or underlift position.

In the case of physical settlement, an overlift participant would recognise a liability for future expenses by way of future production costs that are not matched by corresponding future revenues. This overlift liability meets the definition of a provision under IAS 37, as the timing and amount of the settlement are uncertain. In applying IAS 37, the amount recognised as a provision should be ‘the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period’, [IAS 37.36], which is ‘the amount that an entity would rationally pay to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting period or to transfer it to a third party at that time’. [IAS 37.37].

The overlift liability is recorded at the market value or cost of the production imbalance, depending on whether the overlift liability is considered to represent: i) a provision for production costs attributable to the volumes sold in excess of currency entitlement (which would likely be recorded at cost); or, ii) an obligation for physical delivery of petroleum product (taken out of the entity's future entitlements) for which fair value measurement may be more appropriate.

Conversely, an underlift participant may recognise an underlift asset depending on whether the underlift participant considers they have: i) a right equivalent to a prepaid commodity purchase; or ii) a right to additional physical inventory, and therefore, applies IAS 2 by analogy. Consistent with IAS 2, an underlift asset would be measured at the lower of cost or net realisable value, [IAS 2.9], or otherwise at net realisable value, if there is a well-established industry practice. [IAS 2.3(a)].

If an overlift or underlift adjustment is recorded in cost of goods sold at fair value, this will result in the joint operator's gross margin reflecting the gross margin that would be earned based on its entitlement interest. If an adjustment were recorded through cost of goods sold at cost, the gross margin shown would reflect the gross margin attributed to the volumes actually sold to customers.

In some instances, not accounting for the effects of imbalances has been justified on the grounds that operating costs for the period should be expensed as incurred because they relate to the period's production activity and not to the revenues recognised.115

In the case of cash balancing, the underlift asset or overlift liability meets the definition of a financial asset or financial liability respectively, in accordance with IAS 32 and therefore, should be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9. The initial recognition of that financial asset or financial liability would be at fair value. Depending on the designation of the financial asset or financial liability, subsequent measurement would be either at amortised cost or fair value.

Extract 43.21 below sets out BP's disclosure of its accounting for revenues relating to oil and natural gas properties in which the group has an interest with joint operation partners.

12.4.3 Facility imbalances

Imbalances that are similar to overlifts and underlifts can also arise on facilities such as pipelines when a venturer delivers more or less product into a pipeline than it takes out in the same period. The resulting accounting issues arising are similar to those concerning overlifts and underlifts.

12.5 Production sharing contracts/arrangements (PSCs)

These arrangements are discussed more generally at 5.3 above. It is necessary to consider whether such contracts are within the scope of IFRS 15. That is, whether the relationship between the government entity and the contracting enterprise (i.e. the mining company or oil and gas company) represents one between a customer and a supplier. IFRS 15 defines a customer as ‘a party that has contracted with an entity to obtain goods or services that are an output of the entity's ordinary activities in exchange for consideration’. See Chapter 27 at 3.3 and 3.4 for details. [IFRS 15 Appendix A].

There are no specific requirements within IFRS governing the accounting for PSCs, which has resulted in accounting approaches that have evolved over time. These contracts are generally considered to be more akin to working interest relationships than pure services contracts. This is because the contracting enterprise assumes risks associated with performing the exploration, development and production activities and receives a share (and often a greater share) of future production as specified in the contract. When an entity determines it has an interest in the mineral rights themselves, revenue is recognised only when the mining company or oil and gas company receives its share of the extracted minerals under the PSC and sells those volumes to third-party customers. In other arrangements, the entity's share of production is considered a fee for services (e.g. construction, development and/or operating services) which is recognised as the services are rendered to the national government entity.

IFRS 15 notes that, in certain transactions, while there may be payments between parties in return for what appears to be goods or services of the entity, a counterparty may not always be a ‘customer’ of the entity. Instead, the counterparty may be a collaborator or partner that shares the results from the activity or process (such as developing an asset in a collaboration arrangement) rather than to obtain the output of the entity's ordinary activities. Generally, contracts with collaborators or partners are not within the scope of the standard, except as discussed below. [IFRS 15.6].

The IASB decided not to provide additional application guidance for determining whether certain revenue generating collaborative arrangements are in the scope of the standard. In the Basis for Conclusions to IFRS 15, it explains that it would not be possible to provide application guidance that applies to all collaborative arrangements. [IFRS 15.BC54].

In determining whether the contract between a government entity and a contracting enterprise is within the scope of the standard, an entity must look to the definition of a customer and what constitutes its ‘ordinary activities’ and there should also be a transfer of control of a good or service to the customer (if there is one). It may be that certain parts of the PSC relationship involve the contracting enterprise and the national government entity acting as collaborators (and, hence, that part of the arrangement would be outside the scope of IFRS 15), while for other parts of the arrangement the two parties may act as supplier and customer. The latter will be within the scope of IFRS 15 and an analysis of the impact of the requirements will be necessary. See Chapter 27 at 3.3.

12.6 Forward-selling contracts to finance development

Mineral and oil and gas exploration and development are highly capital intensive businesses and different financing methods have arisen. At times, obtaining financing for these major projects may be difficult, particularly if equity markets are tight and loan financing is difficult to obtain. Some increasingly common structured transactions continue to emerge which involve the owner of the mineral interests, or oil and gas interests, i.e. a mining entity or oil and gas entity (the producer), selling a specified volume of future production from a specified property/field to a third party ‘investor’ for cash. Such arrangements can be referred to as streaming arrangements.

A common example in the mining sector might be a precious metal streaming arrangement where a bulk commodity producer (e.g. a copper producer who has a mine that also produces precious metals as a by-product) enters into an arrangement with a streaming company (the investor). Here the producer receives an upfront cash payment and (usually) an ongoing predetermined per ounce payment for part or all of the by-product precious metal (the commodity) production – ordinarily gold and/or silver, which is traded on an active market. By entering into these contracts, the mining entity is able to access funding by monetising the non-core precious metal, while the investor receives the future production of precious metals without having to invest directly in, or operate, the mine.

We also note that similar types of arrangements are increasingly being used in the oil and gas sector as a source of funding.

These arrangements can take many forms and accounting for such arrangements can be highly complex. In many situations there is no specific guidance for accounting for these types of arrangements under IFRS.

12.6.1 Accounting by the producer

Generally, the accounting for these arrangements by the producer could be one of the following:

  • a financial liability (i.e. debt) in accordance with IFRS 9. A key factor in determining whether the contract is a financial liability is whether the contract establishes an unavoidable contractual obligation for the producer to make payments in cash or another financial asset, [IAS 32.11, IAS 32.16(a)], that is, whether the arrangement has more of the characteristics of debt;
  • a sale of a mineral interest (under IAS 16 or IAS 38) and a contract to provide services such as extraction, refining, etc., in accordance with IFRS 15. This would occur when the arrangement effectively transfers control over a portion of the mine from the producer to the investor and there is an obligation to provide future extraction services; or
  • a commodity contract, which is outside the scope of IFRS 9 and in the scope of IFRS 15. This would only occur when the arrangement is an executory contract to deliver an expected amount of the commodity in the future to the investor from the producer's own operation (i.e. it meets the ‘own-use’ exemption). If the commodity contract does not meet the own-use exemption, the arrangement will be in scope of IFRS 9.

Whether the arrangement constitutes debt, a sale of mineral interest and a contract to provide services or a forward sale of a commodity, is subject to significant judgement.

In each classification, the producer must assess and determine whether the arrangement contains separable embedded derivatives. That is, the producer would need to determine whether the arrangement contains a component or terms which had the effect that some of the cash flows of the combined instrument (being the arrangement) vary in a similar way to a stand-alone derivative (i.e. an embedded derivative).

For both the producer and the investor, each arrangement will have very specific facts and circumstances that will need to be understood and assessed, as different accounting treatments may apply in different circumstances. Understanding the economic motivations and outcomes for both the producer and the investor and the substance of the arrangement are necessary to ensure a robust and balanced accounting conclusion can be reached. In many cases, the route to determining the classification will be a non-linear and iterative process.

The potential implications of IFRS 15 need to be considered for transactions which are considered to be either a sale of a mineral interest with a contract to provide services or a commodity contract.

12.6.1.A Sale of a mineral interest with a contract to provide services

When the nature of the arrangement indicates that the investor's investment is more akin to an equity interest in the project (rather than debt), this may indicate that the producer has essentially sold an interest in a property to the investor in return for the advance. In such a situation, the arrangement would likely be considered (fully or partially) as a sale of a mineral interest. In some instances, some of the upfront payment may also relate to an extraction services contract representing the producer's obligation to extract the investor's share of the future production.

To apply this accounting, an entity would have to be able to demonstrate that the criteria in relation to the sale of an asset in IAS 16 and IAS 38 have been satisfied; that the investor bears the risks and economic benefits of ownership related to the output and control over a portion of the property (a mineral interest); and agrees to pay for a portion or all of the production costs of extracting and/or refining its new mineral interest to the producer. Some of the relevant risks include:

  • production risk (which party bears the risk the project will be unable to produce output or will have a production outage);
  • resource risk (which party bears the risk the project has insufficient reserves to repay the investor); and
  • price risk (which party bears the risk the price of the output will fluctuate).

If this is possible, IFRS 15 would indicate that part of this arrangement is outside scope of IFRS 15 and will need to be accounted for in accordance with the applicable IFRS. Consequently, the amount paid by the investor will need to be allocated between the sale of the mineral interest and the provision of future extraction services.

For the portion allocated to the sale of the mineral interest, the issues discussed at 12.9.3 below will need to be considered.

For the portion allocated to the future extraction services, the following provisions of IFRS 15 will need to be considered:

  • the identification of performance obligations, i.e. future extraction services (see Chapter 28 at 3);
  • the determination of the transaction price and whether it contains a significant financing component (see Chapter 29 at 2 and 2.5);
  • the allocation of the transaction price to those performance obligations and how subsequent changes to the transaction price should be allocated (see Chapter 29 at 3 and 3.5); and
  • whether the performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time (see Chapter 30).

Given the period over which these extraction services are to be provided may extend for quite some time into the future and/or may change (particularly if they relate to the remaining life of the mine or field), this may lead to some complexity in the accounting. A reasonable degree of uncertainty still exists as to how these issues should be addressed and how they will impact such arrangements. Practice under IFRS 15 is likely to evolve over time.

12.6.1.B Commodity contract – forward sale of future production

A producer and an investor may agree to enter such an arrangement where both parties have an expectation of the amount of the commodity to be delivered under the contract at inception (for example, based on the reserves) and that there may or may not be additional resources. On the basis that the reserves will be delivered under the contract (and the contract cannot be net settled in cash), the mining company or oil and gas company has effectively pre-sold its future production and the investor has made an upfront payment/advance which would be considered a deposit for some or all of the commodity volumes to be delivered at a future date.

In this case, the arrangement is a commodity contract that falls outside the scope of IFRS 9, but only if the contract will always be settled through the physical delivery of the commodity which has been extracted by the producer as part of its own operations (i.e. it meets the ‘own-use exemption’ discussed at 13.1 below). [IAS 32.8, IFRS 9.2.4].

To determine if the own-use exemption applies and continues to apply, the key tests are whether the contract will always be settled through the physical delivery of a commodity (that is, not in cash and would not be considered to be capable of net settlement in cash), and that the commodity will always be extracted by the producer as part of its own operations. This means that there is no prospect of the producer settling part, or the entire advance, by delivering a different commodity or purchasing the commodity on the open market or from a third party.

The issues to be considered under IFRS 15 will be the same as those relating to the provision of future extraction services (see 12.6.1.A above).

Extract 43.22 below sets out Barrick's assessment of its streaming arrangements under IFRS 15.

12.6.2 Accounting by the investor

From the investor's perspective, where the accounting becomes more complex is where the investor has acquired a right to receive cash, some quantity or value of a particular commodity, or the option to choose one or the other, or some combination of both. From the investor's perspective, there are generally four common accounting outcomes that are frequently observed:

  • acquisition of a mineral interest (under the principles of IAS 16 or IAS 38) and potentially a prepayment in relation to future services such as extraction, refining, etc., – this would occur when the arrangement effectively transfers control over a portion of the mine/field from the producer to the investor and there is a right to receive future extraction services;
  • commodity contract, which is outside the scope of IFRS 9 and in the scope of IAS 38 – this would only occur when the arrangement is an executory contract to receive an expected amount of the commodity in the future from the producer and its meets the ‘own-use’ exemption for the investor. If the commodity contract does not meet the own-use exemption, the arrangement will be in scope of IFRS 9;
  • a financial asset (i.e. a receivable or some sort of other financial asset) in accordance with IFRS 9 – this would occur when the arrangement establishes a contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset in the future; or
  • a mix of all three.

The accounting implications of each for the investor, from a profit or loss perspective, can be significantly different.

12.7 Trading activities

Many mining and metals and oil and gas companies engage in trading activities (e.g. crude oil cargos or coal) and they may either take delivery of the product or resell it without taking delivery. Even when an entity takes physical delivery and becomes the legal owner of a commodity, it may still only be as part of its trading activities. Such transactions do not fall within the normal purchase and sales exemption (see 13.1 below) when ‘for similar contracts, the entity has a practice of taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery for the purpose of generating a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer's margin’. [IAS 32.9(c), IFRS 9.2.6(c)]. Where the entity has a practice of settling similar physical commodity-based contracts net in cash, these contracts also do not fall within the normal purchase and sales exemption. [IAS 32.9(b), IFRS 9.2.6(b)]. In that case, the purchase and sales contracts should be accounted for as derivatives within the scope of IFRS 9.

12.8 Embedded derivatives in commodity arrangements

IFRS 15 states that if a contract is partially within scope of this standard and partially in the scope of another standard, entities will first apply the separation and measurement requirements of the other standard(s). [IFRS 15.7]. Therefore, to the extent that there is an embedded derivative contained within a revenue contract, e.g. provisional pricing mechanisms (discussed in more detail at 12.8.1 below), diesel price linkage in a crude oil contract, or oil price linkage in a gas sales contract, these will continue to be assessed and accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9.

Under IFRS 9, if a feature of a revenue contract is considered to be an embedded derivative that is not closely related to a non-financial host contract; the embedded derivative is required to be separated from the non-financial host contract. If it is closely related, it is not required to be separated. In the event that the embedded derivative is considered to be closely related to the non-financial host contract, once transfer of control of the product has occurred and the entity has an unconditional right to receive cash and the host contract becomes a financial asset (i.e. a receivable), the accounting changes.

Under IFRS 9, embedded derivatives are not separated from a host financial receivable. Instead, the receivable will fail the contractual cash flows test. As a consequence, the whole receivable will have to be subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss from the date of recognition of that receivable. See Chapter 48 at 2 for more information on the classification of financial assets under IFRS 9.

IFRS 15 does not impact the treatment of embedded derivatives under IFRS 9. Revenue within the scope of IFRS 15 will be recognised when control passes to the customer and will be measured at the amount to which the entity expects to be entitled. Any subsequent fair value movements in the receivable would be recognised in profit or loss. However, as a result of the specific disclosure requirements of IFRS 15, these need to be presented separately from IFRS 15 revenue. This is discussed in relation to provisionally priced sales at 12.8.1 below.

12.8.1 Provisionally priced sales contracts

Sales contracts for certain commodities (e.g. copper and oil) often provide for provisional pricing at the time of shipment. The final sales price is often based on the average quoted market prices during a subsequent period (the ‘quotational period’ or ‘QP’), the price on a fixed date after delivery or the amount subsequently realised by another party (e.g. the smelter or refiner, net of tolling charges).

As discussed at 13.2.2 below these QP pricing exposures may meet the definition of an embedded derivative under IFRS 9. The treatment of embedded derivatives in commodity contracts is discussed in more detail at 12.8 above.

From a revenue recognition perspective, under IFRS 15, revenue will be recognised when control passes to the customer and will be measured at the amount to which the entity expects to be entitled, being the estimate of the price expected to be received at the end of the QP, i.e. the forward price. [IFRS 15.47].

If shipping is considered to be a separate performance obligation, some of the revenue may need to be allocated between the commodity and shipping services. See 12.12 below for further discussion.

With respect to the presentation of any fair value movements in the receivable from the date of sale, entities have often presented the QP movements as part of revenue. IFRS 15 does not address the presentation of fair value movements in receivables. Likewise, IFRS 9 does not specify where such movements should be presented in profit or loss.

IFRS 15 only addresses a subset of total revenue (i.e. revenue from contracts with customers). That is, transactions outside the scope of IFRS 15 might result in the recognition of revenue. However, while IFRS 15 does not specifically prohibit fair value movements of a receivable from being described as revenue, it does specifically require an entity to disclose revenue from contracts with customers separately from its other sources of revenue, either in the statement of comprehensive income or in the notes. [IFRS 15.113]. Therefore, entities will need to track these separately.

The extracts below set out the accounting policy for provisionally priced sales for Rio Tinto and Anglo American under IFRS 15.

12.9 Royalty income

Entities in the extractive industries sometimes enter into arrangements whereby they may receive some form of royalty income. This may arise when they sell some or all their interest in a mining project or oil and gas project and in return agree to accept a future royalty amount which may be based on production and/or payable in cash or in kind. Alternatively, the acquiring entity may pay a net profit interest, that is, a percentage of the net profit (calculated using an agreed formula) generated by the interest sold. There may be other types of arrangements where the mining company or oil and gas company grants another entity a right in return for other types of payments – for example streaming arrangement (see 12.6 above for more detail).

Accounting for mineral rights and mineral reserves is scoped out of a number of standards including IAS 16, IAS 38 and IFRS 16. Consequently, diverse practice has emerged in the accounting for such transactions.

With respect to these royalty arrangements, these can take a number of different forms and different accounting approaches have emerged. These may include:

  • Future receipt is solely dependent on production: For some arrangements, the future royalty stream is solely dependent on future production, such that, if there is no future production, no royalty income will be received.

    In some instances, the inflows (i.e. the royalty income) and the associated royalty receivable, are only recognised once the related mineral is extracted and the royalty is due, rather than when the interest in the project is originally sold. When such royalty receipts occur, they are often disclosed as either revenue or other income.

    An alternate approach observed is that the sale of the mineral interest is considered to create a contractual right to receive these royalty amounts (i.e. a contractual right to receive cash). Therefore, such royalty amounts (and, hence, the related receivable) would be recognised at the date of disposal and included in the calculation of the gain or loss on sale. Further divergence exists as to how subsequent movements in the receivable are recognised in profit or loss (i.e. as revenue or as other gains/losses).

    There is more specific guidance when the royalty receivable represents contingent consideration in the sale of a business (see Chapter 45 at 3.7.1.B).

  • Minimum additional amount due, but timing linked to production: In other arrangements, the entity may be entitled to receive a certain additional (minimum) amount of cash regardless of the level of production, but the timing of receipt is linked to future production. This type of arrangement is considered to establish a contractual right to receive cash at the point when the disposal transaction occurs. Therefore, an entity recognises a receivable and the associated income when the arrangement is entered into and this will form part of the gain or loss on sale of the mineral interest.

The impact of IFRS 15 will depend on whether the royalty arrangement is considered to arise from a collaborative arrangement, in the context of a supplier-customer relationship, or from the sale of a non-financial asset.

12.9.1 Royalty arrangements with collaborative partners

As discussed at 12.5 above, IFRS 15 only addresses contracts with customers for goods or services provided in the ordinary course of an entity's business, it does not apply to arrangements between collaborative partners. [IFRS 15.6]. Where royalties are received by an entity as part of such an arrangement, they will generally not be in the scope of IFRS 15, unless the collaborator or partner meets the definition of a customer for some, or all, aspects of the arrangement. See 12.9.2 below.

12.9.2 Royalty arrangements with customers

IFRS 15 does not scope out revenue from the extraction of minerals. Therefore, regardless of the type of product being sold, if the counterparty to the contract is determined to be a customer, then the contract will be in scope of IFRS 15.

If a royalty arrangement is considered to be a supplier-customer relationship (and, hence, is in scope), mining companies and oil and gas companies may face a number of challenges in applying IFRS 15 to these arrangements. These may include identifying the performance obligations, determining the transaction price (e.g. if consideration is variable and dependent upon actions by the customer, which would be the case for the future extraction of minerals), applying the constraint on variable consideration, and reallocating the transaction price when and if there is a change in the transaction price. See Chapter 29 for more details on these requirements.

When considering the accounting for such royalties, IFRS 15 contains specific requirements that apply to licences of intellectual property, which may appear similar to some types of royalty arrangements in extractives industries. However, it is important to note that the IFRS 15 requirements only apply to licences of intellectual property and not all sales-based or usage-based royalties. So, the general requirements applicable to variable consideration, including those relating to the constraint, will need to be considered (see Chapter 29 at 2.2 for further discussion).

12.9.3 Royalty arrangements and the sale of non-financial items

If the royalty arrangement is not considered to relate to a contract with a customer nor to a collaborative arrangement, but instead, relates to the sale of a non-financial asset (e.g. an interest in a mining project or oil and gas project), IFRS 15 may still impact these arrangements. This is because the requirements for the recognition and measurement of a gain or loss on the transfer of some non-financial assets that are not the output of an entity's ordinary operations (e.g. property, plant and equipment in the scope of IAS 16), refer to the requirements of IFRS 15 (see Chapter 27 at 4.3 for more detail).

Specifically, an entity needs to:

  • determine the date of disposal and, therefore, the date of derecognition (i.e. the date control transfers to the acquirer) (see Chapter 30 for more detail);
  • measure the consideration to be included in the calculation of the gain or loss arising from disposal including any variable consideration requirements (see Chapter 29 at 2 for more detail); and
  • recognise any subsequent changes to the estimated amount of consideration (see Chapter 29 at 2 for more detail).

Mineral rights and mineral reserves (and, hence, the associated capitalised costs) are outside the scope of both IAS 16 and IAS 38. However, in selecting an accounting policy for the disposal of these assets, in practice, most entities look to the principles of these two standards. Therefore, these requirements are likely to be applied by analogy to arrangements in which an entity sells all (or part) of its mining properties or oil and gas properties and some of the consideration comprises a royalty-based component.

There is also a lack of clarity as to how to apply the requirements of IFRS 15 to such arrangements where, by virtue of the royalty rights, the vendor is considered to have retained an interest in the mineral property. This may impact what is recognised or derecognised from the balance sheet in terms of mineral assets and/or financial assets, and also the gain/loss that is recognised in profit or loss.

There is more specific guidance on when the royalty receivable represents contingent consideration in the sale of a business (see Chapter 45 at 3.7.1.B).

12.10 Modifications to commodity-based contracts

Mining entities and oil and gas entities frequently enter into long-term arrangements for the sale, transportation or processing of commodities. Over time, these contractual arrangements may be amended to effect changes in tenure, volume, price, or delivery point, for example. This may take the form of amendments, new tranches under existing agreements, or, new contractual arrangements. IFRS 15 contains requirements on how to account for changes to a contract depending on whether the change is considered to be a contract modification, a new contract, or a combination of both. Further guidance on contract modifications is set out in Chapter 28 at 2.4.

12.11 Principal versus agent considerations in commodity-based contracts

When identifying performance obligations, there may be some arrangements for which an entity needs to determine whether it is acting as principal or agent. This will be important as it affects the amount of revenue the entity recognises. That is, when the entity is the principal in the arrangement, the revenue recognised is the gross amount to which the entity expects to be entitled. When the entity is the agent, the revenue recognised is the net amount the entity is entitled to retain in return for its services as the agent. The entity's fee or commission may be the net amount of consideration that the entity retains after paying the other party the consideration received in exchange for the goods or services to be provided by that party. The critical factor to consider here is whether the entity has control of the good or service before transferring on to its customer. See Chapter 28 at 3.4 for more information on the principal versus agent indicators.

12.11.1 Relationships with joint arrangement partners

It is not uncommon for valid vendor-customer relationships to exist alongside joint arrangement/collaborator contracts such as joint operating agreements or production sharing contracts. The manager/lead operator of a joint arrangement may have a vendor-customer contract to purchase volumes produced by the non-operating parties. The manager/lead operator would then on sell the product to third parties, and depending on the specific contract terms, could be acting as the principal in the onward sale, or as agent that is selling on behalf of the other joint arrangement partners.

Similarly, an entity with a gathering station or processing plant could purchase commodities from other parties with tenements or fields in the same region at the point of entry into the plant. Both the seller and purchaser would have to consider whether the purchaser is a principal or an agent in the onward sale to the third-party customer and account for the revenue accordingly.

12.11.2 Royalty payments

As discussed at 5.7.5 above, mining companies and oil and gas companies frequently enter into a range of different royalty arrangements with owners of mineral rights (e.g. governments or private land owners) and at times, the treatment is diverse. It is unclear whether, and how, such arrangements should be accounted for under IFRS 15.

In situations where the royalty holder retains or obtains a direct interest in the underlying production, it may be that the relationship between the mining company or oil and gas company and the royalty holder is more like a collaborative arrangement (and, hence, is not within the scope of IFRS 15). See 12.5 above for further discussion.

If these royalty payments are in scope, the requirements relating to principal versus agent in IFRS 15 will be helpful in assessing how these royalty payments should be presented. Specifically, an entity will need to determine whether it obtains control of all of the underlying minerals once extracted, sells the product to its customers and then remits the proceeds to the royalty holder. If so, the mining company or oil and gas company will be considered to be acting as the principal and, hence, would recognise the full amount as revenue with any payments to the royalty holder being recognised as part of cost of goods sold (or possibly as an income tax, depending on the nature of the royalty payment – see 21 below for further discussion on determining when an arrangement is an income tax). Where the entity does not obtain control over those volumes, it may be acting as the royalty holder's agent and extracting the minerals on its behalf.

The principal versus agent assessment under IFRS 15 is discussed in more detail in Chapter 28 at 3.4 and the issue of how sales (and other similar) taxes should be accounted for are discussed in Chapter 29 at 2.1.

12.12 Shipping

Given the location of the commodities produced in the mining sector and oil and gas sector, they generally have to be shipped to the customer. Such transportation may occur by road, rail or sea. The terms associated with shipping can vary depending on the method of shipping and the contract.

When applying IFRS 15, there are a number of factors to consider in relation to shipping terms linked to customer contracts which are set out below at 12.12.1 to 12.12.2.

12.12.1 Identification of performance obligations

Subsequent to the issuance of IFRS 15, there was some debate as to whether shipping represented a separate performance obligation. The issue was raised with the joint Transition Resources Group (TRG) and was also considered by the IASB and US FASB. The US FASB amended their standard to allow US GAAP entities to elect to account for shipping and handling activities performed after the control of a good has been transferred to the customer as a fulfilment cost (i.e. an expense). Without such an accounting policy choice, a US GAAP entity that has shipping arrangements after the customer has obtained control may determine that the act of shipping is a performance obligation under the standard. The IASB did not permit a similar policy choice under IFRS 15.

Given this, when assessing customer contracts, mining companies and oil and gas companies need to consider the requirements of IFRS 15 to determine whether shipping is a separate performance obligation. It is likely that any shipping services provided to a customer after the customer obtains control over a good will represent a separate performance obligation. If this is the case, the transaction price for that contract will need to be allocated to the various performance obligations including shipping. Revenue will then be recognised when the goods are delivered and when the shipping services have been provided, either at a point in time or over time.

The extracts below illustrate how Rio Tinto and Anglo American have identified shipping services in certain types of arrangements to be separate performance obligations.

12.12.2 Satisfaction of performance obligations – control assessment

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognises revenue only when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a promised good or service to the customer and control may be transferred over time or at a point in time. See Chapter 30 for more information.

When assessing contracts with customers, mining companies and oil and gas companies need to carefully examine the terms of their contracts, including shipping terms, in light of the indicators of control, to assess how shipping should be accounted for.

It is also worth noting that there may be some shipping arrangements where title to the goods must pass to the carrier during transportation, but the related contract includes a clause that requires the carrier to sell the goods back to the mining company or oil and gas company at the same or another specified price. The impact of repurchase clauses is discussed at 12.14 below.

The extract below illustrates how Anglo American recognises revenue from shipping services over time.

12.13 Gold bullion sales (mining only)

Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognised only when the identified performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the promised good or service to the customer. A good or service is transferred when the customer obtains control of that good or service.

When mining companies sell gold bullion, there is generally a period of time (usually a matter of days) between when the bullion leaves the mine site with the security shipper and when the gold (fine metal) is credited to the metal account of the customer. In the intervening period, the gold bullion is sent to the refinery where it is refined, ‘out turned’, and, finally, the fine metal is transferred or credited to the customer's metal account.

At the time when the gold bullion leaves the mine site, given the way these transactions are commonly structured, the customer may not control the bullion and the IFRS 15 indicators that control has transferred may not be present. That is, the customer may not have the ability to direct the use of, or receive the benefit from, the gold bullion. Instead, these indicators may only be present when the gold bullion is actually credited to the customer's metal account.

12.14 Repurchase agreements

Some agreements in the extractive industries include repurchase provisions, either as part of a sales contract or as a separate contract, that relate to the goods in the original agreement or similar goods (e.g. tolling, processing or shipping agreements). The application guidance to IFRS 15 clarifies the types of arrangements that qualify as repurchase agreements. The repurchased asset may be the asset that was originally sold to the customer, an asset that is substantially the same as that asset or another asset of which the asset that was originally sold is a component. [IFRS 15.B64].

IFRS 15 specifically notes that repurchase agreements generally come in three forms:

  • an entity's obligation to repurchase the asset (a forward);
  • an entity's right to repurchase the asset (a call option); or
  • an entity's obligation to repurchase the asset at the customer's request (a put option). [IFRS 15.B65].

Where a repurchase agreement exists, this may change whether and when revenue is recognised. See Chapter 30 at 5 for more details on repurchase agreements.

12.15 Multi-period commodity-based sales contracts

In the extractive industries, entities commonly enter into long-term (multi-period) commodity-based sales contracts. There are a range of different issues to be considered when applying IFRS 15.

12.15.1 Identify the contract

Judgement will need to be applied when identifying the contract for these long-term arrangements. A contract is an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights and obligations. [IFRS 15 Appendix A]. Entities will need to determine what the enforceable part of the contract is. For example, whether there is a specified minimum the customer must buy (e.g. in take-or-pay contracts – see 12.16 below), whether it is the overall agreement, sometimes referred to as the master services agreement, or whether it is each purchase order. See Chapter 28 at 2 and 2.1 for more details.

12.15.2 Identify the performance obligations

The next step is to identify all the promised goods or services within the contract to determine which will be treated as separate performance obligations. Chapter 28 at 3 explores in detail the requirements for determining whether a good or service is distinct, whether the transfer of a good or service represents a separate performance obligation and/or whether (and when) they need to be bundled.

During the development of IFRS 15, some respondents thought it was unclear whether a three-year service or supply contract would be accounted for as a single performance obligation or a number of performance obligations covering smaller time periods (e.g. yearly, quarterly, monthly, daily) or individual units such as ounces, tonnes or barrels.

IFRS 15 clarifies that even if a good or service is determined to be distinct, if that good or service is part of a series of goods and services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer, that series of goods or services is treated as a single performance obligation. However, before such a treatment can be applied, specific criteria must be met. See Chapter 28 at 3.2 for further discussion and guidance.

Given the nature of these multi-period commodity-based sales arrangements, each unit (e.g. each metric tonne (mt) of coal or each barrel of oil), would likely be a distinct good and therefore, each unit would represent a separate performance obligation that is satisfied at a point in time. Because such goods are satisfied at a point in time, they would not meet the criteria to be considered a series of distinct goods that would have to be treated as a single performance obligation.

In addition, any option for additional goods or services will need to be evaluated to determine if those goods or services should be considered a separate performance obligation. See Chapter 28 at 3.6 for further discussion.

The extract below illustrates Rio Tinto's policy for identifying performance obligations in commodity sales contracts.

The extract below illustrates Equinor's policy for identifying performance obligations, and, whether they are recognised at a point in time or over time.

12.15.3 Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (e.g. some sales taxes). When determining the transaction price, an entity should consider the effects of all of the following:

  • variable consideration (including any related constraint);
  • a significant financing component (i.e. the time value of money);
  • non-cash consideration; and
  • consideration payable to a customer.

In many cases, the transaction price is readily determinable because the entity will receive payment at or near the same time as it transfers the promised good or service and the price is fixed for the minimum committed purchases. However, determining the transaction price may be more challenging when it is variable in amount, when payment is received at a time that is different from when the entity provides the goods or services and the effect of the time value of money is significant to the contract, or when payment is in a form other than cash. See Chapter 29 at 2 for more information.

For a fixed price contract, this step will be relatively straightforward. For variable price contracts, determining the transaction price may appear to be significantly more complex than for a fixed price contract. Many commodity sales contracts contain market-based or index-based pricing terms that create variable consideration. After separating out any parts of the transaction price that are within the scope of another standard (e.g. IFRS 9 – see 12.8 above), an entity will need determine whether it should partially or fully constrain the portion of the variable transaction price. Chapter 29 at 2.2 discusses variable consideration and, in particular, the requirements relating to the constraint.

12.15.4 Allocate the transaction price

The next step is to allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations, generally in proportion to their stand-alone selling prices (i.e. on a relative stand-alone selling price basis), with two exceptions relating to the allocation of variable consideration and discounts. See Chapter 29 at 3 for detail. With commodity-based sales contracts, there are a number of things to consider depending on whether the transaction price is variable (or contains a variable component), fixed and/or whether there is a discount. Some factors to consider with variable and fixed consideration are discussed below, while the allocation of a discount is discussed in Chapter 29 at 3.4.

12.15.4.A Variable consideration

If certain criteria are met, an entity will need to allocate variable consideration (e.g. the market- or index-based price) to one or more, but not all, performance obligations (i.e. the distinct commodities transferred in that period) or distinct goods or services in a series (where relevant), instead of using the relative stand-alone selling price allocation approach to allocate variable consideration proportionately to all performance obligations. See Chapter 29 at 3 for detail on these criteria.

12.15.4.B Fixed consideration

Entities that have fixed-price commodity-based sales contracts that call for deliveries over multiple periods need to determine the stand-alone selling price of the performance obligations to allocate the transaction price if they do not qualify to be combined into a single performance obligation as a series of distinct goods (discussed further at 12.15.2 above). IFRS 15 states that the stand-alone selling price is the price at which an entity would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. [IFRS 15 Appendix A]. This is best evidenced by the observable price of a good or service when the entity sells it separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. In other cases, it must be estimated. Estimating the stand-alone selling price may require judgement in long-term fixed-price commodity-based sales contracts, particularly when forward prices are available for the commodity being sold in a location with an active market.

If stand-alone selling prices are not directly observable, entities should consider all information (including market conditions, entity-specific factors and information about the customer or class of customer) that is reasonably available to determine the stand-alone selling price for each performance obligation. An entity may consider a number of factors in making this estimate, such as the forward curve, spot prices, expectations of market supply and demand shifts that are not represented in the forward curve or spot prices and expected transportation and storage capacity constraints that lead to premiums or discounts. Entities should maximise the use of observable inputs and apply similar estimation methods consistently in similar circumstances. The standard sets out a number of different approaches for doing this. See Chapter 29 at 3 for further discussion.

12.15.5 Recognise revenue

Finally, an entity will recognise revenue once each performance obligation is satisfied which will occur when control of the good transfers to the customer. As discussed earlier, for long-term commodity-based sales arrangement, the performance obligations are likely to be satisfied at a point in time. See Chapter 30 for more information on how to determine when a performance obligation is satisfied. The precise timing of when control transfers to a customer may be impacted by the shipping terms associated with each contract. See 12.12 above and Chapter 30 at 4 for further discussion on shipping.

The extract below illustrates Rio Tinto's policy for determining when control of its commodity sales passes.

12.16 Take-or-pay contracts

A take-or-pay contract is a specific type of long-term commodity-based sales agreement between a customer and a supplier in which the pricing terms are set for a specified minimum quantity of a particular good or service. The customer must pay the minimum amount as per the contract, even if it does not take the volumes. There may also be options for additional volumes in excess of the minimum.

We discuss some of the broader accounting considerations associated with these contracts further at 19.2 below. When applying IFRS 15, in addition to the issues outlined at 12.15 above, the matters outlined below may also need to be considered.

12.16.1 Volumes paid for, but not taken

A feature unique to take-or-pay contracts is the terms relating to payments made for volumes not taken, as explained further at 19.2.1 below. The requirements of IFRS 15 may result in different accounting considerations and possibly different conclusions depending on the specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement.

12.16.1.A Payments cannot be applied to future volumes

If payments received for unused volumes cannot be applied to future volumes, the seller has no obligation to deliver the unused volumes in the future. Such amounts can generally only be recognised as revenue once the seller's obligations no longer exist (i.e. once the customer's right to volumes has expired unused).

For most take-or-pay contracts, such an assessment may only be possible at the end of a pre-defined period (e.g. the end of each contract year). This is because the customer's rights have technically not expired and the entity is still obliged to deliver volumes if the customer requests them, until the end of the stated period. This treatment is consistent with current practice.

The standard does, however, consider whether it may be possible to recognise revenue in relation to a customer's unexercised rights earlier through the requirements relating to breakage. This is discussed in more detail at 12.16.2 below.

12.16.1.B Payments can be applied to future volumes

If payments received for unused volumes can be applied to future volumes, the seller has received consideration in advance for some future unsatisfied performance obligations (i.e. the delivery of the unused volumes at some point in the future). This amount represents a contract liability.

In this situation, an entity will need to determine how such future volumes can be taken. That is, whether the timing of the future transfer of those volumes is at the discretion of the customer or is determined by the entity itself. This determination will be important as it may require an assessment of the time value of money (i.e. the existence of a significant financing component). See Chapter 29 at 2.5 for further discussion.

It will also be necessary for an entity to understand whether the customer is likely to take its unused volumes as this may require an assessment of the requirements relating to unexercised customer rights or breakage (see 12.16.2 below for further information). This could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognised.

Such determinations will need to be made in light of the contract terms and an assessment of the expected customer behaviours. For example, such an assessment may involve considering whether the make-up volumes:

  • will be the first volumes taken at the start of the following period;
  • can only be taken after the minimum volumes have been satisfied in the following periods; or
  • can only be taken after a certain amount of time or at the end of the contract period.

12.16.2 Breakage (customers’ unexercised rights)

The standard requires that when an entity receives consideration that is attributable to a customer's unexercised rights, the entity is to recognise a contract liability equal to the amount prepaid by the customer (because the entity has not yet satisfied the performance obligations to which the payment relates). However, IFRS 15 discusses the situation where, in certain industries, customers may pay for goods or services in advance, but may not ultimately exercise all of their rights to these goods or services – either because they choose not to or are unable to. IFRS 15 refers to these unexercised rights as ‘breakage’. [IFRS 15.B44‑47].

IFRS 15 states that when an entity expects to be entitled to a breakage amount, the expected breakage will be recognised as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Otherwise, breakage amounts will only be recognised when the likelihood of the customer exercising its right becomes remote. See Chapter 30 at 11 for more information.

This may apply to take-or-pay contracts, for which payments are received in relation to make-up volumes and the customer's rights remain unexercised. Such breakage provisions may be applicable if:

  • a customer is unable to use the make-up volumes in other areas of its own operations;
  • a customer is unable to store the make-up volumes and use them after the take-or-pay contract has expired;
  • a customer is unable to take delivery of the make-up volumes and sell them into the market; or
  • there are limitations (physical or contractual) that prevent the customer from taking all of the make-up volumes.

For take-or-pay contracts, this may mean that an entity may be able to recognise revenue in relation to breakage amounts in an earlier period, provided it can demonstrate it is not required to constrain its estimate of breakage. This could potentially occur in the following ways:

  • At contract inception, the mining entity or oil and gas entity may be able to reliably estimate the amount of breakage and would include that amount in the transaction price and allocate that to expected actual usage.
  • If the entity cannot estimate an amount of breakage, it will recognise the revenue associated with those unexercised rights when it becomes remote that they will be exercised. This could occur during a make-up period after the initial term of the contract or when the deficiency make-up period expires outright (which would be consistent with current accounting).

It is also possible that, given the nature of these arrangements and the inherent uncertainty in being able to predict a customer's behaviour, it may be difficult to satisfy the requirements relating to constraint because the entity's experience may not be predictive of the outcome at this level of certainty (i.e. highly probable).

13 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

13.1 Normal purchase and sales exemption

Contracts to buy or sell non-financial items generally do not meet the definition of a financial instrument because the contractual right of one party to receive a non-financial asset or service and the corresponding obligation of the other party do not establish a present right or obligation of either party to receive, deliver or exchange a financial asset. For example, contracts that provide for settlement only by the receipt or delivery of non-financial items (e.g. forward purchase of oil or a forward purchase of copper) are not financial instruments. However, some of these contracts are traded in a standardised form on organised markets in the same way as derivative financial instruments. The parties buying and selling the contract are, in effect, trading the underlying commodity. The ability to buy or sell a commodity contract for cash does not alter the characteristics of the contract and make it into a financial instrument. Nevertheless, some contracts to buy or sell non-financial items that can be settled net or by exchanging financial instruments, or in which the non-financial item is readily convertible to cash, are within the scope of the IAS 32 and IFRS 9 as if they were financial instruments. [IAS 32.8, IAS 32.AG20].

IAS 32 and IFRS 9 should generally be applied to those contracts to buy or sell a non-financial item that can be settled net as if the contracts were financial instruments, whether this be in cash, another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, unless the contracts were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with the entity's expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. [IAS 32.8, IFRS 9.2.4].

There are various ways in which a contract to buy or sell a non-financial item can be settled net, including:

  1. the terms of the contract permit either party to settle it net;
  2. the ability to settle the contract net is not explicit in its terms, but the entity has a practice of settling similar contracts net (whether with the counterparty, by entering into offsetting contracts or by selling the contract before its exercise or lapse);
  3. for similar contracts, the entity has a practice of taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery for the purpose of generating a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer's margin; and
  4. the non-financial item that is the subject of the contract is readily convertible to cash, e.g. precious metals or base metals quoted on the London Metal Exchange are considered to be readily convertible to cash. [IAS 32.9, IFRS 9.2.6].

There is no further guidance in IFRS 9 explaining what is meant by ‘readily convertible to cash’. Typically, a non-financial item would be considered readily convertible to cash if it consists of largely fungible units and quoted spot prices are available in an active market that can absorb the quantity held by the entity without significantly affecting the price. Further discussion on the net settlement criteria can be found in Chapter 45 at 4.1.

Commodity-based contracts that are excluded from IAS 32 and IFRS 9 are contracts that were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with the entity's expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. Contracts that fall within this exemption, which is known as the ‘normal purchase or sale exemption’, ‘executory contract exemption’ or ‘own-use exemption’, are accounted for as executory contracts. An entity recognises such contracts in its statement of financial position only when one of the parties meets its obligation under the contract to deliver either cash or a non-financial asset. [CF 4.46].

The IASB views the practice of settling net or taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery as an indication that the contracts are not normal purchases or sales. Therefore, contracts to which (b) or (c) apply cannot be subject to the normal purchase or sale exception. Other contracts that can be settled net are evaluated to determine whether this exemption can actually apply. [IAS 32.9, IFRS 9.2.6, BCZ2.18].

A written option to buy or sell a non-financial item that can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, in accordance with (a) or (d) should be accounted for under IFRS 9 and does not qualify for use of the normal purchase or sale exemption. [IFRS 9.2.7, BCZ2.18].

The conditions associated with the use of the normal purchase or sale exemption often pose problems for mining companies and oil and gas companies because, historically, they have settled many purchase and sales contracts on a net basis.

A further problem may arise when a mining company or oil and gas company holds a written option for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with the entity's expected purchase, sale or usage requirements – because IFRS 9 would require such contracts to be accounted for as derivative financial instruments.

Finally, from time to time mining companies and oil and gas companies may need to settle contracts for the sale of commodities on a net basis because of operational problems. Such a situation may mean that the company would usually need to treat those contracts as derivative financial instruments under IFRS 9 as they may now have a practice of settling net under (b) or (c) above. Where this situation is caused by a unique event beyond management's control, a level of judgement will be required to determine whether that would prevent the company from applying the own use exemption to similar contracts. This should be assessed on a case by case basis.

Judgement will also be required as to what constitutes ‘similar contracts’. The definition of similar contracts in IFRS 9, [IFRS 9.2.6], considers the intended use for such contracts. This means that contracts identical in form may be dissimilar due to their intended use, e.g. own purchase requirements versus proprietary trading. If the intended use is for normal purchase or sale, such an intention must be documented at inception of the contract. A history of regular revisions of expected purchase or sale requirements could impair the ability of a company to distinguish identical contracts as being dissimilar.

IFRS 9 provides a fair value option for own use contracts which was not previously available under IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. At the inception of a contract, an entity may make an irrevocable designation to measure an own use contract at fair value through profit or loss (the ‘fair value option’) even if it was entered into for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with the entity's expected purchase, sale or usage requirement. However, such designation is only allowed if it eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise from not recognising that contract because it is excluded from the scope of IFRS 9. [IFRS 9.2.5].

See Chapter 45 at 4.2 for more information on the normal purchase and sales exemption.

The extract below from AngloGold Ashanti's 2008 financial statements illustrates how this could affect an entity's reported financial position. (Note that in October 2010, AngloGold Ashanti removed the last of its gold hedging instruments and long‑term sales contracts. Note also that while this disclosure is historical, it remains valid under IFRS 9).

13.2 Embedded derivatives

A contract that qualifies for the normal purchase and sale exemption still needs to be assessed for the existence of embedded derivatives. An embedded derivative is a component of a hybrid or combined instrument that also includes a non-derivative host contract; it has the effect that some of the cash flows of the combined instrument vary in a similar way to a stand-alone derivative. In other words, it causes some or all of the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract to be modified according to a specified interest rate, financial instrument price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index of prices or rates, credit rating or credit index, or other underlying variable (provided in the case of a non-financial variable that the variable is not specific to a party to the contract). [IFRS 9.4.3.1].

The detailed requirements regarding the separation of embedded derivatives and the interpretation and application of those requirements under IFRS 9 are discussed in Chapter 46. A number of issues related to embedded derivatives that are of particular importance to the extractive industries are discussed at 13.2.1 to 13.2.4 below.

13.2.1 Foreign currency embedded derivatives

The most common embedded derivatives in the extractive industries are probably foreign currency embedded derivatives which arise when a producer of minerals sells these in a currency that is not the functional currency of any substantial party to the contract, the currency in which the price of the related commodity is routinely denominated in commercial transactions around the world or a currency that is commonly used in contracts to purchase or sell non-financial items in the economic environment in which the transaction takes place. [IFRS 9.B4.3.8(d)]. A more detailed analysis of these requirements can be found in Chapter 46 at 5.2.1.

13.2.2 Provisionally priced sales contracts

As discussed above at 12.8.1, sales contracts for certain commodities (e.g. copper and oil) often provide for provisional pricing at the time of shipment, with final pricing based on the average market price for a particular future period, i.e. the ‘quotational period’.

If the contract is cancellable without penalty before delivery, the price adjustment feature does not meet the definition of a derivative because there is no contractual obligation until delivery takes place.

If the contract is non-cancellable, the price adjustment feature is considered to be an embedded derivative. The non-financial contract for the sale or purchase of the product, e.g. copper or oil, at a future date would be treated as the host contract.

For non–cancellable contracts, there will be a contractual obligation, but until control passes to the customer, the embedded derivative would be considered to be closely related to the non-financial host commodity contract and does not need to be recorded separately.

As discussed at 12.8.1 above, revenue is recognised when control passes to the customer. At this point, the non-financial host commodity contract is considered to be satisfied and a corresponding receivable is recognised. However, the receivable is still exposed to the price adjustment feature. As discussed at 12.8 above, under IFRS 9, embedded derivatives are not separated from financial assets, i.e. from the receivable. Instead, the receivable will need to be measured at fair value through profit or loss in its entirety. See Chapter 48 at 2 for more information on the classification of financial assets.

13.2.3 Long-term supply contracts

Long-term supply contracts sometimes contain embedded derivatives because of a desire to shift certain risks between contracting parties or as a consequence of existing market practices. The fair value of embedded derivatives in long-term supply contracts can be highly material to the entities involved. For example, in the mining sector electricity purchase contracts sometimes contain price conditions based on the commodity that is being sold, which provides an economic hedge for the mining company. While the electricity price component (if fixed) would meet the definition of an embedded derivative, it would be considered closely related to the host contract and hence would not have to be separated. However, the linkage to the commodity price would be unlikely to be considered closely related and would likely have to be separately accounted for as an embedded derivative. In the oil and gas sector the sales price of gas is at times based on that of electricity, which provides an economic hedge for the utility company that purchases the gas, and would also likely represent an embedded derivative that has to be separately accounted for. See Chapter 46 at 5.2.2 for further discussion.

As can be seen in the following extract from BHP Billiton's 2007 financial statements, the pricing terms of embedded derivatives in purchase (sales) contracts often match those of the product that the entity sells (purchases). (Note that while this disclosure is historical, it remains valid under IFRS 9).

13.2.4 Development of gas markets

Where there is no active local market in gas, market participants often enter into long-term contracts that are priced on the basis of a basket of underlying factors, such as oil prices, electricity prices and inflation indices. In the absence of an active market in gas, such price clauses are not considered to give rise to embedded derivatives because there is no accepted benchmark price for gas that could have been used instead.

An entity that applies IFRS 9 is required to assess whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract (provided that host contract is not a financial asset (see 12.8 above for more information)) and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. [IFRS 9.B4.3.11]. Subsequent reassessment of embedded derivatives under IFRS 9 is generally prohibited. [IFRS 9.B4.3.11]. See Chapter 46 at 7 for more information. Therefore, in the case of gas, when an active market subsequently develops, an entity is not permitted to separate embedded derivatives from existing gas contracts, unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract. However, if the entity enters into a new gas contract with exactly the same terms and conditions, it would be required to separate embedded derivatives from the new gas contract.

Judgement is required in determining whether there is an active market in a particular geographic region and the relevant geographic market for any type of commodity. Where no active market exists consideration should be given to the industry practice for pricing such commodity-based contracts. A pricing methodology that is consistent with industry practice would generally not be considered to contain embedded derivatives.

The extract below from BP shows the company's previous approach to embedded derivatives before and after the development of an active gas trading market in the UK, and demonstrates that the fair value of embedded derivatives in long-term gas contracts can be quite significant. (Note also that while this disclosure is historical, it remains valid under IFRS 9).

13.3 Volume flexibility in supply contracts

It is not uncommon for other sales contracts, such as those with large industrial customers, to contain volume flexibility features. For example, a supplier might enter into a contract requiring it to deliver, say, 100,000 units at a given price as well as giving the counterparty the option to purchase a further 20,000 units at the same price. Often such a supply contract will be readily convertible to cash as parties to the contract can settle the contract on a net basis, as discussed at 13.1 above. For example, precious metals or base metals quoted on the London Metal Exchange or oil contracts are considered to be readily convertible to cash, whereas bulk materials without spot prices (e.g. coal and iron) are generally not considered to be readily convertible to cash. However, with increasing levels of liquidity in certain commodities, this view may need to be reconfirmed/re-challenged before concluding that this remains the case.

If the customer has access to markets for the non-financial item and, following the guidance of the Interpretations Committee the supplier might consider such a contract to be within the scope of IFRS 9 as it contains a written option (see Chapter 45 at 4.2.3). However, some would say that the supplier could split the contract into two separate components for accounting purposes: a forward contract to supply 100,000 units (which may qualify as a normal sale and so meet the recognition exemption) and a written option to supply 20,000 units (which would not). Arguments put forward include:

  • the parties could easily have entered into two separate contracts, a forward contract and a written option; and
  • it is appropriate to analogise to the requirements for embedded derivatives and separate a written option from the normal forward sale or purchase contract because it is not closely related.

Some contracts, however, contain operational volume tolerances such as, in the case of certain oil purchase and sale contracts, a volume that is plus or minus a certain (often quite small) percentage of the stated quantity. These tolerances relate to physical changes in the volume during transportation caused by, for example, evaporation. The optionality within the contract typically cannot be monetised by either party but, instead is a practical requirement of the contract. In such cases, the optionality would not be considered a separate derivative within the scope of IFRS 9. In other cases, however, the volume tolerance may be greater than that which is required for practical reasons. This optionality may give one party the ability to benefit from changing underlying prices and could be considered a separate derivative. Judgement is required in assessing the nature of these volume tolerances.

This issue is discussed in more detail in Chapter 45 at 4.2.4 and 4.2.5.

13.4 Hedging sales of metal concentrate (mining)

In the mining sector certain commodities are often sold in the form of a concentrate that comprises two or more metals and impurities. These concentrates are the output of mines and are sold and shipped to smelters for treatment and refining in order to extract the metals in their pure form from the concentrate (or, alternatively, the concentrate may be sold to traders who will subsequently sell and ship to smelters). The metal content of concentrate varies depending on the mine and grade of ore being mined. The sales proceeds of concentrate are typically determined as the total of the payments for the actual content of each of the metals contained in a given concentrate shipment and they reflect the condition in which the metal is sold (i.e. unrefined, still being dissolved in concentrate). Typical pricing formulas are based on the price for dissolved metal off the quoted price for refined metal (e.g. the London Metal Exchange (LME)), with deductions for amounts that reflect the fact that the metal sold is not treated and/or refined. Actual deductions may vary by contract but typically comprise treatment and refining charges, price participation clauses, transportation, impurity penalties, etc.

Under IFRS 9, an entity is permitted to designate a risk component of a non-financial item as the hedged item in a hedging relationship, provided the risk component is separately identifiable and reliably measurable. See Chapter 53 for IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements and Chapter 53 at 2.2 for further information on hedging of risk components. These considerations also apply from the perspective of an entity that purchases metals in the form of a concentrate.

14 INVENTORIES

Inventories should be measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value under IAS 2. However, IAS 2 does not apply to the measurement of minerals and mineral products, to the extent that they are measured at net realisable value in accordance with well-established practices in those industries. [IAS 2.3(a)]. There is also an exception for commodity broker traders who measure their inventories at fair value less costs to sell. When such inventories are measured at fair value less costs to sell, changes in fair value less costs to sell are recognised in profit or loss in the period of the change. [IAS 2.3(b)]. This is discussed further at 14.4 below.

Various cost methods are acceptable under IFRS and include specific identification, weighted average costs, or first-in first-out (FIFO). Last-in first-out (LIFO) is not permitted under IFRS.

Issues that mining companies and oil and gas companies commonly face in relation to inventory include:

  • point of recognition (14.1 below);
  • cost absorption in the measurement of inventory;
  • method of allocating costs to inventory, e.g. FIFO or weighted average;
  • determination of joint and by-products and measurement consequences (see 14.2 below);
  • accounting for core inventories (see 14.3 below); and
  • measuring inventory at fair value (see 14.4 below).

Additional issues relating to inventory for mining companies include:

  • accounting for stockpiles of long-term, low grade ore (see 14.5 below); and
  • heap leaching (see 14.6 below).

14.1 Recognition of work in progress

Determining when to start recognising inventory is more of an issue for mining companies than oil and gas companies. Inventory is recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and the asset has a cost or value than can be reliably measured.

Oil and gas companies often do not separately report work-in-progress inventories of either oil or gas. As is noted in the IASC Issues Paper ‘the main reason is that, at the point of their removal from the earth, oil and gas frequently do not require processing and they may be sold or may be transferred to the enterprise's downstream operations in the form existing at the time of removal, that is, they are immediately recognised as finished goods. Even if the oil and gas removed from the earth require additional processing to make them saleable or transportable, the time required for processing is typically minimal and the amount of raw products involved in the processing at any one time is likely to be immaterial’.116 However, if more than an insignificant quantity of product is undergoing processing at any given point in time then an entity may need to disclose work-in-progress under IAS 2. [IAS 2.8, 37].

For mining companies, it has become accepted practice to recognise work-in-progress at the point at which ore is broken and the entity can make a reasonable assessment of quantity, recovery and cost.117

Extract 43.35 from the financial statements of Harmony Gold Mining illustrates the need for judgement in determining when work-in-progress can be recognised.

Measurement issues can arise in relation to work-in-progress for concentrators, smelters and refineries, where significant volumes of product can be located in pipes or vessels, with no uniformity of grade. Work-in-progress inventories may also be in stockpiles, for example underground, where it is more difficult to measure quantities.

Processing varies in extent, duration and complexity depending on the type of mineral and different production and processing techniques that are used. Therefore, measuring work-in-progress, as it moves through the various stages of processing, is difficult and determining the quantities of work-in-progress may require a significant degree of estimation. Practice varies in this area, which is a reflection of the genuine differences mining companies face in their ability to assess mineral content and predict production and processing costs.

Extract 43.36 below from the financial statements of Anglo American Platinum illustrates the complexity involved in making such estimates.

Ore in circuit for a mining company at the end of a reporting period can be very difficult to measure as it is generally not easily accessible. The value of materials being processed should therefore be estimated based on inputs, throughput time and ore grade. The significance of the value of ore in circuit will depend on the type of commodity being processed. For example, precious metals producers may have a material value in process at reporting period end.

14.2 Sale of by-products and joint products

In the extractive industries it is common for more than one product to be extracted from the same reserves, e.g. copper is often found together with gold and silver and oil, gas and gas liquids are commonly found together. Products produced at the same time are classified as joint products or by-products and are usually driven by the importance of the different products to the viability of the mine or field. The same commodity may be treated differently based on differing grades and quantities of products. In most cases where more than one product is produced there is a clear distinction between the main product and the by-products. In other cases the distinction may not be as clear.

The decision as to whether these are joint products or whether one is a by-product, is important, as it impacts the way in which costs are allocated. This decision may also affect the classification of sales of the various products.

14.2.1 By-products

A by-product is a secondary product obtained during the course of production or processing, having relatively small importance when compared with the principal product or products.

IAS 2 prescribes the following accounting for by-products:

  • ‘…When the costs of conversion of each product are not separately identifiable, they are allocated between the products on a rational and consistent basis. The allocation may be based, for example, on the relative sales value of each product either at the stage in the production process when the products become separately identifiable, or at the completion of production. Most by-products, by their nature, are immaterial. When this is the case, they are often measured at net realisable value and this value is deducted from the cost of the main product. As a result, the carrying amount of the main product is not materially different from its cost.’ [IAS 2.14].

By-products that are significant in value should be accounted for as joint products as discussed at 14.2.2 below. However, there are some entities that treat such by-product sales as a negative cost, i.e. by crediting these against cost of goods sold of the main product. This treatment would likely only be acceptable on the basis of materiality. It is important to note that the negative cost approach discussed in IAS 2, [IAS 2.14], only relates to the allocation of the costs of conversion between the main product and by-product and does not allow the revenue from a sale of by-products as a reduction of cost of goods sold (even if the sales are not significant).

If an entity determines the sale of by-products or scrap materials is in the course of its ordinary activities (even if they are not significant), the entity would recognise those sales as revenue from contracts with customers under IFRS 15. If an entity determines that such sales are not in its ordinary course of business, the entity would recognise those sales as either other income or other revenues (i.e. separate from revenue from contracts with customers) because they represent sales to non-customers.

Extracts 43.37 and 43.38 below illustrates how Rio Tinto and Anglo American respectively account for their by-product revenue under IFRS 15.

Although IAS 2 does not require extensive disclosures in respect of by-products, if amounts are material, disclosure of the following information, which many extractives companies provide on a voluntary basis, will greatly assist users:

  • accounting policies applied to by-products;
  • line items in the primary financial statements in which revenues and carried amounts have been disclosed;
  • quantities of by-products sold; and
  • average prices of by-products sold.

14.2.2 Joint products

Joint products are two or more products produced simultaneously from a common raw material source, with each product having a significant relative sales value. One joint product cannot be produced without the other and the products cannot be identified separately until a certain production stage, often called the ‘split-off point’, is reached. Joint products are very common in both the oil and gas sector (e.g. crude oil when run through a refinery produces a variety of products) and the mining sector.

Joint products, by definition, are all significant in value and require that an entity allocate on a rational and consistent basis the costs of conversion that are not separately identifiable for each product. The IASC Issues Paper outlined two approaches that have found acceptance in practice:118

  1. allocation on the basis of physical characteristics – In the oil and gas sector, entities often combine quantities of oil and gas based on their relative energy content (i.e. 6,000 cubic feet of gas is roughly equal in energy to one barrel of oil). This method, however, does not take account of the fact that, for example, gas is cheaper per unit of energy than oil because the latter is more difficult to transport; and
  2. allocation on the basis of relative values – This approach is more common in the mining sector where often it is not possible to identify a relevant physical characteristic that can be used to combine quantities of different products. The drawback of this method is that it results in very similar profit margins for each of the joint products, which may not be reflective of the underlying economic reality (i.e. one of the joint products, if mined in isolation, might have a completely different profit margin).

Although it should be kept in mind that neither method is perfect, both approaches are currently permitted under IFRS. It is true also that whichever method is selected, it is unlikely to have a material effect on reported profit overall. The extract below illustrates the application of approach (b) by Anglo American.

14.3 Core inventories

In certain industries, for example the petrochemical sector, certain processes or storage arrangements require a core of inventory to be present in the system at all times in order for it to function properly. For example, in order for a crude oil refining process to take place, the plant must contain a certain minimum quantity of oil. This oil can only be taken out once the plant is abandoned and could then only be sold as sludge. Similarly, underground gas storage caves are filled with gas; but a substantial part (in some instances 25%) of that gas can never be sold as its function is to pressurise the cave, thereby allowing the remaining 75% to be extracted. Even though the gas will be turned around on a continuing basis, at any one time 25% of it will never be available to sell and cannot be recouped from the cave. Finally, long distance pipelines contain a significant volume of gas that keeps them operational.

Similar examples of core inventories exist in the mining sector where certain processes or processing facilities require a core or minimum amount of inventory to be present in the system at all times. These may include:

  • potlines in the aluminium industry;
  • blast furnaces in the steel industry;
  • electrowinning plants; or
  • carbon in leach processing in the gold industry.

The key issue with such minimum amounts of inventory is whether they should be accounted for as inventory in accordance with IAS 2 or as PP&E in accordance with IAS 16. It is our view that if an item of inventory is not held for sale or consumed in a production process, but is necessary to the operation of a facility during more than one operating cycle, and its cost cannot be recouped through sale (or is significantly impaired), this item of inventory should be accounted for as an item of property, plant and equipment under IAS 16 rather than as inventory under IAS 2. This applies even if the part of inventory that is deemed to be an item of PP&E cannot be separated physically from the rest of inventory.

These matters will always involve the exercise of judgement, however, in the above instances, we consider that:

  • the deemed PP&E items do not meet the definition of inventories;
  • although it is not possible to physically separate the chemicals involved into inventory and PP&E categories, there is no accounting reason why one cannot distinguish between identical assets with different uses and therefore account for them differently. Indeed, IAS 2 does envisage such a possibility when discussing different cost formulas; [IAS 2.25]
  • the deemed PP&E items are necessary to bring another item of PP&E to the condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. This meets the definition of the costs of PP&E in IAS 16 upon initial recognition; [IAS 16.16(b)] and
  • recognising these items as inventories would lead to an immediate loss because these items cannot be sold or consumed in a production process, or during the process of rendering services. This does not properly reflect the fact that the items are necessary to operate another asset over more than one operating cycle.

By contrast, core inventory that is not necessary to operate the asset and that is recoverable (e.g. gas in a pipeline) is considered to be held for sale or to be consumed in the production process or process of rendering services. Therefore such gas is accounted for as inventory.

The issue of core inventories or ‘minimum fill’ was considered by the Interpretations Committee in March and July 2014. The staff paper considered by the Interpretations Committee proposed that base or cushion gas in storage facilities (required to maintain adequate cavern pressure) and pipeline fill (i.e. the minimum volume of oil or gas to be kept in a pipeline to ensure its operability) should be accounted for as property, plant and equipment under IAS 16 where the carrying amount was not considered recoverable through sale or consumption in the production process (which is consistent with our views above). After consideration of this issue, the Interpretations Committee noted that, although there was diversity in practice between industries, there was no, or only limited, diversity in practice within the industries for which the issue is significant (including extractive industries). Given there was not sufficient diversity within industry, they decided not to continue with the development of an interpretation, and to remove this item from its agenda.

The extract below from the financial statements of ENGIE SA shows how cushion gas is accounted for as a tangible asset that is depreciated over its economic life.

14.4 Carried at fair value

As noted earlier, inventories should be measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value under IAS 2. However, IAS 2 does not apply to the measurement of minerals and mineral products, to the extent that they are measured at net realisable value in accordance with well-established practices in those industries. [IAS 2.3(a)]. There is also an exception for commodity broker traders who measure their inventories at fair value less costs to sell. When such inventories are measured at fair value less costs to sell, these changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss in the period of the change. [IAS 2.3(b)].

An extractives company that wishes to use the exemption relating to minerals and mineral products outlined above would need to demonstrate that valuation at net realisable value was a well-established practice in its industry, which may be difficult to do for base metals inventory.

The commodity broker trader exemption above is commonly used by companies that engage in commodity trading. The extract below from the financial statements of BP illustrates a typical accounting policy for an oil and gas company that makes use of this exemption.

An integrated oil company can include exploration, production, refinement and distribution along with a trading operation. In such cases, inventory held by the trading organisation may have originated from the entities own production. Where this has occurred it will be necessary to ensure the inventory that came from the entity's own production is valued at cost or net realisable value rather than fair value.

14.5 Stockpiles of low grade ore (mining)

Mining companies often stockpile low grade ore that cannot be economically processed at current market prices or to give priority to the processing of higher grade ore. Low grade ore stockpiles may not be processed for many years until market prices or technology have improved or until no higher grade ore remains available. Extract 43.42 below from AngloGold Ashanti illustrates that stockpiles of low grade ore may be held for many years.

Mineralised waste that is stockpiled in the hope, but without the expectation, that it may become economical to process in the future should be accounted in the same way as overburden and other waste materials (see 15.5 below). Low grade ore that is stockpiled with the expectation that it will be processed in the future should be accounted for in the same way as high grade ore. However, if the cost of the low grade ore exceeds its net realisable value, an entity should recognise an impairment charge that it might need to reverse at some point in the future if (and when) commodity prices were to increase.

If and when processing of low grade ore becomes economically viable and management intends to process the stockpile in the future, the ore is often presented as non-current inventory under IAS 2. Such stockpiles should be measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. [IAS 2.9, 30]. IAS 2 provides limited guidance in how to determine net realisable value. Therefore, in allocating production costs to the low grade ore stockpile and in subsequently assessing net realisable value, an entity should consider the following:

  1. timing of sale: what is a reasonable and supportable assumption about the time it takes to sell;
  2. commodity prices: whether to use those at the reporting date or future commodity prices. The commodity price at the reporting date may not be representative of the price that can realistically be expected to prevail when the ore is expected to be processed. The assumptions as to the long-term commodity prices used in the estimate of the sales proceeds and the expected timing of realisation, should generally be consistent with those used in the Life of Mine Plan and other models that would be used for valuation and impairment purposes;
  3. costs of processing: these may change in the future because of inflation, technological changes and new environmental regulations;
  4. storage costs: specifically how these should be factored in; and
  5. time value of money: depending on how net realisable value is determined and what inputs are used, the time value of money may impact the calculation of net realisable value. IAS 2 is silent as to how to address the time value of money and does not consider the degree to which the use of future commodity prices may already reflect the time value of money.

Given the above, significant judgement will be involved and key estimates and assumptions made should be disclosed where material.

The extract below shows how AngloGold Ashanti accounts for ore stockpiles.

The extract below illustrates the disclosure of an impairment of stockpiled ore (in 2008) and then disclosures relating to the reversal of impairment of stockpiled ore.

14.6 Heap leaching (mining)

Heap leaching is a process which may be used for the recovery of metals from low grade ore. The crushed ore is laid on a slightly sloping, impermeable pad and leached by uniformly trickling a chemical solution through the heaps to be collected in ponds. The metals are subsequently extracted from the pregnant solution. Although heap leaching is one of the lowest cost methods of processing, recovery rates are relatively low.

Despite the estimation and measurement challenges associated with heap leaching, ore loaded on heap leach pads is usually recognised as inventory. An entity that develops an accounting policy for heap leaching needs to consider the following:

  • the metal recovery factor is relatively low and will vary depending on the metallurgical characteristics of the material on the heap leach pad. The final (actual) recovery is therefore unknown until leaching is complete. Therefore, an entity will need to estimate the quantity of recoverable metal on each of its heap leach pads, based on laboratory test work or historical ore performance;
  • the assayed head grade of ore added to the heap;
  • the ore stockpiles on heap leach pads are accounted for as inventories that are measured at cost under IAS 2. As the valuable metal content is leached from these ore stockpiles, the cost basis is depleted based upon expected grades and recovery rates. The depletion charge should be accounted as the cost of production of work in progress or finished goods;
  • the level at which the heap leach pads are measured – that is, whether they are measured separately, in groups or in total. The preferred approach is to consider each pad separately (where possible) because this reduces the expected volatility in ore type to more manageable levels; and
  • ore stockpiles on heap leach pads from which metals are expected to be recovered in a period longer than 12 months are generally classified as non-current assets.

The extracts below from the financial statements of AngloGold Ashanti and Goldcorp illustrate the issues that an entity will need to consider in developing an accounting policy for heap leaching.

15 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

15.1 Major maintenance and turnarounds/renewals and reconditioning costs

Some assets (e.g. refineries, smelters and gas processing plants) require major maintenance at regular intervals, which is often described as an overhaul or turnaround in the oil and gas sector and renewal or reconditioning in the mining sector. When an entity incurs further costs in relation to an item of PP&E, IAS 16 requires it to determine the nature of the costs. Where such costs provide access to future economic benefits they should be capitalised. Costs of day-to-day servicing (e.g. costs of labour and consumables, and possibly the cost of small parts) should be expensed as incurred. [IAS 16.12]. If the costs relate to the replacement of a part of the entire asset then the entity derecognises the carrying amount of the part that is replaced and recognises the cost of the replacement part. [IAS 16.13]. However, the part need not represent a physical part of the asset.

When a major inspection, renewal or reconditioning project is performed, its cost should be recognised in the carrying amount of the item of property, plant and equipment and any remaining carrying amount of the cost of the previous inspection/renewal (which will be distinct from physical parts) is derecognised. This is not affected by whether the entity identified the cost of the previous inspection when the item was acquired or constructed. [IAS 16.14]. See Chapter 18 at 3.3.2.

Subsequent costs that meet the recognition criteria should therefore be capitalised even if the costs incurred merely restore the assets to their original standard of performance, and the remaining carrying amount of any cost previously capitalised should be expensed. However, under IAS 37 an entity cannot provide for the costs of planned future maintenance (e.g. turnarounds, renewals/reconditions) as is illustrated by Example 43.8, based on Example 11A in IAS 37. [IAS 37 Appendix C].

Even a legal requirement to refurbish does not make the costs of a turnaround/renewal a liability under IAS 37, because no obligation exists independently of the entity's future actions – the entity could avoid the future overhaul expenditure by its future actions, for example by selling the refinery or the asset that is being renewed/reconditioned. [IAS 37 IE Example 11B].

The extract below from BP illustrates a typical accounting policy for repairs, maintenance and inspection costs under IFRS.

Turnarounds/renewals can have a considerable impact on financial performance because of additional costs incurred and lower revenues. Therefore, fairly detailed information is generally disclosed about turnaround costs incurred in the past and turnarounds planned in the future.

15.2 Well workovers and recompletions (oil and gas)

Well workovers or recompletions are often required when the producing oil sands become clogged and production declines or other physical or mechanical problems arise.119 Workover costs that relate to the day-to-day servicing of the wells (i.e. primarily the costs of labour and consumables, and possibly the cost of small parts) should be expensed as incurred. However, as discussed at 15.1 above, costs incurred to restore a well to its former level of production should be capitalised under IFRS, but an entity should derecognise any relevant previously capitalised well completion costs. However, to the extent that an entity can forecast future well workovers, it will need to depreciate the original well completion costs over a shorter economic life. Conversely, if an entity unexpectedly incurs well workover costs, it may need to consider whether those additional costs result in the need to perform an impairment test.

15.3 Care and maintenance

At certain times, a mining operation, gas plant or other substantial component of operations may be suspended because of a change in circumstances, which may include a weakening of global demand for the commodity, lower prices, higher costs, changes in demand for processing, changes in exchange rates, changes in government policy or other events of nature such as seismic events or cyclones. Such changes mean that continuing with production or further development becomes uneconomical. Instead of permanently shutting down and abandoning the mine or plant, the operations and development are curtailed and the mine, plant or operation is placed on ‘care and maintenance’. This can happen either in the development phase or the production phase.

A decision to put an asset such as a mine or gas plant on care and maintenance would be an indicator of impairment (see 11.1 above). An impairment test would need to be conducted and if the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss would need to be recognised.

While the asset remains in care and maintenance, expenditures are still incurred but usually at a lower rate than when the mine or gas plant is operating. A lower rate of depreciation for tangible non-current assets is also usually appropriate due to reduced wear and tear. Movable plant and machinery would generally be depreciated over its useful life. Management should consider depreciation to allow for deterioration. Where depreciation for movable plant and machinery had previously been determined on a units of production basis, this may no longer be appropriate.

Management should also ensure that any assets for which there are no longer any future economic benefits, i.e. which have become redundant, are written off.

The length of the closure and the associated care and maintenance expenditure may be estimated for depreciation and impairment purposes. However, it is not appropriate to recognise a provision for the entire estimated expenditure relating to the care and maintenance period. All care and maintenance costs are to be expensed as incurred.

Development costs amortised or depreciated using the units of production method would no longer be depreciated. Holding costs associated with such assets should be expensed in profit or loss in the period they are incurred. These may include costs such as security costs and site property maintenance costs.

The costs associated with restarting a mine or gas plant which had previously been on care and maintenance should only be capitalised if they improve the asset beyond its original operating capabilities. Entities will need to exercise significant judgement when performing this assessment.

15.4 Unitisations and redeterminations

15.4.1 Unitisations

A unitisation arrangement is ‘an agreement between two parties each of which owns an interest in one or more mineral properties in an area to cross-assign to one another a share of the interest in the mineral properties that each owns in the area; from that point forward they share, as agreed, in further costs and revenues related to the properties’.120 The parties pool their individual interests in return for an interest in the overall unit, which is then operated jointly to increase efficiency.121 Once an area is subject to an unitisation arrangement, the parties share costs and production in accordance with their percentages established under the unitisation agreement. The unitisation agreement does not affect costs and production associated with non-unitised areas within the original licences, which continue to fall to the original licensees.122

IFRS does not specifically address accounting for a unitisation arrangement. Therefore, the accounting for such an arrangement depends on the type of asset that is subject to the arrangement. If the assets subject to the arrangement were E&E assets, then the transaction would fall within the scope of IFRS 6, which provides a temporary exemption from IAS 8 (see 3.2.1 above). An entity would be permitted to develop an accounting policy for unitisation arrangements involving E&E assets that is not based on IFRS. However, unitisations are unlikely to occur in the E&E phase when technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are not yet demonstrable.

For unitisations that occur outside the E&E phase, as there is no specific guidance in IFRS, an entity will need to develop an accounting policy in accordance with the IAS 8 hierarchy. The first step in developing an accounting policy for unitisations is setting criteria for determining which assets are included within the transaction. Particularly important is the assessment as to whether the unitisation includes the mineral reserves themselves or not. The main reason for not including the mineral reserves derives from the fact that they are subject to redetermination (see 15.4.2 below).

The example below, which is taken from the IASC's Issues Paper, illustrates how a unitisation transaction might work in practice.

Although the reserves are unitised in the physical sense (i.e. each party will end up selling oil or gas that physically came out of the reserves of the other party), in volume terms the parties remain entitled to a quantity of reserves that is equal to that which they contributed. However, the timing of production and the costs to produce the reserves may be impacted by the unitisation agreement. The example below explains this in more detail.

To the extent that the unitisation of the mineral reserves themselves lacks commercial substance (see 6.3.2 above), it may be appropriate to exclude the mineral reserves in accounting for an unitisation. Where the unitisation significantly affects the risk and timing of the cash flows or the type of product (e.g. an unitisation could lead to an exchange of, say, gas reserves for oil reserves) there is likely to be substance to the unitisation of the reserves.

If the assets subject to the unitisation arrangement are not E&E assets, or not only E&E assets, then it is necessary to develop an accounting policy in accordance with the requirements of IAS 8. Unitisation arrangements generally give rise to joint control over the underlying assets or entities:

  1. if the unitisation arrangement results in joint control over a joint venture then the parties should apply IFRS 11 (see Chapter 12) and IAS 28 (see Chapter 11) and provide the relevant disclosures in accordance with the requirements contained in IFRS 12 (see Chapter 13); or
  2. if the unitisation arrangement gives rise to a joint operation or results in a swap of assets that are not jointly controlled, then each of the parties should account for the arrangement as an asset swap (see 6.3 above).

Under both (a) and (b) above, a party to an unitisation agreement would report a gain (or loss) depending on whether the fair value of the interest received is higher (or lower) than the carrying amount of the interest given up.

15.4.2 Redeterminations

The percentage interests in an unitisation arrangement are based on estimates of the relative quantities of reserves contributed by each of the parties. As field life progresses and production experience is gained, many unitisation agreements require the reserves to be redetermined, which often leads the parties to conclude that the recoverable reserves in one or perhaps both of the original properties are not as previously estimated. Unitisation agreements typically require one or more ‘redeterminations’ of percentage interests once better reservoir information becomes available. In most cases, the revised percentage interests are deemed to be effective from the date of the original unitisation agreement, which means that adjustments are required between the parties in respect of their relative entitlements to cumulative production and their shares of cumulative costs.124

Unitisation agreements normally set out when redeterminations need to take place and the way in which adjustments to the percentage interests should be effected. The former OIAC SORP described the process as follows:

  1. ‘(a) Adjustments in respect of cumulative “capital” costs are usually made immediately following the redetermination by means of a lump sum reimbursement, sometimes including an “interest” or uplift element to reflect related financing costs.
  2. (b) Adjustments to shares of cumulative production are generally effected prospectively. Participants with an increased share are entitled to additional “make-up” production until the cumulative liftings are rebalanced. During this period adjusted percentage interests are applied to both production entitlement and operating costs. Once equity is achieved the effective percentage interests revert to those established by the redetermination.’125

An adjustment to an entity's percentage interest due to a redetermination is not a prior period error under IFRS. [IAS 8.5]. Instead, the redetermination results from new information or new developments and therefore should be treated as a change in an accounting estimate. Accordingly, a redetermination should not result in a fully retrospective adjustment.

Redeterminations give rise to some further accounting issues which are discussed below.

15.4.2.A Redeterminations as capital reimbursements

Under many national GAAPs, redeterminations are accounted for as reimbursement of capital expenditure rather than as sales/purchases of a partial interest. Given that this second approach could result in the recognition of a gain upon redetermination, followed by a higher depreciation charge per barrel, it has become accepted industry practice that redeterminations should be accounted for as reimbursements of capital expenditure under IFRS. Both approaches are illustrated in Example 43.11 below.

In addition, a redetermination gives rise to a number of questions, for example, how should the entities account for:

  • the adjustment of their share in the remaining reserves;
  • the ‘make-up’ oil obligation; and
  • their revised shares in the decommissioning liabilities.

The ‘make-up’ oil obligation and the revised shares in the decommissioning liabilities are discussed further following the example below.

15.4.2.B ‘Make-up’ oil

As indicated in Example 43.11 above, Entity B would be entitled to 6 mboe of ‘make-up’ oil out of Entity A's share of the production. This raises the question whether Entity A should recognise a liability for the ‘make-up’ oil and whether Entity B should recognise an asset for the ‘make-up’ oil that it is entitled to.

‘Make-up’ oil is in many ways comparable to an overlift or underlift of oil, because after the redetermination it appears that Entity A is effectively in an overlift position (i.e. it has sold more product than its proportionate share of production) while Entity B is in an underlift position (i.e. it has sold less product than its proportionate share of production).

IFRS does not directly address accounting for underlifts and overlifts (as discussed at 12.4 above) or accounting for ‘make-up’ oil following a redetermination. Consequently, an entity that is entitled to receive or is obliged to pay ‘make-up’ oil will need to apply the hierarchy in IAS 8 to develop an accounting policy that is compliant with current IFRS. In doing so, the entity may look to the accounting standards of another standard-setter with a similar conceptual framework, such as US GAAP or UK GAAP, in which case the entity would not recognise an asset or liability and account for the ‘make-up’ oil prospectively.

Under many unitisation agreements, entities are required to give up oil only to the extent that there is production from the underlying field. Under these circumstances, Entity A would have no obligation to deliver oil or make another form of payment to the other parties under the unitisation agreement. In those cases, the ‘make-up’ oil obligation would not meet the definition of financial liability under IAS 32 or that of a provision under IAS 37. It may also be considered that Entity B cannot recognise an asset, because its right to ‘make-up’ oil only arises because of a future event (i.e. the future production of oil).

15.4.2.C Decommissioning provisions

Another effect of a redetermination is that it may increase or decrease an entity's share of the decommissioning liability in relation to the project, as illustrated in the example below.

15.5 Stripping costs in the production phase of a surface mine (mining)

In surface mining operations it is necessary to remove overburden and other waste materials to gain access to ore from which minerals can be extracted – this is also referred to as stripping. IFRIC 20 specifies how stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a surface mine are to be accounted for. IFRIC 20 considers the different types of stripping costs encountered in a surface mining operation. These costs are separated into those incurred in the development phase of the mine (i.e. pre-production) and those that are incurred in the production phase. [IFRIC 20.2, 3]. For these purposes, the mine is considered to be an asset that is separate from the mineral rights and mineral reserves, which are outside the scope of IAS 16. [IAS 16.3(d)].

15.5.1 Scope of IFRIC 20

Generally, those costs incurred in the development phase of a mine would be capitalised as part of the depreciable cost of building, developing and constructing the mine, under the principles of IAS 16. Ultimately, these capitalised costs are depreciated or amortised on a systematic basis, usually by using the units of production method, once production commences. The stripping costs incurred in the development phase of a mine are not considered by IFRIC 20.

Instead, the interpretation applies to all waste removal (stripping) costs incurred during the production phase of a surface mine (production stripping costs). [IFRIC 20.2]. It does not apply to oil and natural gas extraction and underground mining activities. Also, it does not address the question of whether oil sands extraction is considered to be a surface mining activity and therefore whether it is in scope or not. [IFRIC 20.BC4].

Despite the importance of the term ‘production phase’, this is not defined in the Interpretation, or elsewhere in IFRS. The determination of the commencement of the production phase not only affects stripping costs, but also affects many other accounting issues in the extractive industries, described in more detail below. These include the cessation of the capitalisation of other costs, including borrowing costs, the commencement of depreciation or amortisation (see 16 below), and the treatment of certain pre-production revenues (see 12.1 above).

Stripping activity undertaken during the production phase may create two benefits (1) the extraction of ore (inventory) in the current period and (2) improved access to the ore body to be mined in a future period. Where the benefits are realised in the form of inventory produced, the production stripping costs are to be accounted for in accordance with IAS 2. Where the benefits are improved access to ore to be mined in the future, these costs are to be recognised as a non-current asset, if the required criteria are met (see 15.5.2 below). The Interpretation refers to this non-current asset as the ‘stripping activity asset’. [IFRIC 20.8].

15.5.2 Recognition criteria – stripping activity asset

IFRIC 20 states that an entity must recognise a stripping activity asset if, and only if, all of the following criteria are satisfied:

  1. it is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated with the stripping activity will flow to the entity;
  2. the entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and
  3. the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured reliably. [IFRIC 20.9].

Instead of being a separate asset, the stripping activity asset is to be accounted for as an addition to, or as an enhancement of, an existing asset. This means that the stripping activity asset will be accounted for as part of an existing asset. [IFRIC 20.10]. IFRIC 20 does not specify whether the stripping activity asset is a tangible or intangible asset. Instead, it simply states that it should be classified as tangible or intangible according to the nature of the existing asset of which it is part – so it will depend upon whether an entity classifies its mine assets as tangible or intangible.

The Interpretation considers that the stripping activity asset might add to or improve a variety of existing assets, such as, the mine property (land), the mineral deposit itself, an intangible right to extract the ore or an asset that originated in the mine development phase. [IFRIC 20.BC10]. In most instances, entities classify their producing mine assets as tangible assets; therefore, it is likely that the stripping activity assets will also be classified as tangible assets.

15.5.3 Initial recognition

The stripping activity asset is to be initially measured at cost. This will be the accumulation of costs directly incurred to perform the stripping activity that benefits the identified component of ore, plus an allocation of directly attributable overhead costs. [IFRIC 20.12]. Examples of the types of costs expected to be included as directly attributable overhead costs are items such as salary costs of the mine supervisor overseeing that component of the mine, and an allocation of rental costs of any equipment hired specifically to perform the stripping activity. [IFRIC 20.BC12].

Some incidental operations may take place at the same time as the production stripping activity that are not necessary for the production stripping activity to continue as planned. The costs associated with these incidental operations are not to be included in the cost of the stripping activity asset. [IFRIC 20.12]. An example provided in the Interpretation is the building of an access ramp in the area in which the production stripping activity is taking place. These ancillary costs must be recognised as assets or expensed in accordance with other IFRSs.

15.5.3.A Allocating costs between inventory and the stripping activity asset

If the costs of waste removal can be directly allocated between inventory and the stripping activity asset, then the entity should allocate those costs accordingly. However, it may be difficult in practice to identify these costs separately, particularly if inventory is produced at the same time as access to the ore body is improved. This is likely to be very common in practice. Where this is the case, the Interpretation permits an entity to use an allocation approach that is based on a relevant production measure as this is considered to be a good indicator of the nature of benefits that are generated for the activity taking place in the mine. [IFRIC 20.13].

The Interpretation provides a (non-exhaustive) list of some of the possible metrics that could be used to determine the appropriate allocation basis. These include:

  • cost of inventory produced compared with expected cost;
  • volume of waste extracted compared with expected volume, for a given volume of ore production; and
  • mineral content of the ore extracted compared with expected mineral content to be extracted, for a given quantity of ore produced. [IFRIC 20.13].

An allocation basis which uses sales value or relative sales value is not acceptable. [IFRIC 20.BC15].

The production measure is calculated for each identified component of the ore body. Application of this allocation methodology effectively involves a comparison of the expected level of activity for that component with the actual level of activity for the same component, to identify when additional activity may have occurred and may be creating a future benefit. See 15.5.3.B below for further discussion about how to determine a component.

Where the actual level of activity exceeds the expected level of activity, the waste removal activity incurred at the expected level and its associated costs would then form part of the cost of inventory produced in that period. Any excess of actual activity over the expected level (and the associated costs of such excess activity) needs to be considered to determine whether it represents a stripping activity asset.

It is important to note that where actual stripping levels exceed those expected for the identified component, this will not automatically result in the recognition of a stripping activity asset. An entity will need to assess whether the removal of such additional waste has actually resulted in a future economic benefit, i.e. improved access to future ore. If not, such costs should not be capitalised as an asset, but instead should be recognised in profit or loss in the period incurred. For example, the mining of an unexpected fault or dyke should not be capitalised but instead expensed as incurred.

Where actual waste removal activity is less than the expected level of activity, only the actual waste removed and its associated costs, not the expected costs, will form part of the cost of inventory produced in that period. This is because continuing to recognise waste costs at the expected level would require an entity to recognise a deferred stripping liability. This is not permitted under IFRIC 20 or generally under IFRS because, in the absence of a legal or constructive obligation to continue to mine the deposit, such costs would not satisfy the criteria to be recognised as a liability.

It is worth noting that while some of the allocation approaches set out in the Interpretation are similar to the life-of-mine average strip ratio approach used by many entities prior to the introduction of IFRIC 20, there are differences.

The key difference is that the level at which the expected level of activity is to be determined when calculating the relevant production measure is likely to be lower than that was previously used for the life-of-mine average strip ratio approach. The life-of-mine average strip ratio approach used the entire ore body, whereas IFRIC 20 requires this to be determined for each component of the ore body, which is expected to be a subset of the ore body. See 15.5.3.B below for further discussion about how to determine a component.

The other difference relates to the way in which any stripping activity asset is recognised in profit or loss. Under the life-of-mine average stripping ratio approach, a portion of the deferred stripping asset was recognised in profit or loss when the actual stripping ratio fell below the expected average life-of-mine strip ratio. Under IFRIC 20 however, the stripping activity asset is to be depreciated or amortised over the useful life of the identified component of the ore body that becomes more accessible. The units of production (UOP) method is to be used unless another method is more appropriate. [IFRIC 20.15].

It is important to note that the calculation of the expected production measure for each component will need to be reviewed and updated if there are material changes to the mine plan for that component (for example due to differences in actual versus budgeted performance or changes in future mining plans resulting from other factors, e.g. changes in commodity prices or increases in costs). Should these changes impact the expected production measure for the remaining life of the component, then the IFRIC 20 calculations will need to be updated and applied on a prospective basis. The calculation of the expected production measures will also be required if and when new components commence production.

15.5.3.B Identifying the component of the ore body

Identifying the various components of the ore body is one of the critical steps in applying IFRIC 20. This is necessary for several reasons:

  1. production stripping costs can only be capitalised as an asset if the component of the ore body for which access has been improved, can be identified;
  2. to allocate stripping activity costs between inventory and the stripping activity asset, an entity needs to determine the expected level of activity for each component of the mine; and
  3. the stripping activity asset is required to be depreciated or amortised on a systematic basis, over the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that becomes more accessible as a result of the stripping activity.

The Interpretation provides limited guidance on how to identify components, although it does appear a component is expected to be a subset of the whole ore body. This view is supported in several parts of IFRIC 20.

  • A ‘component’ refers to the specific volume of the ore body that is made more accessible by the stripping activity; the identified component of the ore body would typically be a subset of the total ore body of the mine; and a mine may have several components, which are identified during the mine planning stage. [IFRIC 20.BC8].
  • The depreciation or amortisation requirements state that the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that is used to depreciate or amortise the stripping activity asset will differ from the expected useful life that is used to depreciate or amortise the mine itself and the related life-of-mine assets, unless the stripping activity provides improved access to the whole of the ore body. [IFRIC 20.BC17].

In practice, the identification of components of an ore body is a complex process which requires a significant amount of management judgement. While it is considered that an entity's mine plan will provide the information required allowing these judgements to be made with reasonable consistency, this may not be a straightforward exercise, and it will be particularly challenging for the more complex mines. This is because ore bodies vary significantly in shape and size and are more haphazard than often illustrated in simple examples. Management may identify components in a number of different ways. These could include identifying discrete components in the mine plan, such as phases, sections, push backs, cutbacks, lay backs, blocks, etc.; examining annual production plans; or examining push back campaigns. Whatever approach is adopted, it is essential that the components are recognisable to those who are responsible for mine planning as they will be the ones who will need to track progress as ore is removed and will need to update the assessment of components should the mine plan change. Given this, practice has revealed that when identifying the components of an ore body, it is essential that input is obtained from those who best understand the mine plan, i.e. the mining engineers and operational personnel.

The identification of components will need to be reassessed and updated (if necessary) whenever there are material changes to the mine plan. Given this, an entity will need to establish systems, processes, procedures and controls to ensure it is able to identify when material changes to the mine plan have occurred that would require the IFRIC 20 calculations to be updated. Identification of components will also be required when an entity commences production on a new component of the ore body or in relation to a new ore body.

15.5.4 Subsequent measurement

After initial recognition, the stripping activity asset must be carried at its cost or revalued amount less depreciation or amortisation and less impairment losses, in the same way as the existing asset of which it is a part. [IFRIC 20.14]. The stripping activity asset is to be depreciated or amortised on a systematic basis, over the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that becomes more accessible as a result of the stripping activity. [IFRIC 20.15].

The units of production method is effectively required to be applied unless another method is more appropriate. [IFRIC 20.15]. The expected useful life of the identified component that is used to depreciate or amortise the stripping activity asset will differ from the expected useful life that is used to depreciate or amortise the mine itself and the related life-of-mine assets, unless the stripping activity provides improved access to the whole of the ore body (this is expected to be rare). [IFRIC 20.16].

Consistent with the units of production method used for other mining assets, the calculation of the units of production rate will be completed when a stripping activity asset is first recognised. It will then need to be reviewed (and if necessary, updated) at the end of each reporting period, or when the mine plan changes. The new units of production rate will be applied prospectively.

Given the depreciation or amortisation of the stripping activity asset represents the consumption of the benefits associated with the stripping activity asset, and those benefits are realised by the extraction of the ore to which the stripping activity asset relates (i.e. the ore for which access was improved by the removal of this waste in prior periods), this depreciation or amortisation effectively represents part of the cost of extracting that ore in future periods. In accordance with IAS 2, such costs should be included in the cost of that subsequent ore. This effectively means that the depreciation or amortisation of the stripping activity asset should be recapitalised as part of the cost of the inventory produced in those subsequent periods. Once the inventory is sold, those costs will be recognised in profit or loss as part of cost of goods sold.

15.5.5 Disclosures

IFRIC 20 has no specific disclosure requirements. However, the general disclosure requirements of IAS 1 are relevant, e.g. the requirements to disclose significant accounting policies, [IAS 1.117], and significant judgements, estimates and assumptions. [IAS 1.125]. For many entities, it is likely that the accounting policy for stripping costs would be considered a significant accounting policy which would therefore warrant disclosure, as would the judgements, estimates and assumptions they make when applying this policy.

The extract below from Rio Tinto illustrates an IFRIC 20 accounting policy disclosure.

16 DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTISATION (DD&A)

16.1 Requirements under IAS 16 and IAS 38

The main types of depreciable assets of mining companies and oil and gas companies are property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and mineral reserves, although the exact titles given to these types of assets may vary.

While ‘mineral rights and expenditure on the exploration for, or development and extraction of, minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources’ are outside the scope of IAS 16 and IAS 38, any items of property, plant and equipment (PP&E) and other intangible assets that are used in the extraction of mineral reserves should be accounted for under IAS 16 and IAS 38. [IAS 16.2, 3, IAS 38.2].

For items of PP&E, various descriptions are used for such assets which can include producing mines, mine assets, oil and gas assets, producing properties. Whatever the description given, IAS 16 requires depreciation of an item of PP&E over its useful life. Depreciation is required to be calculated separately for each part (often referred to as a ‘component’), of an item of PP&E with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item, unless the item can be grouped with other items of PP&E that have the same useful life and depreciation method. [IAS 16.43, 45].

The guidance in IAS 16 relating to parts of an asset does not apply directly to intangible assets as IAS 38 does not apply a ‘parts’ approach, or to mineral rights, but we believe that entities should use the general principles for determining an appropriate unit of account that are outlined at 4 above. IAS 16's general requirements are described in Chapter 18 and IAS 38 is addressed in Chapter 17.

16.1.1 Mineral reserves

In the absence of a standard or an interpretation specifically applicable to mineral reserves and their related expenditures, which are technically outside the scope of IAS 16 and IAS 38, management needs to develop an accounting policy for the depreciation or amortisation of mineral reserves in accordance with the hierarchy in IAS 8, taking into account the requirements and guidance in Standards and Interpretations dealing with similar and related issues and the definitions, recognition criteria and measurement concepts for assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the Conceptual Framework. [IAS 8.11]. In practice, an entity will generally develop an accounting policy that is based on the depreciation and amortisation principles in IAS 16 and IAS 38, which deal with similar and related issues.

16.1.2 Assets depreciated using the straight-line method

The straight-line method of depreciation is generally preferred in accounting for the depreciation of property, plant and equipment. The main practical advantages of the straight-line method are considered to be its simplicity and the fact that its results are often not materially different from the units of production method if annual production is relatively constant.126 In general, the straight-line method is considered to be preferable for:

  • assets whose loss in value is more closely linked to the passage of time than to the quantities of minerals produced (e.g. front-end loaders that are used in stripping overburden and production of minerals);
  • assets that are unrelated to production and that are separable from the field or mine (e.g. office buildings);
  • assets with a useful life that is either much longer (e.g. offshore platforms) or much shorter (e.g. drill jumbos) than that of the field or mine in which they are used;
  • assets used in fields or mines whose annual production is relatively constant. However, if assets are used in fields or mines that are expected to suffer extended outages, due to weather conditions or periodic repairs and maintenance, then the straight-line method may be less appropriate; and
  • assets that are used in more than one field or mine (e.g. service trucks).

If the production of a field or mine drops significantly towards the end of its productive life, then the straight-line method may result in a relatively high depreciation charge per unit of production in these latter years. In those cases, an entity may need to perform an impairment test on the assets involved.

The extract below indicates the assets to which BHP applies the straight-line method.

16.1.3 Assets depreciated using the units of production method

When it comes to assets relating to mineral reserves, the units of production method is the most common method applied. ‘The underlying principle of the units of production method is that capitalised costs associated with a cost centre are incurred to find and develop the commercially producible reserves in that cost centre, so that each unit produced from the centre is assigned an equal amount of cost.’127 The units of production method thereby effectively allocates an equal amount of depreciation to each unit produced, rather than an equal amount to each year as under the straight-line method.

When the level of production varies considerably over the life of a project (e.g. the production of oil fields is much higher in the periods just after the start of production than in the final periods of production), depreciation based on a units of production method will produce a more equal cost per unit from year to year than straight-line methods. Under the straight-line method the depreciation charge per unit in the early years of production could be much less than the depreciation per unit in later years. ‘That factor, coupled with the fact that typically production costs per unit increase in later years, means that the profitability of operations would be distorted if the straight-line method is used, showing larger profits in early years and lower profits in later years of the mineral resource's life. The higher cost per unit in later years is, in part, due to fewer units being produced while many production costs remain fixed and, in part, a result of many variable costs per unit increasing over time because reserves may be harder to extract, there may be greater equipment repairs, and similar other factors.’128 Nevertheless, even under the units of production method, profitability often drops significantly towards the end of the productive life of a field or mine. When this happens an entity will need to carry out an impairment test and may need to recognise an impairment charge (see 11 above).

In general, the units of production method is considered to be preferable for:

  • assets used in fields or mines whose annual production may vary considerably over their useful economic life;
  • assets whose loss in value is more closely linked to the quantities of minerals produced than to the passage of time (e.g. draglines used in the extraction of mineral ore);
  • assets that are used in production or that are inseparable from the field or mine (e.g. wells and well heads);
  • assets with a useful life that is the same as that of the field or mine in which they are used; and
  • assets that are used in only one field or mine (e.g. overland conveyor belts).

Extract 43.49 above and Extract 43.50 below indicate the classes of asset to which BHP and Lonmin, respectively, apply the units of production method.

The practical application of the units of production method gives rise to the following issues that require entities to exercise a considerable degree of judgement in determining the:

  1. units of production formula (see 16.1.3.A below);
  2. reserves base (see 16.1.3.B below);
  3. unit of measure (see 16.1.3.C below); and
  4. joint and by-products (see 16.1.3.D below).

As discussed at 16.1.3.B below, the asset base that is subject to depreciation should be consistent with the reserves base that is used, which may require an entity to exclude certain costs from (or include future investments in) the depreciation pool.

16.1.3.A Units of production formula

There are a number of different ways in which an entity could calculate a depreciation charge under the units of production method. The most obvious of these is probably the following formula:

image

The reserves estimate used in the above formula is the best estimate of the reserves at the beginning of the period, but by the end of the period a revised and more accurate estimate is often available. Therefore, it may be considered that in order to take into account the most recent information, the opening reserves should be calculated by adding the ‘closing reserves estimated at the end of the period’ to the ‘current period's production’. However, reserves estimates might change for a number of reasons:

  1. more detailed knowledge about existing reserves (e.g. detailed engineering studies or drilling of additional wells which occurred after the commencement of the period);
  2. new events that affect the physical quantity of reserves (e.g. major fire in a mine); and
  3. changes in economic assumptions (e.g. higher commodity prices).

It is generally not appropriate to take account of these events retrospectively. For example, changes in reserves estimates that result from events that took place after the end of the reporting period (such as those under (b) and (c)) are non-adjusting events that should be accounted for prospectively in accordance with IFRS. [IAS 8.32‑38, IAS 10.3]. Changes in reserves estimates that result from new information or new developments which do not offer greater clarity concerning the conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period (such as those under (a)) are not considered to be corrections of errors; instead they are changes in accounting estimates that should be accounted for prospectively under IFRS. [IAS 8.5, 32‑38].

Determining whether actual changes in reserves estimates should be treated as adjusting or non-adjusting events will depend upon the specific facts and circumstances and may require significant judgement.

Usually, an entity will continue to invest during the year in assets in the depreciation pool (see 16.1.3.B below for a discussion of ‘depreciation pools’) that are used to extract minerals. This raises the question as to whether or not assets that were used for only part of the production during the period should be depreciated on a different basis. Under the straight-line method, an entity will generally calculate the depreciation of asset additions during the period based on the assumption that they were added (1) at the beginning of the period, (2) in the middle of the period or (3) at the end of the period. While method (2) is often the best approximation, methods (1) and (3) are generally not materially different when the accounting period is rather short (e.g. monthly or quarterly reporting) or when the level of asset additions is relatively low compared to the asset base.

The above considerations explain why the units of production formula that is commonly used in the extractive industries is slightly more complicated than the formula given above:

image

This units of production formula is widely used in the oil and gas sector by entities that apply US GAAP or did apply the former OIAC SORP. In the mining sector, however, both the first and the second units of production formulae are used in practice.

16.1.3.B Reserves base

An important decision in applying the units of production method is selecting the reserves base that will be used. The following reserves bases could in theory be used:

  1. proved developed reserves (see (a) below);
  2. proved developed and undeveloped reserves (see (b) below);
  3. proved and probable reserves (see (c) below);
  4. proved and probable reserves and a portion of resources expected to be converted into reserves (see (d) below); and
  5. proved, probable and possible reserves.

The term ‘possible reserves’, which is used in the oil and gas sector, is associated with a probability of only 10% (see 2.2.1 above). Therefore, it is generally not considered acceptable to include possible reserves within the reserves base in applying the units of production method.

It is important that whatever reserves base is chosen the costs applicable to that category of reserves are included in the depreciable amount to achieve a proper matching of costs and production.129 For example, ‘if the cost centre is not fully developed … there may be costs that do not apply, in total or in part, to proved developed reserves, which may create difficulties in matching costs and reserves. In addition, some reserve categories will require future costs to bring them to the point where production may begin’.130

IFRS does not provide any guidance on the selection of an appropriate reserves base or cost centre (i.e. unit of account) for the application of the units of production method. The relative merits for the use of each of the reserves bases listed under (a) to (c) above are discussed in detail below.

(a) Proved developed reserves

Under some national GAAPs that have accounting standards for the extractive industries, an entity is required to use proved developed reserves as its reserves base for the depreciation of certain types of assets. An entity would therefore calculate its depreciation charge on the basis of actual costs that have been incurred to date. However, the cost centre frequently includes capitalised costs that relate to undeveloped reserves. To calculate the depreciation charge correctly, it will be necessary to exclude a portion of the capitalised costs from the depreciation calculation. Example 43.14 below, which is taken from the IASC's Issues Paper, illustrates how this might work.

Similarly, an appropriate portion of prospecting costs, mineral acquisition costs, exploration costs, appraisal costs, and future dismantlement, removal, and restoration costs that have been capitalised should be withheld from the depreciation calculation if proved developed reserves are used as the reserves base and if there are undeveloped reserves in the cost pool.132

By withholding some of the costs from the depreciation pool, an entity is able to achieve a better matching of the costs incurred with the benefits of production. This is particularly important in respect of pre-development costs, which provide future economic benefits in relation to reserves that are not yet classified as ‘proved developed’.

However, excluding costs from the depreciation pool may not be appropriate if it is not possible to determine reliably the portion of costs to be excluded or if the reserves that are not ‘proved developed’ are highly uncertain. It may not be necessary to exclude any costs at all from the depreciation pool if those costs are immaterial, which is sometimes the case in mining operations.

As illustrated in Extract 43.51, Royal Dutch Shell, in reporting under IFRS, applies the units of production method based on proved developed reserves.

(b) Proved developed and undeveloped reserves

Another approach that is common under IFRS is to use ‘proved developed and undeveloped reserves’ as the reserves base for the application of the units of production method. This approach reflects the fact that it is often difficult to allocate costs that have already been incurred between developed and undeveloped reserves and has the advantage that it effectively straight-lines the depreciation charge per unit of production across the different phases of a project. For example, if the depreciation cost in phase 1 of the development is $24/barrel and the depreciation cost in phase 2 of the development could be $18/barrel, an entity that uses proved developed and undeveloped reserves as its reserves base might recognise depreciation of, say, $22/barrel during phase 1 and phase 2.

Application of this approach is complicated by the fact that phase 1 of the project will start production before phase 2 is completed. To apply the units of production method on the basis of proved developed and undeveloped reserves, the entity would need to forecast the remaining investment related to phase 2. The approach does not appear unreasonable at first sight, given that the proved reserves are reasonably certain to exist and ‘the costs of developing the proved undeveloped reserves will be incurred in the near future in most situations, the total depreciable costs can also be estimated with a high degree of reliability’.133 Nevertheless, the entity would therefore define its cost pool (i.e. unit of account) as including both assets that it currently owns and certain future investments. Although there is no specific precedent within IFRS for using such a widely defined unit of account, such an approach is not prohibited, while in practice it has gained a broad measure of acceptance within the extractive industries.

(c) Proved and probable reserves

The arguments in favour of using ‘proved and probable reserves’ as the reserves base in applying the units of production method are similar to those discussed at (b) above. The IASC's Issues Paper summarised the arguments in favour of this approach as follows:

  • ‘Proponents of [using “proved and probable reserves” as the reserve base] use the same arguments given for including proved undeveloped reserves and related future costs in calculating depreciation. They point out that in a cost centre in which development has only begun a large part of capitalised prospecting, mineral acquisition, exploration, and appraisal costs may apply to probable reserves. Often in this situation there are large quantities of probable reserves, lacking only relatively minor additional exploration and/or appraisal work to be reclassified as proved reserves. They argue that, in calculating depreciation, it would be possible to defer all costs relating to the probable reserves if either proved developed reserves only, or all proved reserves, were to be used as the quantity on which depreciation is based. They contend that using probable and proved reserves in the reserve base and including in the depreciable costs any additional costs anticipated to explore and develop those reserves provides more relevant and reliable information.’134

The main drawbacks of this approach are that estimates of probable reserves are almost certainly different from actual reserves that will ultimately be developed and estimates of the costs to complete the development are likely to be incorrect because of the potentially long time scales involved.135 Nevertheless, this approach has also found a considerable degree of acceptance under IFRS among mining companies and oil and gas companies that were permitted to apply the approach under their national GAAP before (e.g. UK GAAP). Both Tullow Oil and Anglo American apply this approach, as illustrated in Extracts 43.52 and 43.53 below.

(d) Proved and probable reserves and a portion of resources expected to be converted into reserves (mining entities only)

We observe in practice that some mining entities adopt a slightly different approach when depreciating some of their mining assets. They use proven and probable reserves and a portion of resources expected to be converted into reserves. Such an approach tends to be limited to mining companies where the type of mineral and the characteristics of the ore body indicate that there is a high degree of confidence that those resources will be converted into reserves. For example, this is very common for underground operations that only perform infill drilling just prior to production commencing. This is done so that capital is not spent too early before it is really needed.

Such resources can comprise measured, indicated and inferred resources, and even exploration potential. Determining which of those have a high degree of confidence of being extracted in an economic manner will require judgement. Such an assessment will take into account the specific mineralisation and the ‘reserves to resource’ conversion that has previously been achieved for a mine.

Such an approach is generally justified on the basis that it helps to ensure the depreciation charges reflect management's best estimate of the useful life of the assets and provides greater accuracy in the calculation of the consumption of future economic benefits.

Anglo American applies this approach, as illustrated in Extract 43.53 above, as does Rio Tinto, as illustrated in Extract 43.54 below.

An entity preparing its financial statements under IFRS will need to choose between using ‘proved developed reserves’, ‘proved developed and undeveloped reserves’, ‘proved and probable reserves’ and, for mining entities in relation to certain mines, ‘proved and probable reserves and a portion of resources expected to be converted into reserves’ as its reserves base. Each of these approaches is currently acceptable under IFRS. Preparers of financial statements should, however, be aware of the difficulties that exist in ensuring that the reserves base and the costs that are being depreciated correspond. Users of financial statements need to understand that comparability between entities reporting under IFRS may sometimes be limited and need to be aware of the impact that each of the approaches has on the depreciation charge that is reported. Given this, detailed disclosures are essential.

16.1.3.C Unit of measure

Under the units of production method, an entity assigns an equal amount of cost to each unit produced. Determining the appropriate unit by which to measure production requires a significant amount of judgement. An entity could measure the units of production by reference to physical units or, when different minerals are produced in a common process, cost could be allocated between the different minerals on the basis of their relative sales prices.

  1. Physical units of production method

If an entity uses the physical units of production method, each physical unit of reserves (such as barrels, tonnes, ounces, gallons, and cubic metres) produced is assigned a pro rata portion of undepreciated costs less residual value.

In applying the physical units of production method, a mining company needs to decide whether to use either the quantity of ore produced or the quantity of mineral contained in the ore as the unit of measure.137 Similarly, an oil and gas company needs to decide whether to use either the volume of hydrocarbons or the volume of hydrocarbons plus gas, water and other materials. When mining different grades of ore, a mining company's gross margin on the subsequent sale of minerals will fluctuate far less when it uses the quantity of minerals as its unit of measure. While a large part of the wear and tear of equipment used in mining is closely related to the quantity of ore produced, the economic benefits are more closely related to the quantity of mineral contained in the ore. Therefore, both approaches are currently considered to be acceptable under IFRS.

  1. Revenue-based units of production method

Another possible approach in applying the units of production method that may have been used by some entities previously is to measure the units produced based on the gross selling price of mineral.138 However, this approach is no longer permitted. This is because as part of the 2011‑2013 cycle of annual improvements the IASB approved an amendment to IAS 16 and IAS 38 to clarify that a revenue-based depreciation or amortisation method would not be appropriate.

16.1.3.D Joint and by-products

In the extractive industries it is common for more than one product to be extracted from the same reserves (e.g. copper mines often produce gold and silver; lead and zinc are often found together; and many oil fields produce both oil and gas). When the ratio between the joint products or between the main product and the by-products is stable, this does not pose any complications. Also, if the value of the by-products is immaterial then it will often be acceptable to base the depreciation charge on the main product. In other cases, however, it will be necessary to define a unit of measure that takes into account all minerals produced. The IASC's Issues Paper listed the following approaches in defining conversion factors for calculating such a unit of measure:139

  1. ‘physical characteristics:
    1. based on volume: such as barrels, litres, gallons, thousand cubic feet or cubic metres;
    2. based on weight: such as tonnes, pounds, and kilograms; or
    3. based on energy content (British thermal units) of oil and gas;
  2. gross revenues for the period in relation to estimated total gross revenues of the current period and future periods (more commonly seen in the mining sector); and
  3. net revenues for the period in relation to total net revenues of the current and future periods’.

Calculation of a conversion factor based on volume or weight has the benefit of being easy to apply and can lead to satisfactory results if the relative value of the products is fairly stable. For example, some mining companies that produce both gold and silver from the same mines express their production in millions of ounces of silver equivalent. This is calculated as the sum of the ounces of silver produced plus their ounces of gold produced multiplied by some ratio of the gold price divided by the silver price. For example, if the gold price was $900 and the silver price was $12, this would provide a ratio of 1/75 – so the quantity of gold would be multiplied by 75 to determine the equivalent ounces of silver. However, these ratios can change depending on the relationship between gold and silver.

Calculation of a conversion factor based on other physical characteristics is quite common in the oil and gas sector. Typically, production and reserves in oil fields are expressed in millions of barrels of oil equivalent (mmboe), which is calculated by dividing the quantity of gas expressed in thousands of cubic feet by 6 and adding that to the quantity of oil expressed in barrels. This conversion is based on the fact that one barrel of oil contains as much energy as 6,000 cubic feet of gas. While this approach is commonly used, it is important to recognise two limiting factors: the actual energy conversion factor will not always be 1:6 but may vary between 1:5½ to 1:6½ and the market price of gas per unit of energy (typically BTU) is often lower than that of oil because of government price controls and the need for expensive infrastructure to deliver gas to end users.

An approach that is commonly used (more so in the mining sector than the oil and gas sector) in calculating a conversion factor when joint products are extracted, is to base it on gross revenues. As discussed at 16.1.3.C above, the main drawback of this method is that it requires an entity to forecast future commodity prices. Despite this drawback, there will be situations where no other viable alternative exists for calculating an appropriate conversion factor.

Finally, it is possible to calculate a conversion factor based on net revenue after deducting certain direct processing costs. An argument in favour of this method is that gross revenues do not necessarily measure the economic benefits from an asset. However, taken to an extreme this argument would lead down a path where no depreciation is charged in unprofitable years, which is clearly not an acceptable practice.

Accounting for the sale of joint products and by-products is addressed at 14.2 above.

16.2 Block caving – depreciation, depletion and amortisation (mining)

Given the nature of mining operations, determining the appropriate unit of account has always been a matter requiring considerable judgement for mining entities. See 4 above for further discussion. This issue is particularly relevant when assessing how to account for new mining techniques. For example, block cave mining is one such mining technique that is being increasingly proposed or used for a number of deposits worldwide.

Block cave mining is a mass mining method that allows for the bulk mining of large, relatively lower grade, ore bodies for which the grade is consistently distributed throughout. The word ‘block’ refers to the layout of the mine – which effectively divides the ore body into large sections, with areas that can be several thousand square metres in size. This approach adopts a mine design and process which involves the creation of an undercut by fracturing the rock section underneath the block through the use of blasting. This blasting destroys the rock's ability to support the block above. Caving of the rock mass then occurs under the natural forces of gravity (which can be in the order of millions of tonnes), when a sufficient amount of rock has been removed underneath the block. The broken ore is then removed from the base of the block. This mine activity occurs without the need for drilling and blasting, as the ore above continues to fall while the broken ore beneath is removed. Broken ore is removed from the area at the extraction level through the use of a grid of draw points. These effectively funnel the broken ore down to a particular point so that it can be collected and removed for further processing.

Block caving has been applied to large scale extraction of various metals and minerals, sometimes in thick beds of ore but more usually in steep to vertical masses. Examples of block caving operations include Northparkes (Australia), Palabora (South Africa), Questa Mine (New Mexico) and Freeport (Indonesia).140

Block cave mining does require substantial upfront development costs, as initial underground access followed by large excavations (undercutting), must be completed to gain access and initially ‘undermine’ the block that is to cave. In addition, large underground and above ground haulage and milling infrastructure must be constructed to extract and then process the ore that a successful cave will generate.

One of the key issues to be addressed is how these substantial upfront development costs, in addition to the ongoing development costs associated with each block (i.e. to extend the undercutting beneath each new block and construct the draw points for each block) should be treated for depreciation or amortisation.

Generally, these costs are depreciated or amortised on a units of production basis – therefore in determining useful life, it is necessary to determine what the appropriate reserves base should be for each of these different types of costs. For example, in relation to the costs associated with initially going underground and constructing the main haulage tunnel which will be used to access and extract the reserves from the entire ore body, the useful life associated with such assets may be the reserves of the entire ore body.

In relation to the costs associated in constructing the milling infrastructure, it is possible that such assets may be used to process ore from multiple ore bodies. Therefore, the useful life of such assets may be the reserves of multiple ore bodies. However, this will depend upon the specific facts and circumstances of the particular development.

For those costs associated with each individual block, e.g. the undercutting costs directly attributable to each block and the costs associated in constructing the draw points for that block, the appropriate reserves base may potentially only be those to be extracted from that particular block, which may only be a component of the entire ore body.

The approach adopted by each entity will be determined by the specific facts and circumstances of each mine development, such as the nature of the block cave mining technique employed and how the associated assets will be used. Such an assessment will require entities to exercise considerable judgement. Appropriate disclosures are recommended where significant judgements and estimates are considered material.

17 IFRS 16 – LEASES

IFRS 16 governs the accounting for leases. IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise most leases on their balance sheet as lease liabilities together with corresponding right-of-use assets. However, lessees can make accounting policy elections to apply accounting similar to operating lease accounting under IAS 17 – Leases – to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets.

Lessees will apply a single model for most leases. The profit or loss impact will largely comprise interest (on the lease liability) and depreciation (of the right-of-use asset). There may also be other lease expenses which continue to be recognised as an operating expense, e.g. variable payments not based on an index or rate, short-term lease payments and lease payments relating to low-value assets.

Lessor accounting is substantially unchanged from current accounting. Lessors are required to classify their leases into two types: finance leases and operating leases. Lease classification determines how and when a lessor recognises lease revenue and what assets a lessor records.

While the requirements of the IFRS 16 model are discussed in detail in Chapter 23, some of the key aspects of IFRS 16 that are particularly relevant to mining companies and oil and gas companies include:

  • scope and exclusions (see 17.1 below and Chapter 23 at 2.2);
  • definition of a lease (see 17.2 below and Chapter 23 at 2.4 and 3.1);
  • leases of subsurface rights (see 17.1.3 below and Chapter 23 at 3.1.2
  • substitution rights (see 17.3 below and Chapter 23 at 3.1.3);
  • identifying and separating lease and non-lease components and allocating contract consideration (see 17.4 below and Chapter 23 at 3.2);
  • identifying lease payments (see 17.5 below and Chapter 24 at 4.5);
  • allocating contract consideration (see 17.6 below and Chapter 24 at 3.2.3.B);
  • interaction of leases and asset retirement obligations (see 17.7 below); and
  • arrangements entered into by joint arrangements (see 18 below and Chapter 23 at 3.1.1).

17.1 Scope and scope exclusions

17.1.1 Mineral rights

Leases to explore for or use minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources are excluded from the scope of IFRS 16, [IFRS 16.3], (amongst other types of arrangements – see Chapter 23 at 2.2 for the full list of scope exclusions).

IFRS 16 does not specify whether the scope exclusion for leases to explore for or use minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources applies broadly to other leases that relate to, or are part of, the process of exploring for, or using, those resources. For example, in some jurisdictions, the minerals are owned by the government, but the land within which the minerals are located is privately owned. In these jurisdictions, a mining and metals entity needs to enter into a mineral lease with the government as well as a surface lease (i.e. the right to use the land) with the private landowner. IFRS 16's Basis for Conclusions states that IFRS 6 specifies the accounting for rights to explore for, and evaluate, mineral resources. [IFRS 16.BC68(a)].

The US GAAP leases standard (ASC 842 – Leases), includes more specific guidance on how this scope exclusion should be applied. It states that leases of minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources, including the intangible rights to explore for those resources and the rights to use the land in which those natural resources are contained (unless those rights of use include more than the right to explore for natural resources) are outside the scope of ASC 842. However, equipment used to explore for the natural resources is within the scope of ASC 842.2.

Entities will need to apply judgement to determine how broadly to interpret and apply this scope exclusion under IFRS 16.

IFRS 16 is not specific as to whether the scope exclusion only applies to mineral rights in the E&E phase or whether it also applies to other rights (e.g. exploitation and/or extraction rights that arise in connection with development and production phases). The wording of the exclusion specifies that it applies to ‘leases to explore for or use minerals’ (emphasis added), which suggests that it applies more broadly (i.e. to the E&E, development and production phases). However, the reference to IFRS 6 in the Basis for Conclusions of IFRS 16 [IFRS 16.BC68(a)] may infer that the exclusion is limited to rights in the E&E phase.

Most mining companies and oil and gas companies generally apply the scope exclusion to the mineral rights in the E&E, development and production phases. We would expect that given the wording in the main body of the standard, the scope exclusion would apply to mineral rights in all phases. We would also expect that consistent with ASC 842, in the event that rights extend to more than the right to explore for or use natural resources, the scope exclusion would not apply. For example, in the event that there is also a corporate head office building on part of the land, an apportionment would be applied, and the scope exclusion would not apply to the portion of the land upon which the head office is built. Furthermore, we would not expect the scope exclusion to extend to equipment used to explore, develop or produce mineral rights.

17.1.2 Land easements or rights of way

Land easements or rights of way are rights to use, access or cross another entity's land for a specified purpose. For example, a land easement might be obtained for the right to construct and operate a pipeline or other assets (e.g. a railway line) over, under or through an existing area of land or body of water while allowing the landowner continued use of the land for other purposes (e.g. farming), as long as the landowner does not interfere with the rights conveyed in the land easement.

When determining whether a contract for a land easement or right of way is a lease, mining companies and oil and gas companies will need to assess whether there is an identified asset and whether the customer obtains substantially all of the economic benefits of the identified asset and has the right to direct the use of that asset(s) throughout the period of use.

This will require careful consideration of the rights and obligations in each arrangement and conclusions may vary given that the nature of these contracts can also vary by jurisdictions. The issue of accounting for land easements is discussed in Chapter 23 at 3.1.2.

17.1.3 Subsurface rights

In June 2019, the Interpretations Committee discussed a contract for subsurface rights.141 In the contract described, a pipeline operator obtains the right to place an oil pipeline in underground space for 20 years in exchange for consideration. The contract specifies the exact location and dimensions (path, width and depth) of the underground space within which the pipeline will be placed. The landowner retains the right to use the surface of the land above the pipeline, but it has no right to access or otherwise change the use of the specified underground space throughout the 20-year period of use. The customer has the right to perform inspection, repairs and maintenance work (including replacing damaged sections of the pipeline when necessary).

During the discussion, the Interpretations Committee noted the following:

  • Paragraph 3 of IFRS 16 requires an entity to apply IFRS 16 to all leases, with limited exceptions. In the contract described in the request, none of the exceptions in paragraphs 3 and 4 of IFRS 16 apply. In particular, the Interpretations Committee noted that the underground space is tangible. Accordingly, if the contract contains a lease, IFRS 16 applies to that lease. If the contract does not contain a lease, the entity would then consider which other IFRS standard applies.
  • Applying paragraph B9 of IFRS 16, to meet the definition of a lease the customer must have both:
    • the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from use of an identified asset throughout the period of use; and
    • the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use.
  • The specified underground space is physically distinct from the remainder of the land. The contract's specifications include the path, width and depth of the pipeline, thereby defining a physically distinct underground space. The space being underground does not in itself affect whether it is an identified asset – the specified underground space is physically distinct in the same way that a specified area of space on the land's surface would be physically distinct. As the landowner does not have the right to substitute the underground space throughout the period of use, the Committee concluded that the specified underground space is an identified asset as described in paragraphs B13–B20.
  • The customer has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from use of the specified underground space throughout the 20-year period of use. The customer has exclusive use of the specified underground space throughout that period of use.
  • The customer has the right to direct the use of the specified underground space throughout the 20-year period of use because the customer has the right to operate the asset throughout the period of use without the supplier having the right to change those operating instructions. How and for what purpose the specified underground space will be used (i.e. to locate the pipeline with specified dimensions through which oil will be transported) is predetermined in the contract. The customer has the right to operate the specified underground space by having the right to perform inspection, repairs and maintenance work. The customer makes all the decisions about the use of the specified underground space that can be made during the 20-year period of use.

Consequently, the Interpretations Committee concluded that the contract described in the request contains a lease as defined in IFRS 16. The customer would therefore apply IFRS 16 in accounting for that lease.

17.2 Definition of a lease

A lease is a contract (i.e. an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights and obligations), or part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. [IFRS 16 Appendix A]. To be a lease, a contract must convey the right to control the use of an identified asset.

As discussed above, a wide variety of arrangements exist in the mining sector and oil and gas sector that may provide a right to control the use of an identified asset(s). Some examples include:

  • mining or oil field services contracts (e.g. equipment used to deliver a service, including drilling contracts);
  • shipping, freight and other transportation arrangements, including railway infrastructure and harbour loading services contracts;
  • refining, processing and tolling arrangements; and
  • storage arrangements (including certain capacity portions of such arrangements).

Also, while not specific to the mining sector or oil and gas sector, there are many other arrangements commonly entered into by mining companies and oil and gas companies that will also need to be considered. Such arrangements include outsourcing arrangements, such as IT, and utility supply arrangements; such as those for the purchase of gas, electricity, water or telecommunications.

All of these arrangements will need to be assessed to determine whether they represent, or contain, a lease.

17.3 Substitution rights

IFRS 16 states that even if an asset is specified in an arrangement, a customer does not have the right to use an identified asset if, at inception of the contract, a supplier has the substantive right to substitute the asset throughout the period of use. [IFRS 16.B14]. A substitution right is substantive if the supplier has both the practical ability to substitute alternative assets throughout the period of use and the supplier would benefit economically from exercising its right to substitute the asset. [IFRS 16.B14(a)-(b)]. If the customer cannot readily determine whether the supplier has a substantive substitution right, the customer presumes that any substitution right is not substantive. [IFRS 16.B19].

Entities will need to carefully evaluate whether a supplier's substitution right is substantive based on facts and circumstances at inception of the contract. In many cases, it will be clear that the supplier will not benefit from the exercise of a substitution right because of the costs associated with substituting an asset. [IFRS 16.BC113]. For example, an asset is highly customised and/or significant costs have been incurred to ensure the asset meets the specifications required by the contract such that the supplier would not benefit economically from exercising its substitution right. In addition, the supplier's substitution rights may not be substantive if alternative assets are not readily available to the supplier or they could not be sourced by the supplier within a reasonable period of time and hence there is no practical ability to substitute them.

See Chapter 23 at 3.1.3 for further discussion.

17.4 Identifying and separating lease and non-lease components

Many contracts may contain a lease(s) coupled with an agreement to purchase or sell other goods or services (non-lease components). Examples of contracts in the mining sector and oil and gas sector that may contain a lease and significant non-lease components for services provided by the supplier include but are not limited to:

  • transportation and storage contracts, which generally require the supplier to operate the facilities, and/or provide staff/crew;
  • outsourced mining services contracts or oilfield services arrangements including closure arrangements; and
  • exploration drilling contracts, which typically include operation services.

For these contracts, IFRS 16 requires an entity to account for each lease component within the contract as a lease separately from non-lease components of the contract, unless the entity applies the practical expedient to combine lease and associated non-lease components. [IFRS 16.12]. The non-lease components are identified and accounted for separately from the lease component(s), in accordance with other standards. For example, the non-lease components may be accounted for as executory arrangements by lessees (customers) or as contracts subject to IFRS 15 by lessors (suppliers).

See Chapter 23 at 3.2 for further information.

17.5 Identifying lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability

Some lease agreements include payments that are described as variable or may appear to contain variability but are in-substance fixed payments because the contract terms require the payment of a fixed amount that is unavoidable. Such payments are lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability and right-of-use assets at the commencement date.

For example, consideration paid for the use of equipment, such as drilling rigs, is typically expressed as a rate paid for each operating day, hour or fraction of an hour. The types of rates a lessee may be charged include:

  • full operating rate – a rate charged when the rig is operating at full capacity with a full crew (in which case there could be a non-lease component of crew services);
  • standby rate or cold-stack rate – a rate charged when the lessee unilaterally puts the rig on standby;
  • major maintenance rate – a minimal rate, or in some cases a ‘zero rate’ charged when the lessor determines that maintenance needs to be performed and the rig is not available for use by the lessee; or
  • inclement weather rate – a minimal rate, or in some cases a ‘zero rate’ charged when weather makes it dangerous to operate the rig and, therefore, it is not available for use by the lessee.

There will likely be variability in the pricing of a drilling contract, however typically there will be a minimum rate in these types of contracts. This amount would likely be the lowest rate that the lessee would pay while the asset is available for use by the lessee. Depending on the contract, this rate may be referred to using terms such as a standby or cold-stack rate. When identifying lease payments in an arrangement, mining companies and oil and gas companies should only consider rates that apply when the asset is available for use.

See Chapter 23 at 4.5 for further discussion.

17.6 Allocating contract consideration

Lessees allocate the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components on a relative stand-alone price basis. However, IFRS 16 provides a practical expedient that permits lessees to make an accounting policy election, by class of underlying asset, to account for each separate lease component of a contract and any associated non-lease components as a single lease component. Lessors are required to apply IFRS 15 to allocate the consideration in a contract between the lease and non-lease components, generally, on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. See Chapter 23 at 3.2.3.B for further information.

17.7 Interaction of leases with asset retirement obligations

When undertaking remediation and rehabilitation activities, it may be possible that a mining company or oil and gas company enters into an arrangement with a supplier that is, or contains, a lease. The costs associated with these activities form a significant component of the costs which make up the asset retirement obligation (ARO) that was recognised by the mining company or oil and gas company at commencement of the mine or field.

Assuming this lease is not a short-term lease and does not relate to the lease of a low-value asset, a right-of-use asset and lease liability will need to be recognised. One of the issues to consider is whether the mining company or oil and gas company's recognition of the lease liability results in the derecognition of the ARO liability recognised on the balance sheet. Given that prior to the commencement of any ARO-related activities, the mining company or oil and gas company still has an obligation to rehabilitate under IAS 37, it cannot derecognise the ARO liability. Instead, it now has a separate lease liability for the financing of the lease of the asset. Accordingly, acquiring the right-of-use asset does not result in the derecognition of the ARO liability, rather, it would be the activity undertaken or output of the asset which would ultimately settle the ARO liability. This approach would be consistent with a scenario where an asset, e.g. the leased asset, had been purchased, using bank finance, and the finance liability relating to the bank debt used to purchase the asset, is separately recognised on the balance sheet.

As such, at the point prior to any ARO activity (assuming this occurs at end of mine/field life), the mining company or oil and gas company has:

  • no ARO asset (fully amortised);
  • an ARO liability for the full ARO estimate;
  • a right-of-use asset; and
  • a lease liability.

See Chapter 23 at 5.2 and 5.3 for discussion on measurement of the right-of-use asset and lease liability.

The impacts of this will include:

  • amortisation of the right-of-use asset across the period of use;
  • interest expense on the lease liability;
  • interest expense arising from the unwinding on the discount on the ARO liability, assuming interest continues to unwind over the remediation and rehabilitation activity period; and
  • the use (reduction) of the ARO liability (as the leased asset is used to settle the obligation).

Consideration should be given to the requirements of IAS 37, [IAS 37.61‑62], which sets out that a provision shall be used only for expenditures for which the provision was originally recognised, i.e. that expenditures that relate to the original provision are set against it. See Chapter 26 at 4.9.

18 INTERACTION OF IFRS 16 – LEASES – AND IFRS 11 – JOINT ARRANGEMENTS

In the mining and metals sector and oil and gas sector, it is common for a group of entities to collaboratively perform exploration, development and/or production activities using a joint operation (‘JO’).142 In such circumstances, a single party will often be appointed to be responsible for undertaking the operations on behalf of parties to the JO (i.e. the lead operator). The arrangement is often governed by a joint operating agreement (‘JOA’). There may also be other contractual arrangements that govern the relationship and activities between the non-operator parties and the lead operator, some arrangements may involve specific agreements such as rig sharing agreements, and these may be verbal or written.

These agreements generally provide the lead operator with a right to recover the costs it incurs on behalf of the non-operator parties, including costs related to leasing assets to be used in the JO. Some stakeholders may have previously considered that the right to recover costs pursuant to a separately negotiated JOA meant that the lead operator was only required to recognise a lease liability incurred as part of a contract with a third party supplier (lessor) in proportion to its interest in the JO.

One issue highlighted during the implementation of IFRS 16, was how a lead operator should recognise lease-related assets and liabilities when it is the sole signatory to a contract that is or contains a lease. This issue was taken to the Interpretations Committee in 2019 and they discussed a question relating to lease arrangements in a JO under IFRS 16. The question asked was how a lead operator recognises a lease liability. The question specifically focused on situations where the JO is not structured through a separate vehicle and the lead operator, as the sole signatory, enters into a lease contract with a third party supplier (lessor) for an item of property, plant and equipment that will be operated jointly as part of the JO's activities. The lead operator has the right to recover a share of the lease costs from the other joint operators in accordance with the contractual and other arrangements governing the JO.

The Interpretations Committee concluded that in accordance with IFRS 11, a joint operator identifies and recognises both:

  1. liabilities it incurs in relation to its interest in the JO; and
  2. its share of any liabilities incurred jointly with other parties to the joint arrangement.

It observed that identifying the liabilities a joint operator incurs and those incurred jointly requires an assessment of the terms and conditions of all contractual agreements that relate to the JO, including consideration of the laws pertaining to those agreements.143 It also acknowledged contractual agreements relating to each JO are likely to differ.

The Interpretations Committee further observed, in accordance with IFRS 11, the liabilities a joint operator recognises include those for which it has primary responsibility.144 Also, in the fact pattern as it was presented, the conclusion was that the JOA and related contractual arrangements did not extinguish or transfer the lead operator's primary responsibility for the lease liability.145 Therefore, as sole signatory and where a lead operator has primary responsibility for a lease, the lead operator recognises 100% of the lease liability.

The Interpretations Committee concluded that the principles and requirements in IFRS standards provide an adequate basis for the lead operator to identify and recognise its liabilities in relation to its interest in a JO and, consequently, the Interpretations Committee decided not to add this matter to its standard-setting agenda.146

Consequently, if the lead operator is the primary obligor in a lease arrangement, even when the underlying asset will be used to satisfy the activities of the JO, the lead operator should account for the lease by recognising the full lease liability measured in accordance with IFRS 16. In this circumstance, even though the lead operator has a right to recover costs from the non-operator parties, including their share of the lease obligation, it is not appropriate for the lead operator to only recognise its proportionate share of the lease liability by relying on the terms and conditions of the JOA or other arrangements with the non-operator parties to which the third party supplier is not a party. This is because the JOA and other arrangements are separately negotiated with the non-operators and do not extinguish the lead operator's obligation for the lease with the third party supplier.

As a direct consequence of this decision, the immediate issue is then to determine who has primary responsibility for the arrangement with the third party supplier. Determining whether a lead operator, each joint operator party, or the JO itself, has primary responsibility for obligations such as a lease liability, may require a detailed evaluation of all relevant terms and conditions and facts and circumstances, including the legal environment in which the arrangement(s) operate (see 18.1 below).

While the agenda decision addressed the accounting for lease liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a JO, it did not address some of the related issues that often arise in these situations.

This section explores and discusses some of these related issues and the potential considerations for arrangements between lead operators and the other joint operators (referred to as non-operator parties) of a JO, particularly in relation to their respective rights and obligations. It explores a range of factors that may need to be considered when assessing how to account for these contractual arrangements, and acknowledges different conclusions could be reached for different joint arrangements and in different jurisdictions.

This section primarily considers situations where the lead operator has a lease with a third party supplier for which it has primary responsibility, and then specifically focuses on determining how the contractual arrangement(s) between the lead operator and the non‑operator parties should be assessed and accounted for under IFRS.147 However, similar issues may arise where the lead operator owns the asset used on a JO.

There may also be some similar concerns, i.e. identification of a lease and other consequential impacts, where the lead operator and the non-operator parties (together, the parties to the JO) enter into an arrangement directly with a third party supplier. However, this is not the primary focus of this section.

Some of the potential follow-on issues to consider include, but may not be limited to:

  • who is the customer (see 18.2 below);
  • whether the arrangement between the lead operator and the JO is, or contains, a sublease (see 18.3 below); and
  • depending on the conclusion reached in determining whether the arrangement between the lead operator and the JO contains a sublease (see 18.3 below), determining the appropriate accounting by the lead operator (Section 18.4) and the non-operator parties (see 18.5 below).

See Chapter 23 for a general discussion of the requirements of IFRS 16.

18.1 Determining who has primary responsibility

Determining whether a lead operator, each party to the JO or the JO itself, has primary responsibility for obligations, such as a lease liability, may require a careful evaluation of all relevant terms and conditions as well as facts and circumstances and the legal environment in which the arrangement(s) operate.

When assessing the fact pattern presented to the Interpretation Committee, the analysis in the March 2019 Agenda paper148 specifically focused on the derecognition requirements of IFRS 9. The Agenda paper noted that an entity could only derecognise a liability when it was extinguished, i.e. when the entity discharges the liability or is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability either by process of laws or by the creditor.

It also referred to the considerations the IASB undertook when developing IFRS 16 and whether an intermediate lessor should be permitted to offset payments received under the sublease against the liability recognised on the head lease. The IASB decided not to permit this on the basis that each contract was negotiated separately, with the counterparty to the sublease being different to the counterparty to the head lease. As such, the obligations arising from the head lease were generally not extinguished by the terms and conditions of the sublease. This analysis indicated that the legal form of the arrangements is essential in determining who has primary responsibility. As noted above, the outcome may vary depending on the legal jurisdiction in which the arrangements operate.

Where it is established the lead operator has primary responsibility, the Interpretation Committee decision made it clear that the lead operator will initially recognise the entire lease liability and related right-of-use asset in accordance with IFRS 16.

Before undertaking the lease assessment, set out in 18.2 below, it is critical to first determine who the customer is. This is because a lease arises when a customer has a right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

18.2 Identifying the customer when there is a JO

Once it has been established the lead operator has primary responsibility for the lease arrangement with the third party supplier, it is then necessary to assess the arrangement(s) between the lead operator and the JO. In undertaking this assessment, it is important to remember that where there is a joint arrangement, IFRS 16 makes it clear that for the purposes of identifying a lease, it is the JO that is the customer in the arrangement with the lead operator rather than each of the parties to the JO individually.149

However, the Interpretation Committee staff paper also noted paragraph B11 of IFRS 16 was developed to apply only when assessing whether a contract contains a lease and in determining who is the ‘customer’ as per the requirements of IFRS 16. It has no further effect on the required accounting for the lease or the joint arrangement, or when assessing who is the customer for the purposes of other standards.150 See 18.4.2 below for further discussion of where the term customer is used in other standards.

18.3 Determining whether the contractual arrangement between the lead operator and the JO contains a sublease

When assessing the nature of the relationship between the lead operator and the JO and the potential consequential accounting outcomes, including whether there is a sublease, all relevant enforceable contracts, facts and circumstances and the relevant legal environment, need to be considered.

Some examples of potential contracts that may need to be considered when identifying relevant facts and circumstances and enforceable rights and obligations are set out at 18.3.1 below. 18.3.2 below then discusses some of the factors that need to be assessed to determine whether there is a sublease arrangement in place.

This overall assessment process is summarised in the following flow chart:

image

** In accordance with IFRS 16.B24, a customer has the right to direct the use of an identified asset throughout the period of use if the relevant decisions about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined and: (i) the customer has the right to operate the asset (or to direct others to operate the asset in a manner that it determines) throughout the period of use, without the supplier having the right to change those operating instructions; or (ii) the customer designed the asset (or specific aspects of the asset) in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose the asset will be used throughout the period of use.

Figure 43.4 Determining whether the contractual arrangements between the lead operator (as the supplier) and the JO (as the customer) is, or contains, a sublease; and the subsequent accounting for the arrangement

18.3.1 Assessing the contractual arrangements between the lead operator and the non-operator parties to the JO

18.3.1.A Joint operating agreement

It is common in the extractives industries for a JOA to exist between the parties to the JO. Depending on the terms of the JOA, the underlying activities may be determined and governed by the field/mine development plan and/or the annual operating plans and these may require the unanimous consent or a majority vote of the parties to the JO. In some instances, the JOA may not be explicit as to how all aspects of the JO will operate, particularly when it comes to determining which party (i.e. the lead operator or the JO) has the right to control the use of the assets used to perform the activities of the JO. In other instances, the JOA may give the lead operator primary authority over the development and operations plan for the field/mine and/or the right to determine the relevant decisions over certain assets (e.g. the right to determine when and whether specific assets will be used in the development and operations plan).

As JOAs can vary between JOs and across jurisdictions as they relate to control and responsibility for the activities pursuant to the development and operations plan, each arrangement needs to be carefully considered based on individual facts and circumstances to identify the enforceable rights and obligations.

18.3.1.B Other enforceable contractual arrangements (written and verbal)

Other enforceable contractual arrangements, written and/or verbal, may also affect the rights and obligations of the lead operator and the non-operator parties and thus need to be taken into consideration. For example, for significant assets such as a deepwater drilling rig that is integral to the activities of the JO, a separate contractual arrangement between the lead operator and non-operator parties may exist. This may have been required to evidence the non-operator parties’ agreement to use of the specific drilling rig and specific contractual terms including the payment terms, prior to the lead operator entering into the lease arrangement with the third party lessor. This may take the form of a written agreement, or, for example, could be via enforceable verbal agreements reached through the operating committee meetings of the JO which are then minuted.

The extent and nature of contractual arrangements can vary between JOs and relevant legal environments in different jurisdictions. Given this, the specific facts and circumstances and enforceability of each contractual arrangement need to be considered to determine the rights and obligations of the lead operator and the JO.

18.3.2 Determining if there is a sublease

Once it has been established there is a customer-supplier relationship between the lead operator and the JO, the next step is to determine whether there is a lease.

IFRS 16 states that a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. [IFRS 16.9]. In assessing whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time, an entity assesses whether, throughout the period of use, the customer has both:

  • the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset; and
  • the right to direct the use of the identified asset.

The key factor to determine whether there is a sublease is whether it is the lead operator (as the supplier) or the JO (as the customer) that has the right to control the use of the identified asset.

18.3.3 Determining if there is an identified asset

18.3.3.A Specified asset – explicit or implicit

The first step in a lease assessment is to determine if there is an identified asset. As noted in the introduction at 18 above, this assessment will be the same irrespective of whether the asset in question is owned or leased by the lead operator. However, the focus of this publication is on situations where the asset in question is leased by the lead operator from a third party supplier.

An asset is typically identified by being explicitly specified in a contract. However, an asset can also be identified by being implicitly specified at the time that it is made available for use by the customer. A capacity or other portion of an asset, that is not physically distinct, may be an identified asset if the customer's rights to use that asset represent substantially all of the capacity of the asset and thereby provide the customer with the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset. For example, a capacity portion of a pipeline or processing plant being used by the JO, could be an identified asset if the portion represents substantially all of the capacity, even if it is not physically distinct.

When analysing the contractual arrangement between the lead operator and the third party supplier, if a capacity or other portion of an asset has been appropriately evaluated, the right to use the asset still needs to be assessed to determine whether it is an identified asset for the purpose of evaluating the existence of a sublease between the lead operator and the JO. This assessment will be based not only on the enforceable terms and conditions of the contractual arrangement between the lead operator and the non-operator parties, but also other relevant facts and circumstances, [IFRS 16.2], inclusive of supplier substitution rights (see 18.3.3.B below for a discussion on substantive substitution rights).

18.3.3.B Substantive substitution rights

IFRS 16 states that even if an asset is specified, a customer does not have the right to use an identified asset if the supplier has the substantive right to substitute the asset throughout the period of use. [IFRS 16.B14]. In determining whether the lead operator has the substantive right to substitute the asset throughout the period of use, it will be necessary to consider whether the lead operator has the practical ability to substitute (e.g. due to having a portfolio of similar underlying assets which it owns or leases and can easily substitute), and, whether it would benefit economically from doing so.

Demonstrating there is an economic benefit from substitution is a high hurdle, as the customer (i.e. the JO) has to be able to demonstrate the supplier has the practical ability to substitute the underlying asset and the supplier's economic benefits associated with substituting the asset, throughout the period of use, would exceed its costs. If the customer cannot readily determine whether the supplier has a substantive substitution right, the customer presumes the right is not substantive. [IFRS 16.B19].

The existence of a substantive substitution right should be considered on a lease-by-lease basis taking into consideration the specific facts and circumstances existing at lease inception. Given the nature of some assets used within these types of contractual arrangements and the location of the underlying assets, it will often be difficult to demonstrate that the lead operator has a substantive right to substitute the asset under these circumstances. This is because it is likely the lead operator may not have the practical ability to substitute the assets and, even so, costs of substitution would be high. Therefore, it may be difficult to demonstrate, throughout the period of use, that the benefits of substitution are greater than the costs.

18.3.4 Determining if the customer has the right to control the use of an identified asset

As discussed above at 18.2 above, when applying the requirements of IFRS 16 (as outlined below) and specifically when considering the concept of the customer, it is the JO that is the customer. The JO (as the customer) has the right to control the use of an identified asset if it has both the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use and the right to direct the use of the asset. It would be inappropriate to conclude that a contract does not contain a lease on the grounds that each of the parties to the JO either obtains only a portion of the economic benefits from use of the underlying asset or does not unilaterally direct the use of the underlying asset. [IFRS 16.BC126].

18.3.4.A Right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the identified asset

To control the use of an identified asset, a customer is required to have the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of use (e.g. by having exclusive use of the asset throughout that period).

There may be some situations where there is a difference between an asset's nominal/expected capacity and the capacity expected to be used by the customer. This may impact the assessment of whether a customer has the right to substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the identified asset.

There is a range of factors to take into consideration when determining whether the JO has the right to substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an asset. These include (but are not limited to):

  • the importance of these types of assets used in the activities of JOs in the mining sector/oil and gas sector and the location of the assets, e.g. in locations which are difficult to get to and/or are remote;
  • whether they are located on the mining entity's/oil and gas entity's property; and
  • the likelihood of another customer being able to access any excess capacity.
18.3.4.B The right to direct the use of the asset

IFRS 16 states that a customer can obtain the right to direct the use of an identified asset throughout the period of use if the customer has the right to direct how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use.

When assessing the range of service arrangements used in the mining sector/oil and gas sector, to determine if they are, or contain, leases, it is essential to understand what and who dictates how and for what purpose an identified asset is used. In undertaking this assessment, the decision-making rights most relevant to changing how and for what purpose an identified asset is used throughout the period of use are considered. Decision-making rights are relevant when they affect the economic benefits to be derived from use.

When assessing arrangements between a lead operator and a JO, it is critical to assess whether it is the lead operator or the JO as a whole, that has the right to direct the use of the asset. This involves obtaining an understanding of the JOA and other relevant enforceable arrangements to determine who has the right to make (and change) the key decisions with respect to the use of the asset throughout the period of use.

Under IFRS 11, a joint arrangement exists where:

  • the contractual arrangement gives all the parties, or a group of the parties, control over the arrangement collectively; and
  • the decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. [IFRS 11.5, 7].

For arrangements in the extractives industries, under the terms of a JOA, approval of the mine plan or field plan and/or annual operating budget may be considered a relevant activity, and, for this to require unanimous consent of all parties to the JO for approval. Identification of relevant activities and determining which require unanimous consent, is a critical part of the rationale to support joint control such that the arrangement is a joint arrangement in scope of IFRS 11.

When assessing who has the right to direct the use of an asset in accordance with IFRS 16, in some arrangements, the lead operator may retain this right and therefore there will be no sublease between the lead operator and JO.

However, if the enforceable terms of the JOA and other arrangements in place and relevant facts and circumstances support this, it is possible the JO may have the right to direct the use of an identified asset(s) used as part of the activities of the JO.

For example, where it has been concluded that the mine plan or field plan is specific enough that it provides the JO the right to determine how and for what purpose an identified asset is used throughout the period of use and subsequent changes to that mine plan or field plan require unanimous consent, then the JO may direct the use of the identified asset. If the JO also has the right to substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset, the JO (as the customer) has the right to control the use of the asset.

18.3.4.C Right to direct the use is predetermined

IFRS 16 also considers circumstances whereby the right to direct the use of the asset is ‘predetermined’. That is, a customer has the right to direct the use of an identified asset throughout the period of use if the relevant decisions about how and for what purpose the asset is used are predetermined and: (i) the customer has the right to operate the asset (or to direct others to operate the asset in a manner that it determines) throughout the period of use, without the supplier having the right to change those operating instructions; or (ii) the customer designed the asset (or specific aspects of the asset) in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose the asset will be used throughout the period of use. [IFRS 16.B24]. The concept of predetermined has not been considered in detail in this publication.

There are a range of factors entities will need to consider to determine whether a sublease exists between a lead operator and a JO. Entities need to ensure the evidence used to support conclusions about joint control for the purposes of applying IFRS 11 (in particular, the factors used to conclude that there is a joint arrangement and the lead operator is not controlling the arrangement itself, but instead is just carrying out the decisions of the parties to the joint arrangement), is taken into consideration when determining who has the right to control the use of an identified asset used as part of the JO activities in accordance with IFRS 16, i.e. the lead operator or the JO.

18.4 Accounting by the lead operator

Where the lead operator is the sole signatory to, and has primary responsibility for, the contract that is or contains a lease with the third party supplier, the lead operator is required to initially recognise 100% of the right-of-use asset and the related lease liability in accordance with IFRS 16. Regardless of whether the JOA and related arrangements are considered to contain a sublease, for as long as the lead operator remains a party to the lease arrangement with the third party supplier, the lead operator will continue to recognise 100% of the lease liability. This is on the basis that the JOA and related arrangements do not extinguish or transfer the lead operator's enforceable rights and obligations under the contract with the third party supplier and instead, the lead operator retains the primary responsibility for the lease liability. However, the subsequent accounting for the right-of-use asset and the accounting for the amounts received or receivable from the non-operator parties will depend on whether a sublease exists, and if there is a sublease, whether it is a finance lease or operating lease.

A summary of the potential outcomes is as follows:

image

Figure 43.5 Lead operator's accounting for the contractual arrangement with the JO – potential accounting outcomes

18.4.1 JOA and/or related contractual arrangements are, or contain, a sublease

18.4.1.A Classifying the sublease

Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged from that prescribed by the previous accounting standard, IAS 17. Therefore, the lessor needs to determine whether the arrangement transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset and if so, it is a finance lease. When assessing the lease classification, this is undertaken by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, not by reference to the underlying asset. If the head lease is a short-term lease that the lead operator, as a lessee, has accounted for applying the practical expedient, [IFRS 16.6], the sublease is classified as an operating lease.

For more information on classifying leases by a lessor see Chapter 23 at 6.1.

18.4.1.B Accounting for the sublease – finance lease

At commencement of the sublease: the lead operator, as intermediate lessor:

  • derecognises a portion of the right-of-use asset which had been recognised in relation to the lease with the third party supplier – the portion derecognised represents the portion of the right-of-use asset transferred to the non-operator parties;
  • the portion of the right-of-use asset retained represents the lead operator's share of the sublease as a participant in the JO recognised in accordance with IFRS 11;
  • recognises a net investment in the lease – the net investment in the lease is measured as the sum of the discounted lease payments receivable from the non-operator parties in respect of the sublease and any unguaranteed residual value in the right-of-use asset accruing to the lead operator as intermediate lessor;
  • recognises any difference between the portion of the right-of-use asset derecognised and the net investment in the lease recognised in profit or loss; and
  • continues to recognise the existing lease liability relating to the lease with the third party supplier in its statement of financial position, which represents the lease payments it owes to the third party supplier as the head lessor.

During the term of the sublease: the lead operator, as the intermediate lessor, recognises finance income on the sublease (net investment in the lease), amortisation of its share of the right-of-use asset which is retained in its books and interest expense on the lease liability relating to the head lease. For more information on accounting for finance leases by a lessor see Chapter 23 at 6.2. Any variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate (e.g. performance- or usage- based payments) are recognised as earned.

18.4.1.C Accounting for the sublease – operating lease

At lease commencement: the lead operator, as intermediate lessor:

  • continues to recognise the right-of-use asset relating to the lease with the third party supplier; and
  • continues to recognise the lease liability relating to the lease with the third party supplier in its statement of financial position, which represents the lease payments it owes to the third party supplier as the head lessor.

During the term of the sublease: the lead operator, as the intermediate lessor, recognises amortisation of the right-of-use asset and interest expense on the lease liability relating to the lease with the third party supplier. It also recognises payments received from the non-operator parties as income, on either a straight-line basis or another systematic basis if that better represents the pattern in which benefit is expected to be derived from the use of the asset. Any variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate (e.g. performance- or usage- based payments) are recognised as earned.

18.4.2 JOA and/or related contractual arrangements are not, do not contain, a sublease

When the contractual arrangements between the lead operator and the JO do not contain a sublease, the lead operator continues to recognise the right-of-use asset and related lease liability in relation to the lease with the third party supplier at lease commencement and will recognise amortisation of the right-of-use asset and interest on the lease liability across the term of the lease.

The arrangement with the JO will then likely represent an executory contract and the accounting by the lead operator for amounts receivable from the non-operator parties will depend on the nature of this arrangement. Some of the potential accounting considerations may include the matters listed below. When undertaking these assessments, as discussed at Section 18.2 above, it is important to note that the determination of the customer for the purposes of applying IFRS 16 does not necessarily impact the determination of a customer for the purposes of other standards. For example, a customer, for the purposes of IFRS 15, is determined by applying the specific requirements and guidance of IFRS 15.

  • Provision of JO management services whereby the JO is considered to be a customer: the arrangement will be in the scope, and the lead operator will apply the provisions, of IFRS 15. Revenue will be recognised at the amount the lead operator expects to be entitled to in exchange for providing the JO management services to the JO as the relevant performance obligations are satisfied. See Chapters 27 to 31 for more information on factors to consider when applying IFRS 15.
  • JO does not represent a customer: where the lead operator does not consider it is providing JO management services to the non-operator parties within the scope of IFRS 15, the lead operator will need to apply other relevant IFRS standards, or when no specific IFRS standards are applicable, use judgement to determine the appropriate accounting treatment for the arrangement. The lead operator will need to apply IAS 8 to determine the nature of the relationship and whether and when it should recognise amounts receivable from the non-operator parties. Specifically, the lead operator will need to assess whether the provisions of IFRS 9 relating to financial assets apply or whether the reimbursement requirements of IAS 37 apply. The lead operator will also need to assess whether these amounts represent a form of income or a direct reimbursement of expenditure.

18.4.3 Other issues to consider

In addition to the above, there are a number of other potential issues that a lead operator may need to consider when evaluating the overall accounting implications, which include but are not limited to:

  • Capitalisation of costs: where the activities of the JO are being undertaken in relation to a project that is in the exploration and evaluation (E&E) phase or the development phase, depending on the lead operator's accounting policies, it may need to consider whether some of the costs incurred, e.g. a portion of the amortisation of the right-of-use asset and/or interest expense on the lease liability, should be capitalised. The lead operator will need to assess whether such costs meet the requirements for capitalisation under the relevant standards (including IAS 23 which explicitly scopes in interest in respect of leases under IFRS 16), and if so, determine the amount that should be capitalised versus the amount that should be expensed.
  • Mismatch between the lead operator's costs and the amounts receivable from the non-operator parties: in each period, the lead operator's accounting for the expenses relating to the lease with a third party which are to effectively be reimbursed by the non-operator parties, will not necessarily be equivalent to the amounts receivable from the non-operator parties. This is because the IFRS 16 accounting for the lease with the third party supplier will generally be more front ended and will comprise amortisation of the right-of-use asset and interest on the lease liability. This will differ from the income a lead operator will recognise under sublease operating accounting or executory contract accounting. This will lead to timing mismatches for the lead operator in its profit or loss.
  • Presentation of amounts receivable from the non-operator parties (where the arrangement is not a ‘sublease which is a finance lease’, i.e. it is either an operating lease or not a sublease): in this situation, a question that may be asked is whether any amounts receivable from the non-operator parties can be offset against the amounts recognised by the lead operator. This question is generally raised because from an economic perspective, the non-operator parties are effectively paying their respective share of the cash costs incurred by the lead operator on the lease with the third party supplier. Hence, some lead operators may prefer to present the effects of this on a net basis, if / where possible.

    When assessing this offsetting issue, the following needs to be considered:

    • Ability to offset: IAS 1, [IFRS 1.32], and the Conceptual Framework, [CF 7.10], provide the requirements and guidance with respect to offsetting of assets and liabilities and income and expenses. IAS 1 states offsetting is not allowed unless required/permitted by another standard and the Conceptual Framework notes it is generally not permitted as offsetting classifies dissimilar items together. Given this, it is expected the ability to achieve offsetting will be rare.
    • Lead operator capitalises its costs as part of an E&E or development asset: in such a situation, the lead operator would only be able to capitalise the portion of the costs incurred on the head lease relating to its ownership in the JO assets. This is on the basis that it would not receive the future economic benefits associated with the costs attributable to the non-operator parties. These costs would therefore need to be recognised in profit or loss (P&L). See below for further discussion on the issues this would present.
    • Lead operator recognises its costs in P&L: in this situation, the question is whether the lead operator can offset the amounts receivable from non-operator parties directly against the line items within P&L in which it has recognised the costs relating to the lease with the third party supplier. The challenges here may include:
      • mismatches in amounts (as discussed above);
      • whether such amounts received can be offset and if so, upon what basis; and
      • if a valid argument could be mounted to support offsetting, which is considered difficult to achieve, given the lead operator will be recognising amortisation and interest, it is unclear how the amounts received would be allocated between the two line items.

18.5 Accounting by the non-operator parties

As discussed in Section 18.4 above, where the lead operator is the sole signatory to, and has primary responsibility for, the contract that is or contains a lease with the third party supplier, the lead operator is required to initially recognise 100% of the lease-related balances. The accounting by the non-operator parties will then depend on whether the JOA and/or related contractual arrangements contain a sublease or not.

18.5.1 JOA and/or related contractual arrangements contain a sublease

When the JO is the sublessee, under IFRS 16, there is no longer any differentiation between operating or finance leases. As a result, there will be a right-of-use asset and lease liability in relation to the lease with the lead operator, for which each participant in the JO will, in accordance with IFRS 11, need to:

  • recognise its proportionate share of the right-of-use asset and lease liability based on its respective interest in the JO; and
  • during the term of the sublease:
    • recognise amortisation of its share of the right-of-use asset; and
    • recognise interest expense in relation to its share of the lease liability.

18.5.2 JOA and/or related contractual arrangements do not contain a sublease

Where the JOA and/or related contractual arrangements do not contain a sublease, IFRS 16 does not apply to the JO. Therefore, the non-operator parties will likely continue to recognise amounts payable to the lead operator consistently based on their existing accounting policies.

18.5.3 Other factors to consider when evaluating the overall accounting

In addition to the above, there are a number of other potential factors which non-operator parties will need to consider when evaluating the overall accounting, which include but are not limited to:

  • Capitalisation of costs: where the activities of the JO are being undertaken in relation to a project that is in the E&E phase or the development phase, depending on the non-operator's accounting policies, it may need to consider whether the costs incurred, e.g. amortisation of the right-of-use asset and/or interest expense on the lease liability, should be capitalised. Each non-operator party will need to assess whether such costs meet the eligibility requirements for capitalisation in accordance with the relevant standard (including IAS 23), their own policies and appropriate industry practice. If so, the amount that will need to be capitalised versus the amount that will be expensed will need to be identified.
  • Cash flow impact: the profile over which right-of-use amortisation and interest expense will be recognised will vary depending on the nature of the particular asset and could vary significantly from the pattern in which cash costs are incurred. This is because it is expected that most lead operators will seek to align cost recovery with the pattern in which their cash costs are incurred. This is likely to lead to timing and potentially overall measurement differences between amounts incurred and cash outflows recognised.

18.6 Other practical considerations

In addition to the issues discussed above, there are other factors requiring consideration which are relevant to both the lead operator and non-operator parties.

18.6.1 Access to information

If the contractual arrangement between the lead operator and the JO are concluded to contain a sublease, or the JO itself is considered to have entered into a lease directly with a third party supplier, the parties to the JO will need to recognise their respective share of the lease liability, right-of-use asset, amortisation expense, interest expense and variable lease payments, if any. To do this, the lead operator will need to provide non-operator parties with the required information. Therefore, parties to the JO will need to discuss and agree what information is required, who will prepare and provide such information and when such information will be made available.

Where lead operators agree to prepare, or are required to prepare, such information on behalf of the non-operator parties, the non-operator parties will need to consider whether there are any material differences in accounting policies which need to be adjusted for before recognising such amounts in their own financial statements. Also, on transition to IFRS 16, it will be necessary to consider the impact of different transition options taken by each of the parties. For example, if the JO exists at transition date and the lead operator prepares this information on a full retrospective basis, but one of the non-operator parties adopts IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, adjustments will be required to align to their transition approach (if material).

18.6.2 Impact on systems and processes

Where leases are concluded to exist, this may require significant alterations to systems and processes. Lead operators will be required to consider the ability of existing systems and processes to execute joint interest billing going forward in light of these changes. Non-operator parties will need to consider whether their systems and processes are capable of accounting for leases.

Entities are encouraged to liaise closely with parties to each of their JOs, sharing sufficient information so that each member of the JO is able to determine their appropriate accounting.

19 LONG-TERM CONTRACTS AND LEASES

Given the nature of the extractive industries, mining companies and oil and gas companies regularly enter into a wide range of long-term contracts. These may relate to the provision of services or the sale of goods. There are a number of potential issues to be addressed when considering the accounting for these arrangements, these are discussed below. This should be read in conjunction with the general discussion set out in Chapter 23.

19.1 Embedded leases

IFRS 16 requires an entity to determine whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the inception of the contract. [IFRS 16.9]. The assessment of whether a contract is or contains a lease will be straightforward in most arrangements. However, judgement may be required in applying the definition of a lease to certain arrangements. For example, in contracts that include significant services, determining whether the contract conveys the right to direct the use of an identified asset may be challenging.

There are a range of arrangements commonly found in the extractive industries which may convey the right to control the use of an identified asset to the customer, as well as provide the customer with related services or outputs. This may include:

  • outsourcing arrangements;
  • take-or-pay and similar contracts (see 19.2 below);
  • service arrangements – such as contract mining services arrangements or oilfield services arrangements;
  • throughput arrangements (which may take the form of a take-or-pay arrangement);
  • tolling contracts (see 20 below);
  • contractor facilities located on the mining company's or oil and gas company's property;
  • storage facility arrangements;
  • energy-related or utility contracts, e.g. gas, electricity, telecommunications, water; or
  • transportation/freight/shipping/handling services contracts.

IFRS 16 makes it clear that one of these types of arrangements (or part thereof) could be within the scope of IFRS 16 if it meets the definition of a lease, e.g. if it conveys to the lessee the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in in exchange for consideration. [IFRS 16 Appendix A]. This is regardless of the fact that the arrangement is not described as a lease and is likely to grant rights that are significantly different from those in a formal lease agreement. IFRS 16 is to be applied to each lease component within the contract as a lease separately from non-lease components of the contract, unless the entity applies the practical expedient to combine the lease and associated non-lease components. [IFRS 16.12]. The detailed requirements of IFRS 16 and the definition of a lease are discussed in Chapter 23 at 2.2.

See 17 and 18 above for a discussion of the impact of the IFRS 16 on mining companies and oil and gas companies and Chapter 23 for a general discussion on IFRS 16.

Barrick's acknowledgement that non-lease contracts need to be assessed for the existence of embedded leases under IFRS 16 is provided in Extract 43.55 below.

19.2 Take-or-pay contracts

A ‘take-or-pay’ contract is a specific type of long-term commodity-based sales agreement between a customer and a supplier in which the pricing terms are set for a specified minimum quantity of a particular good or service. The customer must pay the minimum amount as per the contract, even if it does not take the volumes. There may also be options for additional volumes in excess of the minimum. Take-or-pay contracts for the supply of gas are particularly common, because entities developing gas fields need to make very significant investments in infrastructure such as pipelines, liquefaction plants and shipping terminals, to make transport of gas to the end-consumer economically viable. In order to raise the funds to finance such investments, it is crucial to know that there is a profitable market for the gas, as it cannot easily be diverted and sold in an alternative market or to an alternative customer.

While take-or-pay contracts perhaps most commonly involve the supply of gas, they can also include other arrangements such as contracts for pipeline capacity or LNG regasification facilities. Take-or-pay contracts also are used in the mining sector, e.g. with some coal contracts, though less frequently than in the oil and gas sector. Often take-or-pay contracts permit the purchaser to recover payments for quantities not taken, by allowing the purchaser to take more than the minimum in later years and to apply the previously paid-for undertake amount towards the cost of product taken in the later years.151

The following issues need to be considered in accounting for take-or-pay contracts:

  • Structured entities – If a take-or-pay contract transfers the majority of the risks and rewards from the development of a mine or gas field to the customer, it is necessary to consider whether the entity developing the gas field has, in effect, become a structured entity of that customer and therefore, the customer needs to consider the level of influence it has over that mining entity or oil and gas entity (see Chapter 6 at 4.4.1).
  • Embedded leases – Take-or-pay contracts are often for a very significant portion of the output of the gas field that it relates to. Therefore, as illustrated in Extract 43.55 above, the operator and customer need to consider whether the take-or-pay contract contains a lease of the related assets (see 19.1 above for further discussion).
  • Embedded derivatives – As illustrated in Extract 43.56 below, the price of gas sold under take-or-pay contracts is often based on a ‘basket’ of fuel prices and/or inflation price indices. If there is an active market for gas then this often means that an embedded derivative needs to be separated from the underlying host take-or-pay contract (see 13.2 above).
  • Guarantees – Lenders are often willing to provide funding for the development of a gas field only if the operator can present a solid business case, which includes a ‘guaranteed’ stream of revenue from a reputable customer. In such cases, the take-or-pay contract acts as a form of credit enhancement or possibly as a guarantee. The operator and customer may need to consider whether the take-or-pay arrangement includes a guarantee that should be accounted for such under IFRS 9 (see Chapter 45 at 3.4).
  • Make-up product and undertake – A customer that fails to take the specified volume during the period specified must nevertheless pay for the agreed-volume. However, a take-or-pay contract sometimes permits the customer to take an equivalent amount of production (makeup product) at a later date after the payment for the guaranteed amount has been made (see 12.16 above and 19.2.1 below).

Extract 43.56 below from the financial statements of ENGIE SA gives an overview of some of these important terms and conditions that exist in take-or-pay contracts.

19.2.1 Make-up product and undertake

Under some take-or-pay arrangements, a customer who is required to pay for the product not taken will often have no right of future recovery. The customer should recognise an expense equal to the payment made, while the operator recognises the same amount as revenue. However, if the substance of the relationship between the operator and customer is such that a renegotiation of the arrangement is probable then it may be more appropriate for the operator to recognise the penalty payment as a contract liability, i.e. deferred revenue. The customer, however, should still recognise an expense in this case as it does not have a legal right to receive reimbursement or makeup product.152

The accounting is different when a customer that is required to pay for product not taken has a right to take makeup product in the future.

In this case, the operator would recognise a contract liability, i.e. unearned revenue, in relation to the ‘undertake’ measured in accordance with IFRS 15, as it represents an obligation for the operator to have to provide the product in the future. The operator only recognises revenue in accordance with IFRS 15 once the make-up product has been taken by the customer, i.e. the performance obligation is satisfied. Only once the make-up period has expired or it is clear that the purchaser has become unable to take the product, would the liability be eliminated and revenue recognised.153 For a discussion of the IFRS 15 considerations for these types of arrangements, see 12.16 above.

From the customer's perspective, it would normally recognise a prepaid amount representing the make-up product that it is entitled to receive in the future. However, if the customer is entitled to more make-up product than it can sell, it may need to recognise an impairment charge.

20 TOLLING ARRANGEMENTS

In the mining sector it is common for entities to provide raw material to a smelter or refiner for further processing. If the raw material is sold to the smelter or refiner and the relevant criteria are satisfied, the mining company recognises revenue in accordance with IFRS 15. However, under a ‘tolling’ arrangement a mining company generally supplies, without transferring ownership, raw material to a smelter or refiner which processes it for a fee and then returns the finished product to the customer. Alternatively, the mining company may sell the raw material to the smelter or refiner, but is required to repurchase the finished product. In the latter two situations, no revenue should be recognised when the raw material is shipped to the smelter or refiner as there has not been a transfer of the risks and rewards. An entity should carefully assess the terms and conditions of its tolling arrangements to determine:

  • when it is appropriate to recognise revenue;
  • whether those arrangements contain embedded leases that require separation under IFRS 16 (see 19.1 above);
  • whether the tolling arrangement is part of a series of transactions with a joint arrangement; and
  • whether the toll processing entity is a structured entity that requires consolidation under IFRS 10 (see Chapter 6 at 4.4.1 for more information).

Extract 43.57 below describes a tolling arrangement between Norsk Hydro and one of its joint arrangements.

For a discussion on the impacts of IFRS 15 on repurchase agreements, see 12.14 above.

21 TAXATION

As mentioned at 1.1 above, one of the characteristics of the extractive industries is the intense government involvement in their activities, which ranges from ‘outright governmental ownership of some (especially petroleum) or all minerals to unusual tax benefits or penalties, price controls, restrictions on imports and exports, restrictions on production and distribution, environmental and health and safety regulations, and others’.154

Mining companies and oil and gas companies typically need to make payments to governments in their capacity as:

  • owner of the mineral resources;
  • co‑owner or joint arrangement partner in the projects;
  • regulator of, among other things, environmental matters and health and safety matters; and
  • tax authority.

The total payment to a government is often described as the ‘government take’. This includes fixed payments or variable payments that are based on production, revenue, or a net profit figure; and which may take the form of fees, bonuses, royalties or taxes. Determining whether a payment to government meets the definition of income tax is not straightforward.

IAS 12 should be applied in accounting for income taxes, defined as including:

  1. all domestic and foreign taxes which are based on taxable profits; and
  2. taxes, such as withholding taxes, which are payable by a subsidiary, associate or joint arrangements on distributions to the reporting entity. [IAS 12.1‑2].

As discussed in Chapter 33 at 4.1, it is not altogether clear what an income tax actually is. In the extractive industries the main problem with the definition in IAS 12 occurs when:

  1. a government raises ‘taxes’ on sub-components of net profit (e.g. net profit before financing costs or revenue minus allowed costs); or
  2. there is a mandatory government participation in certain projects that entitle the government to a share of profits as defined in a joint operating agreement.

A considerable amount of judgement is required to determine whether a particular arrangement falls within the definition of ‘income tax’ under IAS 12 or whether it is another form of government take. From a commercial perspective the overall share of the economic benefits that the government takes is much more important than the distinction between its different forms. In practice, most governments receive benefits from extractive activities in several different ways, as discussed below. Governments can choose any of these methods to increase or decrease their share of the benefits.

However, the distinction is crucial given the considerable differences in the accounting treatments and disclosures that apply to income taxes, other taxes, fees and government participations. For example, it will affect where these amounts are presented in the profit or loss, e.g. in operating costs or income tax expense; and it will determine whether deferred tax balances are required to be recognised and the related disclosures provided.

21.1 Excise duties, production taxes and severance taxes

Excise duties, production taxes and severance taxes result in payments that are due on production (or severance) of minerals from the earth. Depending on the jurisdiction and the type of mineral involved, they are calculated:

  1. as a fixed amount per unit produced;
  2. as a percentage of the value of the minerals produced; or
  3. based on revenue minus certain allowable costs.

21.1.1 Production-based taxation

If the tax is based on a fixed amount per unit produced or as a percentage of the value of the minerals produced, then it will not meet the definition of an income tax under IAS 12. In these cases the normal principles of liability recognition under IAS 37 apply in recognising the tax charge.

Another issue that arises is whether these taxes are, in effect, collected by the entity from customers on behalf of the taxing authority, as an agent. In other cases, the taxpayer's role is more in the nature of principal than agent. The regulations differ significantly from one country to another. The practical accounting issue that arises concerns the interpretation of the requirements of IFRS 15 which states that the ‘transaction price is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (for example, some sales taxes)’. [IFRS 15.47]. Specifically, should excise duties, production taxes and severance taxes be deducted from revenue (net presentation) or included in the production costs and, therefore, revenue (gross presentation)? See 12.11.2 above for further discussion on the impact of IFRS 15 on the presentation of royalty payments.

The appropriate accounting treatment will depend on the particular circumstances. In determining whether gross or net presentation is appropriate, the entity needs to consider whether it is acting in a manner similar to that of an agent or principal. For further discussion of principal versus agent under IFRS 15 see 12.11 above and Chapter 28 at 3.4 and presentation of royalties at 5.7.5 above.

Given that excise duties, production taxes and severance taxes are aimed at taxing the production of minerals rather than the sale of minerals, they are considered to be a tax on extractive activities rather than a tax collected by a mining company or oil and gas company on behalf of the government. Based on this, the tax should be presented as a production cost.

However, it may be considered that when the excise duty, production tax or severance tax is payable in kind, that the mining company or oil and gas company never receives any of the benefits associated with the production of the associated minerals. Hence, it would be more appropriate to present revenue net of the production or severance tax as it is in substance the same as a royalty payment.

21.1.2 Petroleum revenue tax (or resource rent tax)

Determining whether a petroleum revenue tax (or resource rent tax) is a production- or profit-based tax is often not straightforward. Example 43.28 below describes the petroleum revenue tax in the United Kingdom.

The UK PRT is similar to an income tax in that the tax is a percentage of revenue minus certain costs. However, there are also a number of other features that are not commonly found in income taxes or in some other resource rent taxes:

  • the oil allowance is a physical quantity of oil that is PRT exempt in each field, subject to a cumulative maximum over the life of the field; and
  • the tax is levied on individual oil fields rather than the entity owning the oil field as a whole.

There are many different types of petroleum revenue taxes (or resource rent taxes) around the world, some of which are clearly not income taxes, while others have some of the characteristics of an income tax. In determining whether a particular production tax meets the definition of an income tax under IAS 12, an entity will need to assess whether or not the tax is based on (or closely enough linked to) net profit for the period. If it does not meet the definition of an income tax, an entity should develop an accounting policy under the hierarchy in IAS 8.

Practice is mixed, which means that while some entities may treat a particular petroleum revenue tax (or resource rent tax) as an income tax under IAS 12 and hence provide for current and deferred taxes (see Extract 43.58 below), others may consider the same tax to be outside the scope of IAS 12.

As illustrated in Extract 43.59 below, BHP assesses resource rent taxes and royalties individually to determine whether they meet the definition of an income tax or not.

21.2 Grossing up of notional quantities withheld

Many production sharing contracts provide that the income tax to which the contractor is subject is deemed to have been paid to the government as part of the payment of profit oil to the government or its representative (e.g. the designated national oil company) (see 5.3 above). This raises the question as to whether an entity should be presenting current and deferred taxation arising from such ‘notional’ income tax, which is only deemed to have been paid, on a net or a gross basis.

The disadvantage of presenting such tax on a gross basis is that the combined production attributed to the entity and that attributable to the government exceeds the total quantity of oil that is actually produced (i.e. in the above example the government and entity A would report a combined production of 10.4 million barrels whereas actual production was only 10 million barrels). Similarly, if the reserves were to be expressed on the same basis as revenues, the reserves reported by the entity would include oil reserves that it would not actually be entitled to.

On the other hand, if the host country has a well-established income tax regime that falls under the authority of the ministry of finance and the production sharing contract requires an income tax return to be filed, then the entity would have a legal liability to pay the tax until the date on which the national oil company or the ministry responsible for extractive activities (e.g. the ministry of mines, industry and energy) pays the tax on its behalf. In such cases it may be appropriate to present revenue and income tax on a gross basis.

22 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

22.1 Reserves proven after the reporting period

IAS 10 – Events after the Reporting Period – distinguishes between two types of events:

  • adjusting events after the reporting period being those that provide evidence of conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period; and
  • non-adjusting events after the reporting period being those that are indicative of conditions that arose after the reporting period. [IAS 10.3].

This raises the question as to how an entity should deal with information regarding mineral reserves that it obtains after the end of its reporting period, but before its financial statements are authorised for issue i.e. finalised. For example, suppose that an entity concludes after the year-end that its remaining mineral reserves at that date were not 10 million barrels (or tonnes) but only 8 million barrels (or tonnes). As discussed at 16.1.3.A above, a company needs to assess whether such a change in mineral reserves should be treated as an adjusting event in accordance with IAS 10 (i.e. the new estimate provides evidence of conditions that existed previously) or as a change in estimate in accordance with IAS 8 (i.e. the new estimate resulted from new information or new developments).

22.2 Business combinations – application of the acquisition method

If the initial accounting for a business combination can be determined only provisionally by the end of the period in which the combination is effected – because either the fair values to be assigned to the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities or the fair value of the combination can be determined only provisionally – the acquirer should account for the combination using those provisional values. Where, as a result of completing the initial accounting within 12 months from the acquisition date, adjustments to the provisional values have been found to be necessary, IFRS 3 requires them to be recognised from the acquisition date. [IFRS 3.45]. Specifically, IFRS 3 states that the provisional values are to be retrospectively adjusted to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date and, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognised as at that date. This raises the question of how an entity should account for new information that it receives regarding an acquiree's reserves before it has finalised its acquisition accounting.

The answer to this question is not straightforward and it is a matter of significant judgement which needs to be made based on the facts and circumstances of each individual situation.

IFRS 3 requires assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be measured at fair value as at the acquisition date. It then defines fair value as: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm's length transaction. The challenge with the new information obtained about the mineral reserves in Example 43.30 above is determining whether it provided new information about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date or whether it resulted from events that occurred after the acquisition date. As discussed in 16.1.3.A above, it is difficult to determine exactly what causes a reserve estimate to change, i.e. whether the facts and circumstances existed at acquisition date or whether it was due to new events.

In Example 43.30 above, the new reserves information arose as a result of a drilling programme that commenced five months after the acquisition date and it is not entirely clear why the reserves estimate changed. One may therefore conclude that as entity A should be valuing the mineral reserves acquired on the basis of information that a knowledgeable, willing party would and could reasonably have been expected to use in an arm's length transaction at 31 October 2018, that this new information should not have an impact on the provisional accounting. This is on the basis that this new information was not available at acquisition date and could not reasonably have been expected to be considered as part of the acquisition.

Similarly, if entity A had concluded at 30 June 2019 that its internal long-term oil price assumption was $80/barrel instead of $60/barrel that would not have any effect on the acquisition accounting. Entity A should be valuing the mineral reserves on the basis of information that a knowledgeable, willing party would have used in an arm's length transaction at 31 October 2018; this may, of course, have been neither $80 nor $60.

The conclusion may differ however, if the drilling programme had been completed and the information was available at acquisition date, but due to the pressures of completing the transaction, entity A had not been able to assess fully or take into account all of this information e.g. it had not had time to properly analyse all of the information available in the data room. In this instance, it would be appropriate to adjust the provisional accounting.

22.3 Completion of E&E activity after the reporting period

As discussed at 3.5.1 above, IFRS 6 requires E&E assets to be tested for impairment when exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities of mineral resources and the entity has decided to discontinue its activities in the specific area. [IFRS 6.20]. An entity that concludes, after its reporting period, that an exploration and evaluation project is unsuccessful, should account for this conclusion as:

  • a non-adjusting event if the conclusion is indicative of conditions that arose after the reporting period, for example new information or new developments that did not offer greater clarity concerning the conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period (one possible example may be drilling that only commenced after reporting date). The new information or new developments are considered to be changes in accounting estimates under IAS 8. Also, based on the information that existed at the reporting period, the fair value less costs of disposal of the underlying E&E asset might well have been in excess of its carrying amount; [IAS 8.5]
  • an adjusting event if the decision not to sanction the project for development was based on information that existed at the reporting date. Failure to use, or misuse of, reliable information that was available when financial statements for those periods were authorised for issue and could reasonably be expected to have been obtained and taken into account in the preparation and presentation of those financial statements, would constitute an error under IAS 8. [IAS 8.5].

Evaluating whether information obtained subsequent to the reporting period but before the financial statements are authorised for issue is an adjusting or non-adjusting event may require significant judgement. The conditions should be carefully evaluated based on the facts and circumstances of each individual situation.

23 GLOSSARY

The glossary below defines some of the terms and abbreviations commonly used in the extractive industries.156

Abandon To discontinue attempts to produce oil or gas from a well or lease, plug the reservoir in accordance with regulatory requirements and recover equipment.
Area-of-interest method An accounting concept by which costs incurred for individual geological or geographical areas that have characteristics conducive to containing a mineral reserve are deferred as assets pending determination of whether commercial reserves are found. If the area of interest is found to contain commercial reserves, the accumulated costs are capitalised. If the area is found to contain no commercial reserves, the accumulated costs are charged to expense.
Barrels of oil equivalent (BOE) Using prices or heating content, units of sulphur, condensate, natural gas and by products are converted to and expressed in equivalent barrels of oil for standard measurement purposes.
British Thermal Unit (BTU) A measure of the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit at the temperature at which water has its greatest density (39 degrees Fahrenheit).
Bullion Metal in bars, ingots or other uncoined form.
Carried interest An agreement by which an entity that contracts to operate a mineral property and, therefore, agrees to incur exploration or development costs (the carrying party) is entitled to recover the costs incurred (and usually an amount in addition to actual costs incurred) before the entity that originally owned the mineral interest (the carried party) is entitled to share in revenues from production.
Carried party The party for whom funds are advances in a carried interest arrangement.
Carrying party The party advancing funds in a carried interest agreement.
Concession A contract, similar to a mineral lease, under which the government owning mineral rights grants the concessionaire the right to explore, develop, and produce the minerals.
Cost recovery oil Oil revenue paid to an operating entity to enable that entity to recover its operating costs and specified exploration and development costs from a specified percentage of oil revenues remaining after the royalty payment to the property owner.
Customer smelter A smelter which processes concentrates from independent mines. Concentrates may be purchased or the smelter may be contracted to do the processing for the independent company.
Delay rental Annual payments by the lessee of a mineral property to the lessor until drilling has begun.
Delineation well A well to define, or delineate, the boundaries of a reservoir.
Development well A well drilled to gain access to oil or gas classified as proved reserves.
Downstream activities The refining, processing, marketing, and distributing of petroleum, natural gas, or mined mineral (other than refining or processing that is necessary to make the minerals that have been mined or extracted capable of being sold).
Dry gas Natural gas composed of vapours without liquids and which tends not to liquefy.
Dry hole An exploratory or development well that does not contain oil or gas in commercial quantities.
Entitlements method A method of revenue recognition by which a joint venturer records revenue based on the share of production for the period to which that venturer is entitled.
Exploratory well A well drilled to find and produce oil or gas in an unproved area, to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir, or to extend a known reservoir.
Farm out and farm in An agreement by which the owner of operating rights in a mineral property (the farmor) transfers a part of that interest to a second party (the farmee) in return for the latter's paying all of the costs, or only specified costs, to explore the property and perhaps to carry out part or all of the development of the property if reserves are found.
Full cost method An accounting concept by which all costs incurred in searching for, acquiring, and developing mineral reserves in a cost centre are capitalised, even though a specific cost clearly resulted from an effort that was a failure.
Geological and geophysical costs (G&G) Costs of topographical, geological, geochemical, and geophysical studies.
Infill drilling Technical and commercial analyses may support drilling additional producing wells to reduce the spacing beyond that utilised within the initial development plan. Infill drilling may have the combined effect of increasing recovery efficiency and accelerating production.
Joint operating agreement (JOA) A contract between two parties to a sharing arrangement that sets out the rights and obligations to operate the property, if operating interests are owned by both parties after a sharing arrangement.
Overlift or underlift Overlift is the excess of the amount of production that a participant in a joint venture has taken as compared to that participant's proportionate share of ownership in total production. Underlift is the shortfall in the amount of production that a participant in a joint venture has taken as compared to that participant's proportionate share of ownership in total production.
Production sharing contract (PSC) A contract between a national oil company or the government of a host country and a contracting entity (contractor) to carry out oil and gas exploration and production activities in accordance with the terms of the contract, with the two parties sharing mineral output.
Profit oil Revenue in excess of cost recovery oil and royalties.
Recompletion The process of re-entering a previously completed well to install new equipment or to perform such services necessary to restore production.
Redetermination A retroactive adjustment to the relative percentage interests of the participants in a field that is subject to an unitisation agreement.
Risk service contract A contract by which an entity agrees to explore for, develop, and produce minerals on behalf of a host government in return for a fee paid by the host government.
Royalty A portion of the proceeds from production, usually before deducting operating expenses, payable to a party having an interest in a lease.
Sales method A method of revenue recognition by which a joint venturer records revenue based on the actual amount of product it has sold (or transferred downstream) during the period. No receivable or other asset is recorded for undertaken production (underlift) and no liability is recorded for overtaken production (overlift).
Stripping ratio The ratio of tonnes removed as waste relative to the number of tonnes of ore removed from an open pit mine.
Successful efforts method An accounting concept that capitalises only those upstream costs that lead directly to finding, acquiring and developing mineral reserves, while those costs that do not lead directly to finding, acquiring and developing mineral reserves are charged to expense.
Take-or-pay contracts An agreement between a buyer and seller in which the buyer will still pay some amount even if the product or service is not provided. If the purchaser does not take the minimum quantity, payment is required for that minimum quantity at the contract price. Normally, deficiency amounts can be made up in future years if purchases are in excess of minimum amounts.
Unitisation An agreement between two parties, each of which owns an interest in one or more mineral properties in an area, to cross-assign to one another a share of the interest in the mineral properties that each owns in the area; from that point forward they share, as agreed, in further costs and revenues related to the properties.
Upstream activities Exploring for, finding, acquiring, and developing mineral reserves up to the point that the reserves are first capable of being sold or used, even if the entity intends to process them further.
Workovers Major repairs, generally of oil and gas wells.

References

  1.   1 IASC Issues Paper, Issues Paper Extractive Industries, IASC, November 2000, 1.5.
  2.   2 Discussion Paper DP/2010/1, Extractive Activities, IASB, April 2010, p.7.
  3.   3 DP/2010/1, 1.1.
  4.   4 DP/2010/1, 1.4‑1.5.
  5.   5 DP/2010/1, 1.9.
  6.   6 DP/2010/1, 1.10.
  7.   7 DP/2010/2.1.
  8.   8 IASC Issues Paper, 1.16.
  9.   9 IASC Issues Paper, 1.18.
  10. 10 IASC Issues Paper, 2.3.
  11. 11 IASC Issues Paper, 2.5.
  12. 12 IASC Issues Paper, 2.6.
  13. 13 IASC Issues Paper, 2.10.
  14. 14 IASC Issues Paper, 2.12.
  15. 15 IASC Issues Paper, 2.24.
  16. 16 IASC Issues Paper, 2.26.
  17. 17 IASC Issues Paper, 2.27.
  18. 18 IASC Issues Paper, 2.29.
  19. 19 IASC Issues Paper, 2.29, 2.30.
  20. 20 IASC Issues Paper, 2.32.
  21. 21 IASC Issues Paper, 2.34.
  22. 22 IASC Issues Paper, 2.36.
  23. 23 IASC Issues Paper, 2.38.
  24. 24 IASC Issues Paper, 2.42.
  25. 25 Discussion Paper DP/2010/1, para. 2.48.
  26. 26 Discussion Paper DP/2010/1, para. 2.23.
  27. 27 SPE‑PRMS, Petroleum Resources Management Systems, Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2007 (revised June 2018).
  28. 28 SPE‑PRMS, Petroleum Resources Management Systems, Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2007.
  29. 29 IASB Agenda Paper 13A, Comparison of Petroleum and Minerals Reserves and Resource Classification Systems, IASB, 22 June 2007, pp.3‑4.
  30. 30 IASB Agenda Paper 13A, p.8 and SPE‑PRMS, Figure 1‑1.
  31. 31 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  32. 32 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  33. 33 SPE‑PRMS, pp.10‑11.
  34. 34 SPE‑PRMS, pp.10‑11.
  35. 35 SPE‑PRMS, pp.10‑11.
  36. 36 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  37. 37 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  38. 38 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  39. 39 SPE‑PRMS, 1.1.1.5.
  40. 40 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  41. 41 SPE‑PRMS, 1.1.1.5.
  42. 42 SPE‑PRMS, pp.2‑3.
  43. 43 SPE‑PRMS, pp.6‑9.
  44. 44 SPE‑PRMS, 2.1.3.5.1 Figure 2.1.
  45. 45 SPE‑PRMS, 2.1.3.5.1.
  46. 46 SPE‑PRMS, pp.9‑13.
  47. 47 SPE‑PRMS, 2.3.
  48. 48 SPE‑PRMS, pp.13‑19.
  49. 49 JORC Code, Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, Joint Ore Reserves Committee of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Australian Institute of Geoscientists and Minerals Council of Australia (JORC), 2004, para. 1.
  50. 50 Weatherstone, p.5.
  51. 51 IASB Agenda Paper 13A, p.3.
  52. 52 J. M. Rendu, Reporting Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves in the United States of America – Technical and Regulatory Issues, 20‑25 August 2006, p.2.
  53. 53 CRIRSCO Template, International Reporting Template for the public reporting of exploration results, mineral resources and mineral reserves, CRIRSCO, November 2013, 3.
  54. 54 CRIRSCO Template, 4.
  55. 55 CRIRSCO Template, 5.
  56. 56 CRIRSCO Template, 8 and 11.
  57. 57 CRIRSCO Template, Figure 1.
  58. 58 CRIRSCO Template, 18.
  59. 59 CRIRSCO Template, 20.
  60. 60 CRIRSCO Template, 21.
  61. 61 CRIRSCO Template, 22.
  62. 62 CRIRSCO Template, 23.
  63. 63 CRIRSCO Template, 24.
  64. 64 CRIRSCO Template, 12.
  65. 65 CRIRSCO Template, 30.
  66. 66 CRIRSCO Template, 31.
  67. 67 CRIRSCO Template, 32.
  68. 68 Pre codification FAS 69, Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities an amendment of FASB Statements 19, 25, 33, and 39, FASB, November 1982, para. 10.
  69. 69 J. M. Rendu, Reporting Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves in the United States of America – Technical and Regulatory Issues, 20‑25 August 2006, pp.9 and 10.
  70. 70 IASB Agenda Paper 15C, Possible principles for a historical cost accounting model that accompanies decision-useful disclosures of minerals and oil & gas reserves and resources, IASB, 22 June 2007, para. 6.
  71. 71 IASB Update, September 2008, p.3.
  72. 72 IFRIC Update, January 2006, p.3.
  73. 73 IASC Issues Paper 4.18.
  74. 74 IASC Issues Paper 4.20.
  75. 75 IASC Issues Paper 4.45.
  76. 76 IFRIC Update, January 2006, p.3.
  77. 77 Amendments to IFRS 1, Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters, IASB, July 2009, D8A.
  78. 78 IASC Issues Paper 4.16(b).
  79. 79 IASC Issues Paper 4.36.
  80. 80 IASC Issues Paper 4.39.
  81. 81 ASC 932‑720‑25‑1, Extractive Activities – Oil and Gas – Other Expenses – Recognition.
  82. 82 ED 6, Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources, IASB, January 2004, 14.
  83. 83 IASC Issues Paper, 6.3.
  84. 84 IASC Issues Paper, 2.12.
  85. 85 IASC Issues Paper, 2.13.
  86. 86 IASC Issues Paper, 2.14.
  87. 87 IASC Issues Paper, 2.21.
  88. 88 IASC Issues Paper, 2.21.
  89. 89 IASC Issues Paper, Glossary.
  90. 90 IASC Issues Paper, 2.19.
  91. 91 IASC Issues Paper, 12.12(b).
  92. 92 IASC Issues Paper, 12.68.
  93. 93 IASC Issues Paper, 12.69.
  94. 94 IASC Issues Paper, 2.23.
  95. 95 Guidelines for the Evaluation of Petroleum Reserves and Resources – A Supplement to the SPE/WPC Petroleum Reserves Definitions and the SPE/WPC/AAPG Petroleum Resources Definitions, Society of Petroleum Engineers, 2001, p.120.
  96. 96 D. R. Jennings, J. B. Feiten and H. R. Brock, Petroleum Accounting, Principles, Procedures, & Issues, 5th edition, Professional Development Institute, Denton (Texas), pp.165‑169.
  97. 97 IASC Issues Paper, 12.9.
  98. 98 SPE‑PRMS, p.18.
  99. 99 Former Oil Industry Association Committee Statement of Recommended Practice Accounting for Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production and Decommissioning Activities (July 2001) ‘Former OIAC SORP’ 149.
  100. 100 Former OIAC SORP 150.
  101. 101 Former OIAC SORP 16.
  102. 102 Former OIAC SORP 144.
  103. 103 ASC 930‑805‑30‑1 Extractive Activities – Mining – Business Combinations – Initial Measurement (pre-codification EITF 04‑3, Mining Assets: Impairment and Business Combinations, EITF, March 2004).
  104. 104 IFRIC Update, January 2011.
  105. 105 IASB Update, February 2018.
  106. 106 IASB Work plan – research projects, IASB website (accessed on 1 August 2019) https://www.ifrs.org/projects/work-plan/
  107. 107 IASC Issues Paper, 9.26.
  108. 108 AASB 1022 Accounting for the Extractive Industries (now superseded).
  109. 109 Former OIAC SORP.
  110. 110 AASB 1022 Accounting for the Extractive Industries (now superseded) para. 62.
  111. 111 Former OIAC SORP 127.
  112. 112 IASB update, June 2019.
  113. 113 IASC Issues Paper 10.27.
  114. 114 IFRIC Update, March 2019.
  115. 115 IASC Issues Paper 10.29.
  116. 116 IASC Issues Paper 11.17.
  117. 117 IASC Issues Paper 11.9‑11.16.
  118. 118 IASC Issues Paper 7.61‑7.68.
  119. 119 IASC Issues Paper 6.64.
  120. 120 IASC Issues Paper, 12.14.
  121. 121 Former OIAC SORP 175.
  122. 122 Former OIAC SORP 176.
  123. 123 IASC Issues Paper, 12.14.
  124. 124 Former OIAC SORP 177‑178.
  125. 125 Former OIAC SORP 179‑180.
  126. 126 IASC Issues Paper, 7.13.
  127. 127 IASC Issues Paper, 7.19.
  128. 128 IASC Issues Paper, 7.20.
  129. 129 IASC Issues Paper, 7.36.
  130. 130 IASC Issues Paper, 7.39.
  131. 131 IASC Issues Paper, 7.41.
  132. 132 IASC Issues Paper, 7.42.
  133. 133 IASC Issues Paper, 7.46.
  134. 134 IASC Issues Paper, 7.49.
  135. 135 IASC Issues Paper, 7.50.
  136. 136 IASC Issues Paper, 7.23.
  137. 137 IASC Issues Paper, 7.24.
  138. 138 IASC Issues Paper, 7.25.
  139. 139 IASC Issues Paper, 7.61.
  140. 140 Global infomine www.technology.infomine.com/reviews/Blockcaving (accessed 09/10/2015).
  141. 141 IFRS Update June 2019.
  142. 142 Appendix A of IFRS 11 defines a joint operation as a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement.
  143. 143 IFRS IC March 2019 agenda paper 9 ‘Liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a joint operation (IFRS 11)’ para. 30(a).
  144. 144 IFRS IC March 2019 agenda paper 9 ‘Liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a joint operation (IFRS 11)’ para. 30(b).
  145. 145 IFRS IC March 2019 agenda paper 9 ‘Liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a joint operation (IFRS 11)’ para. 28.
  146. 146 IFRIC Update, March 2019.
  147. 147 When considering the implications of these issues from a US GAAP perspective, while the IFRS and US GAAP lease standards are aligned with respect to the definition of a lease, there is no equivalent US standard to IFRS 11 when accounting for joint arrangements. Also, as noted above, contractual arrangements can and will differ between JO's and legal jurisdictions. Given this, it cannot be assumed the issues identified in this publication and the analysis that would be required to determine the accounting under IFRS would be the same under US GAAP.
  148. 148 IFRS IC March 2019 Agenda paper 9: ‘Liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a joint operation (IFRS 11)’ paras. 35-39.
  149. 149 IFRS 16.B11 specifically states that when a contract to receive goods or services is entered into by a joint arrangement [as defined in IFRS 11], or, on behalf of a joint arrangement, for the purpose of a lease assessment, the joint operators to the joint arrangement, collectively, are considered to be the customer in the contract
  150. 150 IFRS IC March 2019 Agenda paper 9: ‘Liabilities in relation to a joint operator's interest in a joint operation (IFRS 11)’ para. 17; and IFRS IC Agenda September 2018 paper 3: ‘IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements – joint operations’ paras. 40-44
  151. 151 IASC Issues Paper, 10.26.
  152. 152 IASC Issues Paper, 10.23.
  153. 153 IASC Issues Paper, 10.24.
  154. 154 IASC Issues Paper, 1.27.
  155. 155 HM Revenue & Customs website, www.hmrc.gov.uk, International – Taxation of UK oil production.
  156. 156 IASC Issues Paper, Glossary of Terms.
..................Content has been hidden....................

You can't read the all page of ebook, please click here login for view all page.
Reset